The prediction of the devaputras (Bajaur Mahāyāna Sūtra)

Gandhāra, Kharoṣṭhī ∙ BC 2

BML edition (version 1, August 2026)

Introduction

§ 1

r1 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 2 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 3 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 4 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 5 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 6 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

1 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 2 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 3 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 4 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 5 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 6 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

1 Teaching of the Tathāgata

1.1 The teaching on emptiness

§ 2

Śāriputra 7 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 8 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 9 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

§ 3

Bhagavan 10 .. .. .. + + + + + + + + + + .. .. .. .. ◊ [sa]r(va)[to] .ubha[r]aṇa [satva]⟨ṇa⟩ ∙ [tua śariputra tasag̱ad](o) [paripruchas̱a ∙ sar](va)[t](o)11samaśos̱aṇaṇa satvaṇa tuo śariputra tusag̱ado paripruchas̱a ∙ aṇolukamurdhasamas̱ikoiaṇa tuo śariputra {sa} 12 tasag̱ada paripruchas̱a ∙ sarvadriṭhiṭhaṇa‧samuṭ́haṇasamughas̱iṇa satvaṇa ∙ tua śariputra [tasag̱ado paripruchas̱a] ∙ śu[raṇa] 13 aṇomardi[a]ṇa dhayapaḍ̱ag̱aṇa ∙ viadasag[r]amaṇa satvaṇa arthae tua tasag̱ado pari{pu}pruchas̱i ∙ [teṇa hi śariputra] 14 + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Bhagavan 10 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + sarvataḥ + + + + sattvānām, tvam śāriputra, tathāgatam paripṛcchasi; sarvataḥ11samyakśodhanānām sattvānām, tvam śāriputra, tathāgatam paripṛcchasi; anavalokyamūrdhasamādhikovidānām, tvam śāriputra, 12 tathāgatam paripṛcchasi; sarvadṛṣṭisthānasamutthānasamudghātinām sattvānām, tvam śāriputra, tathāgatam paripṛcchasi; śūrānām, 13 anavamardyānām, dhvajapaṭākānām [Skt. -patākānām], vijitasaṃgrāmāṇām sattvānām arthāya, tvam śāriputra, tathāgatam paripṛcchasi. tena hi śāriputra 14 + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Bhagavan 10 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Śāriputra, you ask the Tathāgata for the sake of beings who […] completely + + + +. 11 Śāriputra, you ask the Tathāgata for the sake of beings who are completely purifying [themselves] (sarvataḥsamyakśodhana). Śāriputra, 12 you ask the Tathāgata for the sake of those skilled in the concentration [in which one’s] head cannot be looked down upon [by others] (anavalokyamūrdhasamādhikovida). Śāriputra, you ask the Tathāgata for the sake of beings who have completely removed the arising of any state of [holding a] view (sarvadṛṣṭisthānasamutthānasamudghātin). 13 You ask the Tathāgata for the sake of beings who are heroes, who cannot be crushed (anavamardya), who have [erected their] banners and flags (dhvajapatākā ), who have won the battle (vijitasaṃgrāma). Therefore, Śāriputra, 14 (? listen and pay attention closely and carefully).

§ 4

Śāriputra [eva bha](g̱ava idi aï)[śpa śarip](u)[tr]‍(o) [bhag̱a]vato pracaśoṣ̱i

Śāriputra evam bhagavan iti, āyuṣmān śāriputraḥ bhagavataḥ pratyaśrauṣi.

Śāriputra So [be it], (Exalted One), the venerable Śāriputra agreed to the Exalted One.

§ 5

Bhagavan bhag̱ava {ṣ̱a} ◊ [edad oya] + + + + 15 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 16 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 17 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 18 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 19 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 20 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 21 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 22 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 23 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 24 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 25 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 26 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 27 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 28 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 29 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 30 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 31 +

Bhagavan bhagavān etat avocat: + + + + 15 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 16 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 17 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 18 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 19 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 20 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 21 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 22 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 23 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 24 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 25 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 26 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 27 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 28 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 29 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 30 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 31 +

Bhagavan The Exalted One said: + + + + 15 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 16 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 17 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 18 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 19 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 20 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 21 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 22 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 23 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 24 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 25 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 26 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 27 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 28 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 29 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 30 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 31 +

§ 6

Śāriputra (śariputro bha)[g̱](avato e)[dad oya k](e)tao bhate [bhag̱ava dh](arma) [de](śida) ◊

Śāriputra śāriputraḥ bhagavantam etat avocat: kettakam, bhadanta bhagavan [cf. P bhante bhagavā, here and following], dharmāḥ deśitāḥ.

Śāriputra (Śāriputra) said (to the Exalted One): To what extent are these dharmas shown, honourable Exalted One?

§ 7

Bhagavan [eva] (v)u(to) [bhag̱ava aïśpa] (śa)[r](ip)[u](tro edad o)[ya] 32 .. .. [ṇa] .. .. .. ◊ ṇa pralavho ◊ ṇa ghiri ◊ ṇa bhaphaso ◊ ṇa ghoṣ̱o ◊ ṇa vaśiveda ∙ ṇa viñati ∙ ṇa avis̱akharo [◦] sukaro ta śaripu[tra] 33 .. v. [du ∙ ime] dharma tasag̱adeṇa viñata ◊ ime ṇa viñata ∙ ete avi[ñata] ete aṇaviñata ∙ ete abhaṣ̱ida ete aṇabhaṣ̱ida ∙ [ete] 34 + + + + + + + ◊

Bhagavan evam uktaḥ, bhagavān āyuṣmantam śāriputram etat avocat: 32 + + na (*? ābhāṣāḥ), na pralāpaḥ, na girā, na vākpathaḥ, na ghoṣaḥ, na vacībhedaḥ, na vijñaptiḥ, na abhisaṃskāraḥ. sukaram tat, śāriputra, 33 + + +. ime dharmāḥ tathāgatena vijñaptāḥ, ime na vijñaptāḥ. ete avijñaptāḥ, ete anavijñaptāḥ. ete abhāṣitāḥ, ete anabhāṣitāḥ. ete 34 + + + + + + +

Bhagavan (Thus addressed,) the Exalted One said to the venerable Śāriputra: 32 (? There is) no (? speech), no talk (pralāpa), no utterance (girā), no way of speaking (vākpatha), no sound (ghoṣa), no putting in words (vacībheda), no [verbal] manifestation (vijñapti), no [mental] construction (abhisaṃskāra). It is easy, Śāriputra, 33 + + +. These dharmas are [verbally] manifested (vijñapta) by the Tathāgata, these are not [verbally] manifested. They are [verbally] unmanifested (avijñapta), they are not [verbally] unmanifested. They are unspoken (abhāṣita), they are not unspoken (anabhāṣita). They 34 + + + + + + +

§ 8

Śāriputra e[va] (vuto aïśpa śaripu)t(r)o bhag̱avato edod o[ya ∙ ac̄ari]o [‧] bhate bhag̱ava tasag̱ad⟨e⟩ṇa bha[ṣ̱i](da dro)35(daśa du)[r](a)[ṇ](u)b(os̱a) ∙ paḍi[da] ∙ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ṇa dharma deśido ◊ atra [kio] .. .. .. .. .. + + + + 36 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 37 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 38 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 39 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 40 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 41 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 42 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 43 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 44 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 45 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 46 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 47 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 48 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 49 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 50 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 51 [+ + + + + + ] [bh]. .. + + + .. + .. .. s̱. dh. e + + + + (aṇañeo a)[v](i)[ñ](e)[o a]pari[ñ]‍(e)o aprahadavo ◊ .. .. .. .. .. .. + + + +

Śāriputra evam uktaḥ, āyuṣmān śāriputraḥ bhagavantam etat avocat: āścaryam, bhadanta bhagavan, tathāgatena bhāṣitam, dur35dṛśam, duranubodham. paṇḍita- + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + na dharmaḥ deśitaḥ. atra kaścit + + + + + + + + + 36 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 37 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 38 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 39 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 40 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 41 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 42 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 43 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 44 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 45 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 46 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 47 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 48 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 49 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 50 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 51 [+ + + + + +] + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + anājñeyam, avijñeyam, aparijñeyam, aprahātavyam. + + + + + + + + + +

Śāriputra Thus (addressed, the venerable Śāriputra) said to the Exalted One: It is wondrous, honourable Exalted One, what has been said by the Tathāgata 35 is difficult to see, difficult to understand. The wise + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + no (?) dharma is shown. [There is] here + + + + + + + + + 36 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 37 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 38 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 39 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 40 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 41 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 42 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 43 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 44 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 45 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 46 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 47 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 48 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 49 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 50 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 51 [+ + + + + +] + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (not to be understood,) not to be cognized, not to be comprehended, not to be relinquished. + + + + + + + + + +

§ 9

52 ◈ añadatva va ho bhate bhag̱ava ∙ eva vademi ∙ ṇa añeo ∙ viñadatva va ho ◊ bhate bhag̱ava ◊ [e]va vademi ◊ ṇa viñ[eo ∙] 53 (pariñadatva va ho ◊) [bhat](e) bhag̱ava ◊ eva vademi ◊ ṇa pariñ[eo] ∙ prahadatv[a] va h(o) [bha]‍(t)e (bhag̱ava) ∙ eva vademi ṇa prahadavo ∙

52 ājñātatvāt evam khalu, bhadanta bhagavan, evam vadāmi na ājñeyam; vijñātatvāt evam khalu, bhadanta bhagavan, evam vadāmi na vijñeyam; 53 parijñātatvāt evam khalu, bhadanta bhagavan, evam vadāmi na parijñeyam; prahīṇatvāt evam khalu, bhadanta bhagavan, evam vadāmi na prahātavyam.

52 Because it has been understood, honourable Exalted One, I say: it is not to be understood. Because it has been cognized, honourable Exalted One, I say: it is not to be cognized. 53 Because it has been comprehended, honourable Exalted One, I say: it is not to be comprehended. Because it has been relinquished, honourable Exalted One, I say: it is not to be relinquished.

§ 10

ad[i]o yeva ho bhate 54 (bhag̱ava) + .. .. .. [samaṇupaśati yas̱a samas̱i ha]ṇi[bhaïo] ◊ [ima e] .. [hi] .. bhag̱ava ∙ eva vademi ∙ ṇa haṇ⟨i⟩bhaïo ∙

āditaḥ (ca) eva khalu, bhadanta 54 bhagavan, + + + + samanupaśyati/samanupaśyanti, yathā samādhiḥ hānabhāgīyam. + + + + + +, bhagavan, evam vadāmi na hānabhāgīyam;

Indeed, from the beginning, honourable 54 (Exalted One), [he/they] perceive(s) (samanupaśya(n)ti) + + + +, conducive to diminution, like concentration. + + + + + +, Exalted One. That is why I say: [it is] not conducive to diminution (hānabhāgīya).

§ 11

adio yeva ho 55 (bhate bhag̱ava) + ṇa .. .. [pra] ṭ́h. ṇ. .. samaṇupaśati ◊ im[a e] + [s̱a ho] bhate bhag̱ava ∙ eva vademi · ṇa [ṭ́hidibhaï]o ∙

āditaḥ (ca) eva khalu, 55 bhadanta bhagavan, + + + + + + + + samanupaśyati/samanupaśyanti. + + + + + +, bhadanta bhagavan, evam vadāmi na sthitibhāgīyam.

Indeed, from the beginning, 55 (honourable Exalted One), [he/they] perceive(s) + + + + + + + +. + + + + + +, honourable Exalted One. That is why I say: [it is] not conducive to persistence (sthitibhāgīya).

§ 12

avi du ho 56 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + .. .. ◊ .. + + + + + + + + .. .. [dharmaṇa] ∙ eva vademi ∙ ṇa [viśeṣ̱abhaïo] ◦

api tu khalu 56 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + dharmāṇām. evam vadāmi na viśeṣabhāgīyam.

But 56 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + of [all] dharmas. That is why I say: [it is] not conducive to distinction (viśeṣabhāgīya).

§ 13

ṇirov[a]57◈(levatva va ho bhate bhag̱ava eva vademi ṇa ṇive)[s̱a]bhaïo [∙ ṇ](i)samudaya{va}[tva] va h[o] ◈ (bha)[t](e) [bhag̱ava] (eva vademi ṇa ṇives̱a)58(bhaïo ∙) [+ + + + + + ] + + + + + (tva va ho bhate bhag̱ava eva vademi) [ṇa ṇi]ve[s̱]abhaïo ◊ ṇiruadaṇatva va ho bhate bhag̱ava eva va(demi ṇa) 59 (ṇives̱abhaïo ◊) [+ + + + + + ] + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + [ṇi ṇ]. [tva eva vade](mi ·) ṇa ṇi[ve]s̱abhaïo ◦

nirupa57lepatvāt evam khalu, bhadanta bhagavan, evam vadāmi na nirvedhabhāgīyam; niḥsamudayatvāt evam khalu, bhadanta bhagavan, evam vadāmi na nirvedha58bhāgīyam; [+ + + + + +] + + + + + -tvāt evam khalu, bhadanta bhagavan, evam vadāmi na nirvedhabhāgīyam; nirupādānatvāt evam khalu, bhadanta bhagavan, evam vadāmi na 59 nirvedhabhāgīyam; [+ + + + + +] + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + -tvāt evam vadāmi na nirvedhabhāgīyam.

57 Because it is without stains (? nirupalepa), (honourable Exalted One, I say: [it is] not conducive to (penetration). Because it is without origin (niḥsamudaya), honourable Exalted One, (I say: [it is] not conducive to penetration. 58 Because it is without [+ + + + + +] + +, honourable Exalted One, I say): [it is] not conducive to penetration. Because it is without clinging (nirupādāna), honourable Exalted One, (I say: [it is] not) 59 (conducive to penetration). [+ + + + + +] + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Because it is without + +, (I) say: [it is] not conducive to penetration (nirvedhabhāgīya).

§ 14

[ṇiprayaṇatva va ho bha](te bhag̱ava) 60 [+ + + + + + ] + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (e)[va vademi] + + + + + + + + + + + + + 61 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 62 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 63 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 64 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 65 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 66 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 67 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 68 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 69 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 70 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 71 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 72 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 73 + [ñ]. .. .. .[o] .. .. .. + + .[o] prag̱a[śae d]. .. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (ac̄ario ∙ bhate) 74 [bha]g̱ava ◊ tasag̱ad⟨e⟩ṇa bhaṣ̱ida ∙ drudaśo ∙ duraṇ⟨u⟩boso ◊ atra [koy](i) + .. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 75 .. va ṇi o ◊

niṣprajānatvāt evam khalu, bhadanta bhagavan, 60 [+ + + + + +] + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + evam vadāmi + + + + + + + + + + + + + 61 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 62 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 63 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 64 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 65 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 66 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 67 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 68 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 69 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 70 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 71 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 72 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 73 + + + ++ + + + + + + prakāśāya + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + bhadanta 74 bhagavan, tathāgatena bhāṣitam durdṛśam, duranubodham. atra kaścit + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 75 + + + +

Because it is without understanding (? niṣprajāna), honourable (Exalted One), 60 [+ + + + + +] + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + I say + + + + + + + + + + + + + 61 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 62 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 63 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 64 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 65 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 66 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 67 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 68 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 69 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 70 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 71 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 72 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 73 + + + + + + + + + + + for the elucidation (?) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (It is astounding, honourable) 74 Exalted One, what has been said by the Tathāgata is difficult to see, difficult to understand. Here, some + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 75 + + + +

§ 15

tasa me bhate e[va bho]ti ◊ ṇa yatra koyi ◊ samudayaro va ∙ asamudayaro [va] ∙ sam[u]da[ya]{{[g̱a]}}[r]o[va](g̱a)[d](o) [va] ◊ .. .. .. .. .. + + + + + + 76 + + [apu]gala ∙ pugala[vag̱ada] ∙ [ṇa] pugala ṇidiśas̱i ◊ abhava ∙ bhavavag̱ada ◊ ṇa bhava ∙ ṇidiśas̱i ◊ aviñati ∙ v⟨i⟩ñatavag̱a[da ◊ ṇa v](iña)[t](i) 77 (ṇidiśas̱i) ◊ a[pravo](ha)[ro] (∙ pra)[vohara](va)[g̱ado · ṇa pravoharo] ṇidiśas̱i ◊ a(voharo ∙) [vo]haravag̱ado ◊ ṇa voharo ṇidiśas̱i ∙

tathā me, bhadanta, evam bhavati: na ca atra kaścit samudācāraḥ vā asamudācāraḥ vā samudācārāpagataḥ vā. + + + + + + + + + + + 76 + + apudgalaḥ, pudgalāpagataḥ, na pudgalam nirdiśasi. abhāvaḥ, bhāvāpagataḥ, na bhāvam nirdiśasi. avijñaptiḥ, vijñāptyapagataḥ, na vijñaptim 77 nirdiśasi; apravyāhāraḥ, pravyāhārāpagataḥ, na pravyāhāram nirdiśasi. avyavahāraḥ, vyavahārāpagataḥ, na vyavahāram nirdiśasi.

Thus it occurs to me, honourable: There is here no idea (samudācāra) nor the absence of an idea (asamudācāra) nor [a dharma] free from an idea (samudācārāpagata). + + + + + + + + + + + 76 + +. [There is here no person, nor] the absence of a person, [nor a dharma] free from a person. You do not explain [something as] person (pudgala). [There is here no entity, nor] the absence of an entity, [nor a dharma] free from an entity. You do not explain [something as] entity (bhāva). [There is here no verbal manifestation, nor] the absence of a [verbal] manifestation, [nor a dharma] free from a [verbal] manifestation. 77 (You do not explain) [something as verbal] manifestation (vijñapti). [There is here no utterance, nor] the absence of an utterance, [nor a dharma] free from an utterance. You do not explain [something as] utterance (pravyāhāra). [There is here no conventional expression, nor] the absence of a conventional expression, [nor a dharma] free from a conventional expression. You do not explain [something as] conventional expression (vyavahāra).

§ 16

aṇavhi[lipo] 78 + + + + ṇi[ravhi]li[p]o ṇidiśas̱i ◊ ajivo ∙ jivavag̱ado ◊ apugala pugalavag̱ado ∙ ṇijivo ◊ ṇipugalo ṇidiśas̱i ∙ [agre]śo ◊ agr(e)[ś̄]o 79 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (asaga)[sa sagasa]vag̱ado ∙ ṇi(sagasa) ṇidiśas̱i ∙ ◈ apaṇati paṇatiavag̱ado ṇiprañati ṇidiś̄a80(s̱i ∙) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (bha)[te] bhag̱a(va) bhag̱avato edad oya ◊ aprañati [a] + + 81 + + + + + + + + +

anabhilāpyam, 78 abhilāpyāpagatam (?), nirabhilāpyam nirdiśasi. ajīvaḥ, jīvāpagataḥ; apudgalaḥ, pudgalāpagataḥ; nirjīvam, niṣpudgalam nirdiśasi. grāhyam (?), agrāhyam (?) 79 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + a-+ + + + + + -apagataḥ nir-+ + + nirdiśasi. aprajñaptiḥ, prajñaptyapagataḥ, niṣprajñaptim nirdiśa80si. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +, bhadanta bhagavan, bhagavantam etat avocat: aprajñapti- + + + 81 + + + + + + + + +

[There is here nothing expressible, nor] inexpressible (anabhilāpya), 78 [nor a dharma] (free from being expressible). You explain [everything as] inexpressible (nirabhilāpya). [There is here no life force, nor] the absence of a life force, [nor a dharma] free from a life force. [There is here no person, nor] the absence of a person, [nor a dharma] free from a person. You explain [everything as] devoid of a life force (nirjīva), devoid of a person (niṣpudgala). Ungraspable, ungraspable (? agrāhya) 79 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + [There is here no + + +, nor] (the absence of) + + +, [nor a dharma] free from + + +. You explain [everything as] devoid of + + +. [There is here no designation, nor] the absence of a designation, [nor a dharma] free from a designation. 80 You explain [everything as] devoid of designation (niṣprajñapti). + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +, honourable Exalted One, [he] says to the Exalted One, non-designation + + + 81 + + + + + + + +

§ 17

Bhagavan (eva vuto bhag̱ava aïśpa śariputro eda)[d oya] ◊ sasu sasu śariputra + + + .. .. .. .. + + + + + + + 82 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + .. ś[u]ño ◊ [aṇasaro asaro] .. ṣ̱a .. ida .. + + + + + + 83 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 84 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 85 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 86 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 87 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 88 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (atva aṇatva atvavag̱a)[da sa]tv[a a]satva satvavag̱ada bhava [a](bhava bhava)89(vag̱ada jiva ajiva jivavag̱ada pugala apugala pugalavag̱ada) + + + .. .. ◊ ayaṇa[o] va viyaṇao [va] prayaṇao va .. .. .. .. +

Bhagavan evam uktaḥ, bhavagān āyuṣmantam śāriputram etat avocat: sādhu, sādhu, śāriputra, + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 82 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + śūnya- + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 83 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 84 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 85 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 86 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 87 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 88 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ātma-, anātma-, ātmāpagata-; sattva-, asattva-, sattvāpagata-; bhāva-, abhāva-, bhāvā89pagata-; jīva-, ajīva-, jīvāpagata-; pudgala-, apudgala-, pudgalāpagata-; + + + + + ājānakaḥ vā vijānakaḥ vā prajānakaḥ vā (*? prahānakaḥ vā).

Bhagavan (Thus addressed, the Exalted One) said (to the venerable Śāriputra): Well said, well said, Śāriputra, + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 82 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + empty + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 83 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 84 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 85 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 86 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 87 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 88 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (self, absence of a self, [something that is] free from a self;) living being, absence of a living being, [something that is] free from a living being; entity, absence of (an entity,) 89 ([something that is] free from an entity; life force, absence of a life force, [something that is] free from a life force; person, absence of a person, [something that is] free from a person) + + + + + understanding (ājānaka), cognizing (vijānaka), comprehending (prajānaka), (? abandoning).

§ 18

Śāriputra 90 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + [sa](r)[va]◊[ama sadhae] bhate bhag̱ava + + + .. .. + + + + + + + 91 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 92 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + .. [va ho bha](te) [bha](g̱ava) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 93 + + + + + + + + sa me bhat(e) [bha]g̱ava ∙ tas̮a[tvapaḍ̱i]vaṇas̱a ◊ dharmasaña vi ṇa samudacaradi ka .u .. + + + + + .. .. .. [ho bha](t)[e bha]94◈(g̱ava) [eva] vademi ∙ ṇa atra k(o)yi sakṣiatavo ◊ ṇa vimoyidava ◦ i[o h](o) [bhate bhag̱a]va ∙ tas̮atvapaḍ̱ivaṇo ◊

Śāriputra 90 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + sarvakarmāni saṃdhāya, bhadanta bhagavan, + + + + + + + + + + + + 91 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 92 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + evam khalu, bhadanta bhagavan, + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 93 + + + + + + + + + + bhadanta bhagavan, tathatvapratipannasya dharmasaṃjñā api na samudācarati. + + + + + + + + + + + khalu, bhadanta bha94gavan, evam vadāmi: na atra kaścit sākṣīkartavyaḥ, na vimocayitavyaḥ. ayam (?) khalu, bhadanta bhagavan, tathatvapratipannaḥ.

Śāriputra 90 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + With reference to all actions (?), honourable Exalted One, + + + + + + + + + + + + 91 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 92 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + indeed, honourable Exalted One, + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 93 + + + + + + + + + +, honourable Exalted One, even the notion of a dharma does not occur to someone who is practising according to the way things really are (tathatvapratipanna). + + + + + + + + + + + indeed, honourable 94 Exalted One, that is why I say: There is here no [dharma] to be realized or liberated. This, honourable Exalted One, is indeed practising according to the way things really are.

Pairs of opposites

§ 19

[atvo ṇa samaṇu]95(pa)śami kudo ṇiratvo ◊

bhavo ṇa samaṇupaśa[mi k]u(do avha)‍[v](o) ∙

ji[vo] ṇa samaṇu[paśami kudo ṇi]jivo ◊

ayao ṇa samaṇupaśami [kud]‍(o) 96 (a)‍[vayao] ◊

[upa]ti ṇa samaṇupaśami kudo aṇupati ∙

avisakharo ṇa samaṇupa[śami k]‍(udo aṇavisakharo ∙)

(sabhava ṇa) [sa]maṇ(u)paśami kudo 97 asabha(va ‧ )

(u)graho ṇa samaṇupaśami ◊ kudo aṇugraho ∙

ualabho ṇa samaṇupaśami kudo aṇuala[bho] (∙)

[upad](o) [dha](rma)[ṇa] ṇa sa(ma)‍[ṇ]u(pa)98(śami ku)[d](o) [aṇ](u)[pa]do ◊

svabhava dha[rmaṇa] ◊ ṇa samaṇupaśami kudo asvabhava ∙ ∙

ṇiroso dharmaṇa {∙} ◊ ṇa samaṇupaśami kudo aṇiros̱(o ∙)

99 (lakṣaṇo dharmaṇa ◊ ṇa samaṇu)paśami kudo alakṣaṇo ◊

sakil[e]śo dha⟨r⟩maṇa {∙} ṇa samaṇupaśam⟨i⟩ ◦ kudo vodaṇo ◦

sas̱ao dharma ṇa samaṇupaśami 100 (kudo aṇas̱ao dharma ∙)

(vitakro) [ṇa samaṇu]paśami ∙ kudo avitakro (∙)

sakapo ṇa samaṇupaśami kudo as̱akapo ∙

pravaca ṇa samaṇupaśami 101 (kudo apravaca ∙)

+ + + (ṇa samaṇupaśami kudo) + + + + (∙) ..

ña⟨ṇa⟩ ṇa samaṇupaśami kudo añaṇa ∙

he[d]u ṇa samaṇupaśami kudo ahe(du) ∙

adaṇo ṇa sa[ma]‍(ṇu)102(paśami kudo nikṣevaṇa ∙)

+ + ṇa samaṇupaśami kudo + + [lo] ∙

[arg]o ṇa samaṇupaśami {∙} kudo aṇargo ∙

aroho ṇa samaṇupaśami kudo [o]ro[h](o) (∙)

+ + 103 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + .. śuño ◊

ātmānam na samanu95paśyāmi, kutaḥ nirātmānam.

bhāvam na samanupaśyāmi, kutaḥ abhāvam.

jīvam na samanupaśyāmi, kutaḥ nirjīvam.

ācayam na samanupaśyāmi, kutaḥ 96 apacayam.

utpattim na samanupaśyāmi, kutaḥ anutpattim.

abhisaṃskāram na samanupaśyāmi kutaḥ anabhisaṃskāram.

sambhavam na samanupaśyāmi, kutaḥ 97 asambhavam.

udgrāham na samanupaśyāmi, kutaḥ anudgrāham.

upalambham na samanupaśyāmi, kutaḥ anupalambham.

utpādam dharmāṇām na samanupa98śyāmi, kutaḥ anutpādam.

svabhāvam dharmāṇām na samanupaśyāmi, kutaḥ asvabhāvam.

nirodham dharmāṇām na samanupaśyāmi, kutaḥ anirodham.

99 lakṣaṇam dharmāṇām na samanupaśyāmi, kutaḥ alakṣaṇam.

saṃkleśam dharmāṇām na samanupaśyāmi, kutaḥ vyavadānam.

sāsravam dharmam na samanupaśyāmi, 100 kutaḥ anāsravam dharmam.

vitarkam na samanupaśyāmi, kutaḥ avitarkam.

saṃkalpam na samanupaśyāmi, kutaḥ asaṃkalpam.

prapañcam na samanupaśyāmi, 101 kutaḥ aprapañcam.

+ + + na samanupaśyāmi, kutaḥ + + + +.

jñānam na samanupaśyāmi, kutaḥ ajñānam.

hetum na samanupaśyāmi, kutaḥ ahetum.

ādānam na samanu102paśyāmi, kutaḥ anādānam/nikṣepaṇam.

+ + na samanupaśyāmi, kutaḥ + + +.

agram na samanupaśyāmi, kutaḥ anagram.

āroham na samanupaśyāmi, kutaḥ avaroham.

+ + 103 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + śūnyam.

95 I do not perceive a self (ātman), let alone the absence of a self (nirātman),

I do not perceive an entity (bhāva), let alone the absence of an entity (abhāva),

I do not perceive a life force (jīva), (let alone) the absence of a life force (nirjīva).

I do not perceive a growth (ācaya), let alone 96 a decline (apacaya).

I do not perceive an origin (utpatti), let alone the absence of an origin (anutpatti).

I do not perceive a [mental] construction (abhisaṃskāra), let alone (the absence of a [mental] construction (anabhisaṃskāra)).

I do not perceive a coming-into-existence (sambhava), let alone 97 the absence of a coming-into-existence (asambhava).

I do not perceive a grasping (udgraha), let alone the absence of a grasping (anudgraha).

I do not perceive an apprehension (upalambha), let alone the absence of an apprehension (anupalambha).

I do not perceive an origination (utpāda) of dharmas, 98 let alone the absence of an origination (anutpāda)

I do not perceive an inherent nature of dharmas (svabhāva), let alone the absence of an inherent nature (asvabhāva).

I do not perceive a cessation (nirodha) of dharmas, let alone the absence of a cessation (anirodha).

99 I do (not) perceive (a distinctive feature (lakṣaṇa) of dharmas), let alone the absence of a distinctive feature (alakṣaṇa).

I do not perceive a defilement (saṃkleśa) of dharmas, let alone a purification (vyavadāna).

I do not perceive a tainted dharma (sāsrava dharma), 100 (let alone an untainted dharma (anāsrava dharma)).

I do not perceive (a reflection (vitarka)), let alone the absence of a reflection (avitarka).

I do not perceive a conception (saṃkalpa), let alone the absence of a conception (asaṃkalpa).

I do not perceive a [mental] elaboration (prapañca), 101 (let alone the absence of a [mental] elaboration (aprapañca)).

I dot not perceive + + +, let alone + + + +.

I do not perceive a knowledge (jñāna), let alone the absence of a knowledge (ajñāna).

I do not perceive a cause (hetu), let alone the absence of a cause (ahetu).

102 I do not perceive a taking up (ādāna), (let alone a putting down (? nikṣepaṇa)).

I do not perceive + +, let alone + + +.

I do not perceive a highest point (? agra), let alone the absence of a highest point (? anagra).

I do not perceive an ascent (? āroha), let alone a descent (? avaroha).

+ + 103 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + empty (śūnya).

§ 20

[ku]do vaṇa ho bhate bhag̱ava ∙ eva [va](demi) + + + + + + + + + 104 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 105 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 106 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 107 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 108 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 109 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 110 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 111 + + + + + + +

kutaḥ punaḥ khalu, bhadanta bhagavan, evam vadāmi: + + + + + + + + + 104 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 105 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 106 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 107 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 108 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 109 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 110 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 111 + + + + + + +

How, furthermore, honourable Exalted One, could I say this + + + + + + + + + 104 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 105 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 106 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 107 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 108 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 109 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 110 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 111 + + + + + + +

1.2 The āryaśrāvaka

1.2.1 His brahmacarya

§ 21

Bhagavan (e)[va v]u[to] bhag̱ava aï[śpa ∙ śarip]u[t]ro (edad oya) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 112 + + + .. .. .. ṇa śariputra ◊ yas̱i[vi] eg̱aca mohapuruṣ̱a ∙ sa .u .. .. .. [e] .. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 113 + .. a [vi ∙] ta e[va] samaṇa vimuto atvaṇo samaṇupaśati ◊ te pac̄i mahada vihas̱asa ya ◈ [ki]lamas̱asa ya bhaïa 114 bhoti ◊ ṇa vaṇa te ◊ imasvi dharmaviṇae ◊ kici s̱aro adaśi ◦

Bhagavan evam uktaḥ, bhavagān āyuṣmantam śāriputram etat avocat: + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 112 + + + + + + +, śāriputra, yathāpi ekatyaḥ mohapuruṣaḥ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 113 + + + + saḥ evam samānaḥ vimuktam ātmānam samanupaśyati. saḥ/tat paścāt mahataḥ vighātasya ca kilamathasya [Skt. klamathasya] ca bhāgiyaḥ 114 bhavati. na punaḥ saḥ/tat asmin dharmavinaye kiṃcit sāram adarśi.

Bhagavan Thus addressed, the Exalted One said to the venerable Śāriputra: + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 112 + + + + + + +, Śāriputra, just as some deluded man (mohapuruṣa) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 113 + + + + Being thus, he regards himself as liberated. After that, he reaps a lot of disappointment and weariness. 114 Indeed, he has not seen anything of the essence (sāra) in this dharma and discipline (dharmavinaya).

§ 22

Śāriputra eva v[u]to [aïśpa] śariputra [bha]g̱a[va](to edad oya) + + + + + + + 115 [bhate] bhag̱ava + + [pra]diṭh⟨i⟩ ∙ imasvi dharmaviṇae ∙ bramacaryavas̱o ∙ [v]uśati ∙

Śāriputra evam uktaḥ, āyuṣmān śāriputraḥ bhagavantam etat avocat: + + + + + + + 115, bhadanta bhagavan, + + pratiṣṭhā. asmin dharmavinaye brahmacaryavāsaḥ uṣyate.

Śāriputra Thus addressed, the venerable Śāriputra (said to) the Exalted One: (What then is the essence,) 115 Honourable Exalted One, (what is the) foundation (pratiṣṭhā) in this dharma and discipline [based on which] the holy life (brahmacarya) is lived?

§ 23

Bhagavan (e)‍[va vuto] bhag̱ava aï[śpa] (śa)‍[r]‍(ip)u(tro eda)[d oya sarvadha](rma)116[ṇa] śariputra ∙ ṇa as̮i prañayati ∙ ṇa maje prañayati ∙ ṇa p(r)ayos̮aṇo prañayati ◦

Bhagavan evam uktaḥ, bhagavān āyuṣmantam śāriputram etat avocat: sarvadharmā116ṇām, śāriputra, na ādiḥ prajñāyate, na madhyam prajñāyate, na paryavasānam prajñāyate.

Bhagavan Thus addressed, the Exalted One said to the venerable Śāriputra: 116 (Of all dharmas), Śāriputra, a beginning (ādi) is not conceived, a middle (madhya) is not conceived, an end (paryavasāna) is not conceived.

§ 24

yado ya ∙ śariputra sarvadharmaṇa ṇa a[s̮i pra](ña)117yati ṇa maje prañayati ‧ ṇa prayos̱aṇo prañayati ∙ ṇa tas̱a śariputra dha(r)mas̱a [haṇi] prañayati ṇa ṭ́hi[di prañayati ṇa veul](o)[do pra]‍(ñayati ◦)

yataḥ ca, śāriputra, sarvadharmāṇām na ādiḥ prajñā117yate, na madhyam prajñāyate, na paryavasānam prajñāyate, na tasya, śāriputra, dharmasya hāniḥ prajñāyate, na sthitiḥ prajñāyate, na vaipulyatā prajñāyate.

And because, Śāriputra, of all dharmas a beginning is not 117 conceived, a middle is not conceived, an end is not conceived, of this [single] dharma, Śāriputra, a decrease (hāni) is not conceived, a persistence (sthiti) is not conceived, an extension (vaipulyatā) is not conceived.

§ 25

118 yado ya śariputra sarvadharmaṇa ∙ ṇa haṇi prañaïdi ∙ ṇa ṭ́hidi prañaya[d]i ◊ ṇa veulodo prañayadi ◊ iḏa ta śariputra ∙ prag̱idie 119 (acalo aṇalao dha)rm(o ∙)

118 yataḥ ca, śāriputra, sarvadharmāṇām na hāniḥ prajñāyate, na sthitiḥ prajñāyate, na vaipulyatā prajñāyate, ayam saḥ, śāriputra, prakṛtyā 119 acalaḥ, anālayaḥ dharmaḥ.

118 And because, Śāriputra, of all dharmas a decrease is not conceived, a persistence is not conceived, an extension is not conceived, this [single] 119 dharma, Śāriputra, is by nature (immovable (acala) and without base (anālaya)).

§ 26

(ya) [śa]riputra ◊ acalo aṇalao ◊ dharma ◊ iḏa ta śariputra ∙ ima◈svi dharmaviṇae saro ida pradiṭhi 120 + + .. ṇipradiṭha [ma]mo ṣ̱avag̱a bramacaryo carati ∙

yaḥ, śāriputra, acalaḥ, anālayaḥ dharmaḥ, ayam saḥ, śāriputra, asmin dharmavinaye sāram, ayam pratiṣṭhā 120 + + + niṣpratiṣṭhaḥ mama śrāvakaḥ brahmacaryam carati.

(Which) dharma, Śāriputra, is immovable [and] without base, this, Śāriputra, is the essence (sāra) in this dharma and discipline, this is the foundation (pratiṣṭhā) 120 + + + without having [any] foundation my disciple lives the holy life.

§ 27

Śāriputra e[va v](u)[to] aïśpa śariputra bhag̱avato ◈ edad oya ∙ yada ho bhate bhag̱ava 121 + + + + + + + + (ṇa bha)te bhag̱ava ◊ ṇ[i]ṣ̱ao ∙ ṇa pradiṭhi ◊

Śāriputra evam uktaḥ, āyuṣmān śāriputraḥ bhagavantam etat avocat: yadā khalu, bhadanta bhagavan, 121 + + + + + + + + na, bhadanta bhagavan, niśrayaḥ, na pratiṣṭhā.

Śāriputra Thus addressed, the venerable Śāriputra said to the Exalted One: When, honourable Exalted One, 121 (? the dharma, which has no base, is the essence, then) honourable Exalted One, [there is indeed] (no) support (niśraya), no foundation (pratiṣṭhā).

§ 28

Bhagavan eva vuto bhag̱ava ∙ aïśpa śariputra edad oya evam eda [śari]‍(putra) 122 (evam eda) + + + + + + + + + + + + + .. .. dharma [ya] .. śarip(u)[tra] + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 123 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + p(ra)di[ṭh](i) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 124 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 125 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 126 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 127 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + .. [mamo ṣ̱ava]g̱o ◊ [yu do] (ta)sag̱a[do] + + + + + + + + + + 128 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Bhagavan evam uktaḥ, bhavagān āyuṣmantam śāriputram etat avocat: evam etat, śāriputra, 122 evam etat + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + dharma- + +, śāriputra, + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 123 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + pratiṣṭhā + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 124 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 125 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 126 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 127 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + mama śrāvakaḥ + + tathāgata- + + + + + + + + + + 128 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Bhagavan Thus addressed, the Exalted One said to the venerable Śāriputra: 122 Thus it is, Śāriputra, (thus it is). + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + dharma + +, Śāriputra, + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 123 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + foundation (pratiṣṭhā) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 124 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 125 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 126 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 127 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + my disciple + + the Tathāgata + + + + + + + + + + 128 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

§ 29

Śāriputra

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + (tasa)[g̱](ad)[o] samaṇupa[śati] ∙

ṇa ruaṭ́hidie ◊ tasag̱a[da sa]‍(maṇ)‍[upa]129(śati)

(ṇa) + + + (tasa)‍[g̱ado sa]‍(ma)‍[ṇupaśati] ◊

ṇa vedaṇo tasag̱ado samaṇupaśati ◊

ṇa vi vedaṇa◊upado tasag̱ado samaṇupaśati ◊

ṇa vi vedaṇa samaṇupa[śa](ti)

130 (ṇa vi) + v(e)[daṇ](o) [ta]sag̱ada samaṇupaśati ∙

ṇa vi [∙] vidaṇa samaṇupaśati ∙

vidavidi ∙ bhate bhag̱ava ◊ tasag̱ado ∙ ṇa samaṇupaśati

Śāriputra + + + + + + + + + + + + + + tathāgatam samanupaśyati; na rūpasthityā tathāgatam samanupa129śyati; na + + + tathāgatam samanupaśyati; na vedanām tathāgatam samanupaśyati; na api vedanotpādam tathāgatam samanupaśyati; na api vedanām samanupaśyati; 130 na api + vedanām tathāgatam samanupaśyati; na api vidānam (?) samanupaśyati. vidavidī (?), bhadanta bhagavan, tathāgatam na samanupaśyati.

Śāriputra He does (not) perceive the Tathāgata (?) + + + + + + + + + + + + + +, 129 he does not perceive the Tathāgata in terms of the persistence of material form, he does (not) perceive the Tathāgata in terms of + + +; he does (not) perceive the Tathāgata in terms of a feeling, he also does not perceive the Tathāgata in terms of the origination of feelings, he also does not perceive a feeling [in general], 130 he (also) does (not) perceive the Tathāgata in terms of (? being devoid of a) feeling; he also does not perceive [the Tathāgata] in terms of being findable/existing/real (?). Someone who knows the [true] knowledge (?), honourable Exalted One, does not perceive the Tathāgata.

§ 30

Bhagavan evam eda śari‍[putra] evam eda 131 + + (vi)[da]vidi śariputra mamo [ṣ̱]avag̱o ∙ ṇa samaṇupaśati ◊

Bhagavan evam etat, śāriputra, evam etat, 131 + + vidavidī (?), śāriputra, mama śrāvakaḥ na samanupaśyati.

Bhagavan Thus it is, Śāriputra, thus it is. 131 + + As someone who knows the [true] knowledge (?), Śāriputra, my disciple does not perceive [anything].

1.2.2 The groups of four

The four asaṃhārya-dharma

§ 31

ta ki mañas̱i śariputra ◊ vidadi te dharma ya ma[e deśida ∙]

tat kim manyase, śāriputra, vindati (?) tān dharmān ye mayā deśitāḥ.

Now, what do you think, Śāriputra, does one find (?) the dharmas that have been shown by me?

§ 32

[catvari] (svadovaṭ́haṇa ∙) 132 (catvari) samapra[s̱aṇa ‧ catvari] irdh[ipada] ∙ catvari jaṇa ∙ catvari saca ∙ catvari apramaña ∙ catvare viñaṇaṭ́hi[di ∙ catvare] 133 (pa)ḍ̱isabhida ∙ catvare ◈ va[ś]ida ∙ catva[re veharaja] ∙ catvare ñaṇamulea dharma ∙ catvare so[davatiaga ∙] catvare driṭhimulea (dha)134(rma ∙) catvare taṣ̄amulea dharma (‧) catvare paḍ̱i[ṭhavaṇiṇa ∙] catvar[e] viñaṇa[ṭ́hidi] (∙) catvar. .. .. .. .. .. .. [ṇa ∙] catvar. .. .. .. + 135 + + (‧) + + + + + + .. .. .. (‧) [ca]tvare sakṣig̱araṇia dharma ◊ catvari as̱aharia dharma ◊

catvāri smṛtyupasthānāni, 132 catvāri samyakpradhāṇāni, catvāraḥ ṛddhipādāḥ, catvāri dhyānāni, catvāri satyāni, catvāri apramaṇyāni [Skt. apramāṇāni], catvāraḥ vijñānasthitayaḥ, catasraḥ 133 pratisaṃvidaḥ, catasraḥ vaśitāḥ, catvāri vaiśāradyāni, catvāraḥ jñānamūlakāḥ dharmāḥ, catvāri srotāpattyaṅgāni, catvāraḥ dṛṣṭimūlakāḥ dha134rmāḥ, catvāraḥ tṛṣṇāmūlakāḥ dharmāḥ, catvāri pratiṣṭhāpanāni, catvāraḥ vijñānasthitayaḥ, catvāraḥ/catvāri/catasraḥ + + + + + + +, catvāraḥ/catvāri/catasraḥ + + + + 135 + +, catvāraḥ/catvāri/catasraḥ + + + + + +, catvāraḥ sākṣīkaraṇīyāḥ dharmāḥ, catvāraḥ asaṃhāryāḥ dharmāḥ.

(Four applications of mindfulness (smṛtyupasthāna)), 132 (four) right endeavours (samyakpradhāna), four bases of supernatural power (ṛddhipāda), four [stages of] meditation (dhyāna), four truths (satya), four unlimited states (apramāṇya), four stations of consciousness (vijñānasthiti), four 133 special knowledges (pratisaṃvid), four masteries (vaśitā), four self-confidences (vaiśāradya), four things rooted in knowledge (jñānamūlaka dharma), four factors of stream entry (srotāpattyaṅga), four 134 things rooted in view (dṛṣṭimūlaka dharma), four things rooted in craving (tṛṣṇāmūlaka dharma), four establishments (pratiṣṭhāpana), four stations of consciousness (vijñānasthiti), four + + + + + + +, four + + + + 135 + +, + + + + + + + + +, four things to be realized (sākṣīkaraṇīya dharma), four unassailable qualities (asaṃhārya dharma).

§ 33

[ye]hi caduhi ⟪ as̱a⟨ha⟩r[i]ehi ⟫ dhamehi samuṇag̱ada b[o]s[o] 136 ṇa sahariadi ◊

añatithiecarag̱aparivayag̱ehi ṇiaṭ́hapariva[ya]g̱ehi ṇa sahariadi ◊

caduraghimaras̱e[ṇae] ṇa sahariadi ◊ 137

(veda)[ṇehi] ◊ ṇa saharia{ṃ}ti

duhavedaṇehi ◊ ṇa sahariati

adukhamasuehi [vedaṇehi] ṇa sahariadi

driṭhiṭ́haṇehi ◊ ṇa sahariati

138 + .. .. ṇa sahariadi ◊

aṇuśeaṭ́haṇ[ehi] ◊ ṇa pa[ḍ̱i]śeṭ́ha[ṇe]hi ◊ [ṇa] sahariati ◊

sa[s̮a]ve[hi] ◊ puṇabhaviehi ◊ kudhadhaduaïdaṇe◈hi 139 + + + + + + + + (ṇa saha)‍[riati] ◊

yava sarva bosapakṣia dha(rma)

sarva sakileśapakṣia dha[r]ma ◊

sarva vodaṇapakṣia dharma

.. .. .. 140 + + + + + + + + + + + .. [s̱]i ∙

yaiḥ caturbhiḥ asaṃhāryaiḥ dharmaiḥ samanvāgataḥ bodhaḥ 136 na saṃhriyate. anyatīrthikacarakaparivrājakaiḥ, nirgranthaparivrājakaiḥ na saṃhriyate. caturaṅgimārasenayā na saṃhriyate. 137 vedanābhiḥ na saṃhriyate, duḥkhavedanābhiḥ na saṃhriyate, aduḥkhamasukhābhiḥ [Skt. aduḥkhāsukhābhiḥ] vedanābhiḥ na saṃhriyate. dṛṣṭisthānaiḥ na saṃhriyate. 138 + + + na saṃhriyate. anuśayasthānaiḥ na pratiśayasthānaiḥ [Skt. pratighasthānaiḥ] na saṃhriyate. sāsravaiḥ punarbhavikaiḥ skandhadhātvāyatanaiḥ 139 + + + + + + + + na saṃhriyate, yāvat sarve bodhipākṣikāḥ dharmāḥ, sarve saṃkleśapākṣikāḥ dharmāḥ, sarve vyavadānapākṣikāḥ dharmāḥ + + + 140 + + + + + + + + + + + + +

[If someone is] endowed with these four unassailable qualities (asaṃhārya dharma), [his] awakening (bodha) 136 cannot be assailed. [It] cannot be assailed by wandering mendicants belonging to other religious groups (anyatīrthikacarakaparivrājaka) nor by mendicants who are nirgranthas (nirgranthaparivrājaka). [It] cannot be assailed by the fourfold army of Māra (caturaṅgimārasenā). 137 [It] cannot be assailed by [pleasant] (feelings) (vedanā). [It] cannot be assailed by unpleasant feelings (duḥkhavedanā). [It] cannot be assailed by either unpleasant or pleasant feelings (aduḥkhāsukhavedanā). [It] cannot be assailed by states of [holding a] view (dṛṣṭisthāna). 138 [It] cannot be assailed by + + +. [It] (cannot be assailed) by states of propensity (anuśayasthāna) or by states of reluctance (pratiśayasthāna). 139 [It] cannot be assailed by tainted (sāsrava) aggregates, elements, and sensory bases (skandhadhātvāyatana) leading to rebirth + + + + + + + +, [etc.] up to: all factors that constitute awakening (bodhipakṣika dharma), all factors that constitute defilement (saṃkleśapākṣika dharma), all factors that constitute purification (vyavadānapākṣika dharma), + + + 140 + + + + + + + + + + + + +

§ 34

[kas̱a] deśati .. .. .. .. dha[rma] vidida ∙ pruṭho me [sa]martho ∙ vada ï [∙] .. .. .. .. + .. .. .. + + + + 141 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 142 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 143 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 144 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 145 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 146 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 147 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 148 + + + + + + + + + +

katham deśyate + + + + dharmāḥ viditāḥ. pṛṣṭam me samartham. vata ayam (?) + + + + + + + + + + + + 141 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 142 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 143 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 144 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 145 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 146 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 147 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 148 + + + + + + + + + +

How has it been shown? [Now] + + + + the […] dharmas are known. It was asked [what is] suitable for me. Certainly, this (?) + + + + + + + + + + + + 141 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 142 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 143 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 144 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 145 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 146 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 147 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 148 + + + + + + + + + +

The four abhedyaprasāda

[1] buddha

§ 35

+ + + + + + + (ṇa sa)‍[maṇupa]‍(śa)ti ∙

v[e]dao di tasag̱ado ṇa samaṇupaśati ◊

sarvadharmaparagado vi ta[sag̱ado] 149 (ṇa samaṇupaśati ∙)

+ + + + + + + + + + [do] vi tasag̱ado ṇa samaṇupaśati ∙

aṇatañaṇaparamiprato vi ◊ tasag̱ada ṇa samaṇupaśa(ti) 150

+ + + + + + + + + + [k]u[śal]o v(i) [ṇa] samaṇupaśati ∙

utamaṭ́haṇaṭ́hido vi tasag̱ado ◊ ṇa samaṇupaśati ◊

paramaṭ́haṇaṭ́hida vi ◊ tasag̱ada ṇa sa151(maṇupaśati ∙)

.. .. + [v](i)[śu]dhikoio vi tasag̱ada ṇa samaṇupaśati ∙

sarvaviśudhikoio vi tasag̱ado ṇa samaṇupaśati ∙

viholaṇetro vi 152 (tasag̱ado) [ṇa sa]maṇupaśati ◊ ∙

aṇavaraṇavimohaṭ́haṇaṭ́hi[do] vi tasag̱ado ṇa samaṇupaśati ◊

sarvadharmaaṣ̱aghavi{r}mohaṭ́haṇaṭ́hido vi ◊ tasag̱ado ṇa sama153(ṇupaśati ∙)

[sa]rvaṇ[irutipaḍ̱isavida] .. .. .. [g̱a]do vi ◊ tasag̱ado ṇa samaṇupaśati ∙

samatapravho vi tasag̱ada ṇa samaṇupaśati ◊

a⟨na⟩tapravhavi154 + + + (v)i tasag̱ada {∙} ṇa samaṇupaśati ∙

(*? kārakam tathāgatam) na samanupaśyati, vedakam api/iti (?) tathāgatam na samanupaśyati, sarvadharmapāragatam api tathāgatam 149 na samanupaśyati, + + + + + + + + + + + api tathāgatam na samanupaśyati, anantajñānapāramiprāptam api tathāgatam na samanupaśyati, 150 + + + + + + + + + + kuśalam api na samanupaśyati, uttamasthānasthitam tathāgatam na samanupaśyati, paramasthānasthitam api tathāgatam na sa151manupaśyati, + + + viśuddhikāyikam api tathāgatam na samanupaśyati, sarvaviśuddhikāyikam api tathāgatam na samanupaśyati, vipulanetram api 152 tathāgatam na samanupaśyati, anāvaraṇavimokṣasthānasthitam api tathāgatam na samanupaśyati, sarvadharmāsaṅgavimokṣasthānasthitam api tathāgatam na sama153nupaśyati, sarvaniruktipratisaṃvid- + + + -gatam api tathāgatam na samanupaśyati, samantaprabham api tathāgatam na samanupaśyati, anantaprabhā(vi154rocanam) api tathāgatam na samanupaśyati,

He does (not) perceive (? the Tathāgata as someone who acts (kāraka)). He also (?) does not perceive the Tathāgata as someone who experiences (vedaka). 149 He also (does not perceive) the Tathāgata as having gone beyond all dharmas (sarvadharmapāragata). He also does not perceive the Tathāgata as + + + + + + + + + + +. He also does not perceive the Tathāgata as having attained the perfection of infinite knowledge (anantajñānapāramiprāpta). 150 He also does not perceive [the Tathāgata] as being skilful in + + + + + + + + + + (…kuśala). He also does not perceive the Tathāgata as being in the best place (uttamasthānasthita). 151 He also does not perceive the Tathāgata as being in the most excellent place (paramasthānasthita). He also does not perceive the Tathāgata as having a pure body + + + (…viśuddhikāyika). He also does not perceive the Tathāgata as having a completely pure body (sarvaviśuddhikāyika). 152 He also does not perceive the Tathāgata as having big eyes (vipulanetra). He also does not perceive the Tathāgata as abiding in the state of liberation free from obstructions (anāvaraṇavimokṣasthānasthita). He also does not perceive the Tathāgata as abiding in the state of liberation unattached to all dharmas (sarvadharmāsaṅgavimokṣasthānasthita). 153 He also does not perceive the Tathāgata as (? possessing) the special knowledge of all [ways of] expression (sarvaniruktipratisaṃvid…gata). He also does not perceive the Tathāgata as radiating light on all sides (samantaprabha). 154 He also does not perceive the Tathāgata as (? illuminating [everything] with) infinite light (anantaprabhāvirocana ?).

§ 36

yado ya śariputra ◊ mamo ṣ̱avag̱a ∙ edehi ca ◊ añehi ca karaṇehi ◊ ṇa samaṇupaśati ∙ tado budho abhejapras̱a155(deṇa samuṇaga)[d]a bho[di] ◊

yataḥ ca, śāriputra, mama śrāvakaḥ etaiḥ ca anyaiḥ ca kāraṇaiḥ na samanupaśyati, tataḥ buddham [G; Skt. buddhe] abhedyaprasā155dena samanvāgataḥ bhavati.

And because, Śāriputra, my disciple does not perceive [the Tathāgata] for these and other reasons, 155 he is endowed with unbreakable confidence in the Buddha.

[2] dharma

§ 37

yoda [vi] dharmaviharam eva ◈ ṇa samaṇupaśati ◊ tado vi dharmo abh[e]jopras̱edeṇa samuṇag̱ado bhodi ∙

yataḥ api dharmavihāram eva na samanupaśyati, tataḥ api dharmam [G; Skt. dharme] abhedyaprasādena samanvāgataḥ bhavati.

And also, because he does not perceive a dwelling in the dharma (dharmavihāra), he is endowed with unbreakable confidence in the dharma.

[3] saṃgha

§ 38

yas̱a yeva tua [śar](i)156(putra) dharma ṇa samaṇupaśas̱i ◊ yeṇa dharmeṇa samu◈ṇag̱ado raha di voharias̱i ◊ evam eva śariputra ◊ yeṇa dharmeṇa ◊ mama ṣ̱avag̱asagho ṣ̱avag̱a157(sa)[gho] saṃkho gachati ◊ ta dharmo ari◈a∙ṣ̱avag̱o ◊ yoṇiśo vavarikṣata ∙ ṇa as̱ig̱achadi ◊ yado ya ṇa as̮ig̱achadi tado ya 158 (sagho a)‍[bhejo]pras̱adeṇa sam[uṇa]g̱ado bhoti ◈ ◊

yathā eva tvam, śāri156putra, dharmam na samanupaśyasi, yena dharmeṇa samanvāgataḥ, arhan iti vyavahāryase, evam eva, śāriputra, yena dharmeṇa mama śrāvakasaṃghaḥ śrāvaka157saṃghaḥ saṃkhyām gacchati, tam dharmam āryaśrāvakaḥ, yoniśaḥ upaparīkṣantaḥ [Skt. upaparīkṣan], na adhigacchati. yataḥ ca na adhigacchati, tataḥ ca 158 saṃgham [G; Skt. saṃghe] abhedyaprasādena samanvāgataḥ bhavati.

Just as you, 156 Śāriputra, do not perceive a dharma by possessing which you are designated an Arhat, in the same way, Śāriputra, an āryaśrāvaka does not find a dharma by which my assembly of disciples 157 is reckoned as an assembly of disciples, even when thoroughly investigating it. And because he does not find it, 158 he is endowed with unbreakable confidence (in the assembly).

[4] śīla

§ 39

yado ya śariputra ◊ mamo ṣ̱avag̱o ◊ ṇa aj̄atvo samaṇupaśati ◊ kudo ⟨bha⟩hidho ∙

tado ya 159 (ṇa aj̄atvasamu)‍[ṭ́hi]do śilo samaṇupaśati ◈

ṇa bhahidhasamuṭ́hida śilo samaṇupaśati ◊

ṇa ajatvabhahidhasamuṭ́hido śilo 160 (samaṇupaśati ∙)

(ṇa) + + + + + + + + + + + + + samaṇupaśati ∙

ṇa vi upada śilo samaṇupaśati ∙

ṇa ṇiros̱a śilo samaṇupaśati ∙

ṇa upati śilo sama161(ṇupaśati ∙)

(ṇa aṇupati śilo samaṇupaśati ∙)

(ṇa ayea śilo sa)[maṇ](u)[pa]śati ∙

ṇa avayea [śilo] samaṇupaśati ∙ ∙

ṇa uadae śilo samaṇupa[śati] 162

(ṇa aṇuadae śilo samaṇupaśati ∙)

+ + + + + + + + + + (∙)

+ + + (śilo samaṇu)‍[pa]śati ∙

ṇa ṇiṣ̱ea śilo samaṇupaśati ∙

ṇa aṇiṣ̱ae śilo sama163(ṇupaśati ∙)

+ + + + + + + + + + + (∙)

(ṇa payapaṇa) [śilo samaṇupaśati] ∙

ṇa apayavaṇo [śilo sama]ṇ(u)[pa]śati ∙

[ṇa] + + 164 + + + + + + + + + + (∙)

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (∙)

+ + + + + (śilo samaṇu)[pa]śati (∙)

[ṇa] .. .. + + + 165 + + + + + + + + + (∙)

ṇa sa)[khada] śilo sama[ṇupaśati] (∙)

[ṇa] asakhada [śil]o [sa]maṇupaśati ∙

yataḥ ca, śāriputra, mama śrāvakaḥ na adhyātmam samanupaśyati, kutaḥ bahirdhā; tataḥ ca 159 na adhyātmasamutthitam śīlam samanupaśyati. na bahirdhāsamutthitam śīlam samanupaśyati, na adhyātmabahirdhāsamutthitam śīlam 160 samanupaśyati, na + + + + + + + + + + + + + samanupaśyati; na api utpādam śīlam samanupaśyati, na nirodham śīlam samanupaśyati; na utpattim śīlam sama161nupaśyati, na anutpattim śīlam samanupaśyati; na ācayam śīlam samanupaśyati, na apacayam śīlam samanupaśyati, na upādāya śīlam samanupaśyati, 162 na anupādāya śīlam samanupaśyati; + + + + + + + + + + +, + + śīlam samanupaśyati; na niśrāya śīlam samanupaśyati, na aniśrāya śīlam sama163nupaśyati; + + + + + + + + + + +, + + + + + + + + + + +; na paryāpannam śīlam samanupaśyati, na aparyāpannam śīlam samanupaśyati; na + + 164 + + + + + + + + + +, + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +; + + + + + śīlam samanupaśyati, na + + + + + 165 + + + + + + + + +; na saṃskṛtam śīlam samanupaśyati, na asaṃskṛtam śīlam samanupaśyati.

And because, Śāriputra, my disciple does not perceive [anything] internally let alone externally, 159 he does not perceive morality in terms of having originated (internally) (adhyātmasamutthita), he does not perceive morality in terms of having originated externally (bahidhāsamutthita), 160 he does not perceive morality in terms of having originated both internally and externally (adhyātmabahidhāsamutthita), he does not perceive morality in terms of + + + + + + + + + + + + +. He also does not perceive morality in terms of an origination (utpāda), he does not perceive morality in terms of a cessation (nirodha); 161 he does not perceive morality in terms of an origin (utpatti), (he does not perceive morality in terms of the absence of an origin (anutpatti); he does not) perceive (morality in terms of growth (ācaya)), he does not perceive morality in terms of decline (apacaya); he does not perceive morality in terms of clinging (upādāya), 162 (he does not perceive morality in terms of not clinging (anupādāya)); + + + + + + + + + + +, he does not perceive morality in terms of + +; he does not perceive morality in terms of relying [on something] (niśrāya), 163 he does not perceive morality in terms of not relying [on something] (aniśrāya); + + + + + + + + + + +, + + + + + + + + + + +; he does (not) perceive morality (in terms of belonging [to anything] (paryāpanna)), he does not perceive morality in terms of not belonging [to anything] (aparyāpanna); (he does) not + + 164 + + + + + + + + + +, + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +; he does (not) perceive (morality) in terms of + + + + +, (he does) not + + + + + 165 + + + + + + + + +; he does (not) perceive morality in terms of being conditioned (saṃskṛta), he does not perceive morality in terms of being unconditioned (asaṃskṛta).

§ 40

edehi [ca añ](e)[h](i) [ca karaṇ](e)[hi] ∙ savaso śilo ṇa samaṇupa[śati] (‧) 166 + + + + + + (ṇa samaṇupa)[śati] ∙ evam eva sa[va]so drośilio vi ṇa samaṇupaśati ∙ ṇa ya kici aj̄ayaradi ∙ ṇa ∙ ya ṇa samaṇupaśati ∙ .. + + + + 167 + + + (yavado a)‍[ria]ṣ̱avag̱o ◊ aribhutehi śilehi samuṇag̱ado bhoti ∙ etavado śariputra ◊ caduhi abhejapras̱adehi ◊ samuṇagado bhoti ari[a]ṣ̱avag̱o

etaiḥ ca anyaiḥ ca kāraṇaiḥ saṃvāsam śīlam na samanupaśyati, 166 + + + + + + na samanupaśyati; evam eva saṃvāsam duḥśīlikam api na samanupaśyati, na ca kiṃcit adhyācarati, na ca na (?) samanupaśyati. + + + + + 167 + + + yāvatā āryaśrāvakaḥ āryabhūtaiḥ śīlaiḥ samanvāgataḥ bhavati, etāvatā, śāriputra, caturbhiḥ abhedyaprasādaiḥ samanvāgataḥ bhavati āryaśrāvakaḥ.

For these and other reasons, he does not perceive cohabitation (saṃvāsa) as morality, 166 he does (not) perceive (? non-cohabitation as morality). In the same way he does not perceive cohabitation as immoral. He does not transgress anything. And he does not not perceive [anything]. + + + + + 167 + + + (To which extent) the āryaśrāvaka is endowed with noble moralities (āryabhūtaśīla), to this extent, Śāriputra, the āryaśrāvaka is endowed with the four unbreakable confidences.

Reacting to criticism

§ 41

168 ◈ ariaṣ̱avag̱as̱a ◊ caduabhejapras̱ada{{sa}}samuṇag̱adas̱a ◊ sarva satva ◊ tasag̱adaruo avhiṇimiṇi[tva ta]sag̱ada169◈s̱a [‧] a[va]ṇo bhaṣ̱easu ∙ ayaśo ∙ akirti ∙ aśilog̱o bhaṣ̱easu ∙ eva ca vadeasu ∙ ki tu dha tasag̱adaṇa ∙ ṇa so 170 ◈ ed(e)hi dharm[e]hi ◊ samuṇagado ∙ yas̮a ṇa maṇas̮ig̱aros̱i ∙ tatra śariputra ariaṣ̱avao {{a}} ◊ te sarva satva ∙ eva vadea 171 ◈ evam edo e[vam edo]◊ aṇas̮i[ga]ra[e] ho vaṇa tasag̱ada dharma deśeti ∙ ṇa as̮ig̱arae ∙ amaṇas̮ig̱ara dharmo deśeti 172 ◈ ṇa maṇasig̱ara ∙

168 āryaśrāvakasya caturabhedyaprasādasamanvāgatasya sarve sattvāḥ, tathāgatarūpam abhinirmiṇitvā [Skt. abhinirmāya], tathāgata169sya avarṇam bhāṣeran, ayaśasam, akīrtim, aślokam bhāṣeran. evaṃ ca vadeyuḥ: kim tu idha tathāgatānām na saḥ 170 etaiḥ dharmaiḥ samanvāgataḥ, yathā na manasikaroṣi. tatra, śāriputra, āryaśrāvakaḥ tān sarvān sattvān evam vadet: 171 evam etat, evam etat. anadhikārāya khalu punaḥ tathāgatāḥ dharmam deśayanti, na adhikārāya. amanasikārāḥ dharmam deśayanti, 172 na manasikārāḥ.

168 To this āryaśrāvaka who is endowed with the four unbreakable confidences, all beings, having conjured up the appearance of a Tathāgata, 169 would utter dispraise of the Tathāgata, they would say [things which bring him into] ill-repute, which give him a bad name, which bring him a bad reputation. And [if] they would say, “But you (?) are not 170 endowed with these dharmas of Tathāgatas, because you do not direct your attention [to anything],” then, Śāriputra, the āryaśrāvaka would say to all these beings, 171 “So it is, so it is. Indeed, for the sake of not focusing [on anything] (anadhikāra) the Tathāgatas teach the dharma, not for the sake of focusing [on anything] (na adhikāra). Without directing [their] attention [to anything] (amanasikāra) they teach the dharma, 172 not directing [their] attention [to anything] (na manasikāra).”

§ 42

as̱a te satva eva vadeasu ∙ ṇa vae tuhi bho puruṣ̱a ◊ edae sadhae eva vadema ∙ edaṇi [raṇa]173 + (bho pu)ruṣ̱a + + + + ṇi ṇas̮a ◈ ukirtidaṇi keṇa di bho puruṣ̱a ◊ edaṇi dharmaṇi deśidaṇi ◊ vipaladho si vi[pa]lasto s[i] mariṣ̱a174(o tasaga)[do] .. + ◊ aṇas̮ig̱a[ra]e amaṇasig̱aro dharmo deśeti ∙

atha te sattvāḥ evam vadeyuḥ: na vayam tubhyam, bho puruṣa, etayā saṃdhayā evam vadema. etāni + + 173 +, bho puruṣa, + + + + + na atha utkīrtitāni. kena iti, bho puruṣa, etāni dharmāṇi deśitāni. vipralabdhaḥ asi, viparyastaḥ asi, māriṣāḥ, 174 tathāgataḥ + + anadhikārāya, amanasikāraḥ dharmam deśayati.

Then those beings would say, “We would not speak to you thus with this intention, good man. These 173 + + +, (good) man, + + + + + are not proclaimed here. By whom, good man, are these dharmas shown? You are deceived, you are wrong, [if you say,] ‘Dear sirs, 174 (a Tathāgata) + + teaches the dharma not for the sake of focusing [on anything] (anadhikāra), without directing [his] attention [to anything] (amanasikāra).’”

§ 43

as̱a so ariaṣ̱avao ◊ te satva eva vadea ∙ yo mariṣ̱ao ṇa ruo 175 (ṇiṣ̱ido ∙ ṇa ruas̱a) [upada] ṇiṣ̱ido ‧ ṇa ruasa ṭ́hidi ṇiṣ̱ido ∙ ṇa vi ruas̱a ∙ vapariṇamado ṇiṣ̱ido ◊ sarveṇa savo ya mariṣ̱ao saveṇa sa176(vo) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + tasag̱ado dharmo deś(e)ti ∙ ta pi aho mariṣ̱ao ◊ tasag̱ado ṇa samaṇupaśami kudo tusve ∙ ya tusve 177 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (ma)‍riṣ̱ao bhaviśas̱a ◊

atha saḥ āryaśrāvakaḥ tān sattvān evam vadet: yaḥ, māriṣāḥ, na rūpam 175 niśritaḥ, na rūpasya utpādam niśritaḥ, na rūpasya sthitim niśritaḥ, na api rūpasya vipariṇāmatām niśritaḥ, sarveṇa sarvam ca, māriśāḥ, sarveṇa sa176rvam + + + + + + + + + + + + + + tathāgataḥ dharmam deśayati. tam api aham, māriṣāḥ, tathāgatam na samanupaśyāmi, kutaḥ yūyam; yat yūyam 177 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +, māriṣāḥ, bhaviṣyatha.

Then the āryaśrāvaka would say to those beings, “What, dear sirs, is not 175 (dependent) on form, (not) dependent on the origination (of form), not dependent on the persistence of form, [and] also not dependent on the transformation of form, and altogether, dear sirs, altogether 176 + + + + + + + + + + + + + (this) a Tathāgata teaches [as] the dharma. Moreover, dear sirs, I do not perceive a Tathāgata, how much less [could] you? What you 177 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +, dear sirs, you will become.”

§ 44

idi hi di ◊ śariputra ◊ ariaṣ̱avao ◊ caduhi abhejapras̱ade178(hi samuṇagado) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + .. [śari]putra ariaṣ̱avao [∙ aphadaṇeṇa ∙] ◊ .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 179 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (añati)[thiecara]g̱aparivayag̱aṇiaṭ́hehi ◊ sademaasura 180 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + [i]me te śarip(u)[tra] 181 + + + + + + + + + + +

iti hi iti, śāriputra, āryaśrāvakaḥ caturbhiḥ abhedyaprasādaiḥ 178 samanvāgataḥ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +, śāriputra, āryaśrāvakaḥ aspandanena + + + + + + + + 179 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + anyatīrthikacarakaparivrājakanirgranthaiḥ sadevāsura- 180 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ime te, śāriputra, 181 + + + + + + + + + + +

Thus indeed, Śāriputra, the āryaśrāvaka 178 (is endowed with) the four unbreakable confidences + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +, Śāriputra, the āryaśrāvaka, without agitation + + + + + + + + 179 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (is unassailable) by wandering mendicants belonging to other religious groups or by the nirgranthas (anyatīrthikacarakaparivrājakanirgrantha), with [its] gods and asuras 180 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + these, Śāriputra, 181 + + + + + + + + + + +

Simile for abhedyatā

§ 45

[saya]s̱avi[s̱a] ◊ śariputra ◊ ag̱a[śo] (ṇa s)[u](karo chidido vi bhid)ido vi ◊ chidro [v](i) [saka](to atamaśo śadadha chiṇa vi valagrakoḍ̱ie) 182 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + [ṇa] sukaro chidida vo bhidido va ◊ chidro vi saka[to] ◈ 183 (atamaśo śadadha chiṇa) [vi vala]grakoḍ̱ie ◊

sayyathāpi [Skt. tadyathāpi], śāriputra, ākāśaḥ na sukaraḥ chinditum vā bhinditum vā, chidram iva saṃkṛttam antamaśaḥ śatadhā chinnayā api vālāgrakoṭyā. 182 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + na sukaraḥ chinditum vā bhinditum vā, chidram iva saṃkṛttam 183 antamaśaḥ śatadhā chinnayā api vālāgrakoṭyā.

Śāriputra, just like space (ākāśa) cannot be (split or) broken (any more than) a hole that has been made (by the tip of a hair which has been split a hundred times over) 182 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + cannot be split or broken any more than a hole that has been made 183 by the tip of a hair (which has been split a hundred times over).

§ 46

Śāriputra [e]va vuto ◊ aïśpa śariputra bhag̱avato edad oya ◊

Śāriputra evam uktaḥ, āyuṣmān śāriputraḥ bhagavantam etat avocat:

Śāriputra Thus addressed, the venerable Śāriputra said to the Exalted One:

§ 47

[1] ag̱aśo bhate bhag̱ava ◈ 184 + + + + + .. [ṇa]sti paramoṣ̱o ◊ [ime]ṇa paḍ̱ameṇa ṭ́haṇeṇa eva vademi ◦ ṇa sukaro ag̱aśo chidido vi bhidido vi ◈ 185 (chidro vi) [sakato] atamaśo ◊ śadadha chiṇa vi valagrakoḍ̱ie [∙]

[2] ag̱aśo bhate bhag̱ava aruo aṇidaśaṇo ◈ 186 (imeṇa du)[die]ṇa ṭ́haṇeṇa ◊

[3] ag̱aśo bhate aṇadaśa aprag̱aśo abhoayo ◊ imeṇa tridieṇa ṭ́haṇeṇa ∙ eva vademi ◊ ṇa sukaro ◈ ag̱aśo chidido vo 187 (bhidido vi) ∙ chidro vi [sakato a]tamaśo śadadha bhiṇa vi valagrakoḍie ∙

[4] ag̱aśo bhate bhag̱ava ∙ apramaṇo ◊ aprayato ◊ aṇupi◈s̱a pramaṇo ṇa uala188(dho ◊) kuda bhahudaro ◊ imeṇa caüṭ́heṇa ṭ́haṇeṇa ◊ eva vademi ◊

[5] [ag̱aśo] ◊ aṇimito ◊ ṇimitavag̱ado ◊ imeṇa pacameṇa ṭ́haṇeṇa ◊ eva vademi ◊ ṇa suka189(ro ag̱aśo) [chi]dido vi ◊ bhidido vi ∙ chidra pi sakato atamaśo śadadha bhiṇa vi valagrakoḍ̱i[o] ∙

[6] agaśo bhate aci[to amaṇas̱](ig̱a)[r](o e)[d](e)[h](i ca) 190 (añehi ca) [karaṇ]⟨e⟩[hi] ◊ eva vademi ∙ ṇa sukaro ◊ ag̱aśo chidido vi ◊ bhidido vi ◊ [chidro vi] sakato atamaśo śadadha bhiṇa vi valagrakoḍ̱ihi ∙

[1] ākāśaḥ, bhadanta bhagavan, 184 + + + + + + na asti parāmarśaḥ. imena [Skt. anena] prathamena sthānena evam vadāmi: na sukaraḥ ākāśaḥ chinditum vā bhinditum vā, 185 chidram iva saṃkṛttam antamaśaḥ śatadhā chinnayā api vālāgrakoṭyā.

[2] ākāśaḥ, bhadanta bhagavan, arūpaḥ, anidarśanaḥ. 186 imena [Skt. anena] dvitīyena sthānena.

[3] ākāśaḥ, bhadanta, anādarśaḥ aprakāśaḥ abhyavakāśaḥ. imena [Skt. anena] tṛtīyena sthānena evam vadāmi: na sukaraḥ ākāśaḥ chinditum vā 187 bhinditum vā, chidram iva saṃkṛttam antamaśo śātadhā bhinnayā api vālāgrakoṭyā.

[4] ākāśaḥ, bhadanta bhagavan, apramāṇaḥ, aprayantaḥ, anupaniṣat (?). pramāṇam na upala188bdham, kutaḥ bahutaram. imena [Skt. anena] caturthena sthānena evam vadāmi.

[5] ākāśaḥ animittaḥ, nimittāpagataḥ. imena [Skt. anena] pañcamena sthānena evam vadāmi: na suka189raḥ ākāśaḥ chinditum vā bhinditum vā, chidram iva saṃkṛttam antamaśaḥ śatadhā bhinnayā api vālāgrakoṭyā.

[6] ākāśaḥ, bhadanta, acitraḥ, amanasikāraḥ, etaiḥ ca 190 anyaiḥ ca kāraṇaiḥ evam vadāmi: na sukaraḥ ākāśaḥ chinditum vā bhinditum vā chidram iva saṃkṛttam antamaśaḥ śatadhā bhinnam api vālāgrakoṭyā.

[1] Space, honourable Exalted One, 184 (? is boundless), there is no touching [of it] (parāmarśa). This is the first point on account of which I say this: Space cannot be split or broken 185 any more (than a hole) that has been made by the tip of a hair which has been split a hundred times over.

[2] Space, honourable Exalted One, is without form (arūpa) or appearance (anidarśana). 186 (This) is the second point on account of which (I say this).

[3] Space, honourable, cannot be seen (anādarśa), [it] is invisible (aprakāśa), [non-manifest like] open space (abhyavakāśa). This is the third point on account of which I say this: Space cannot be split 187 (or broken) any more than a hole that has been made by the tip of a hair which has been divided a hundred times over.

[4] Space, honourable Exalted One, is beyond measure (apramāṇa), without limit (aprayanta), without resemblance (? anupaniṣad ). The measure cannot be 188 apprehended, how much less something greater? This is the fourth point on account of which I say this.

[5] Space is without characteristic signs (animitta), free from characteristic signs (nimittāpagata). This is the fifth point on account of which I say this: 189 (Space) cannot be split or broken any more than a hole that has been made by the tip of a hair which has been divided a hundred times over.

[6] Space, honourable, is not [an object of] thought (acitta), it is not [an object of] attention (amanasikāra). For these 190 (and other) reasons, I say this: Space cannot be split or broken any more than a hole that has been made by the tip of a hair which has been divided a hundred times over.

Summary / acintya

§ 48

Bhagavan evam eva 191 (śariputra) [ma]mo (ṣ̱a)[vag̱](o) ◊ edehi ca añ⟨e⟩hi ca karaṇ⟨e⟩hi ◊ {samuṇag̱ado} budho ṇa samaṇupaśati ∙ dharma sagho ◊ ṇa samaṇupaśati ◊ śilo samasi praña vimuti 192 (ṇa samaṇupaśati ◊) [vaṇo savado] ṇa samaṇupaśati ∙ yado ṇa samaṇupaśati tado ṇa bhijati ◊ ta vucati ◊ abhejeṇa pras̱adeṇa samuṇag̱ada ∙

Bhagavan evam eva, 191 śāriputra, mama śrāvakaḥ etaiḥ ca anyaiḥ ca kāraṇaiḥ {samanvāgataḥ} buddham na samanupaśyati, dharmam, saṃgham na samanupaśyati, śīlam, samādhim, prajñām, vimuktim 192 na samanupaśyati; punaḥ sarvataḥ na samanupaśyati. yataḥ na samanupaśyati, tataḥ na bhidyate. tat ucyate abhedyena prasādena samanvāgataḥ.

Bhagavan In the same way, 191 (Śāriputra), for these and other reasons my disciple does not perceive a Buddha, he does not perceive a dharma [or] an assembly. 192 (He does not perceive) morality (śīla), concentration (samādhi), insight (prajñā), [or] release (vimukti), he does not perceive anything at all (?). Because he does not perceive [anything], he is not broken. [Therefore] it is said: [he is] ‘endowed with unbreakable confidence.’

§ 49

mamo 193 (ṣ̱avag̱o) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (pra)[ña]ti a[d]ikrato ∙ ṇa vohareṇa kaci dharma vavastavedi ∙ ṇa vi avohara kaci dharma 194 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ti ◊

mama 193 śrāvakaḥ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + prajñaptim atikrāntaḥ. na vyavahāreṇa kaṃcit dharmam vyavasthāpayati, na api avyavahāram kaṃcit dharmam 194 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

My 193 (disciple) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + has passed beyond [conceptual] designation (prajñapti). He does not make a verbal distinction about any dharma by a conventional expression (vyavahāra), nor (? does he make a verbal distinction about) any dharma without a conventional expression (avyavahāra) 194 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

§ 50

so [caduhi] ◊ acitiehi ◊ samuṇag̱ado bh⟨o⟩ti ∙ kadarehi caduhi ◊ acitio s̱a śilo 195 (bhoti ◊ acitio s̱a samasi bhoti ◊ a)‍[c]itia s̱a praña bhoti ◊ ta ca atulia ◊ acitia s̱a ◊ vi[muti bh](o)[ti]

saḥ caturbhiḥ acintyaiḥ samanvāgataḥ bhavati. kataraiḥ caturbhiḥ. acintyam asya śīlam 195 bhavati. acintyaḥ asya samādhiḥ bhavati. acintyā asya prajñā bhavati. tat ca atulyā, acintyā asya vimuktiḥ bhavati.

He is endowed with four inconceivables (acintya). With which four? Inconceivable (is) his morality, 195 (inconceivable is his concentration), inconceivable is his insight, and thus, incomparable, inconceivable is his release.

§ 51

196 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (cadu)hi aciti[e]hi sa[muṇa]g̱[ad]o bho[ti mam](o) ṣ̱avao ◊ y[a s̱a] bh[a] + + + + + 197 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + .. kha vi ṇa [gh]. + + + + + + + + + 198 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ṇa vi kaci dha(r)ma a[ṇudh]. .. .. .. .. + + .. .. .. .. a ∙ apramaṇa dharma + + + .. .. .. + + + 199 + + + + + + + + + + + + (ma)ñaṇa ∙ phadaṇa ∙ samadikrata ∙ pravacaṇa samadikrata ∙ viñati samadikrata ∙ asakupa ◊ as̱akupa [bh]. + + 200 + + + + (dharma)[d](e)[śaṇa ∙]

196 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + caturbhiḥ acintyaiḥ samanvāgataḥ bhavati mama śrāvakaḥ + + + + + + + + 197 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 198 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + na api kaṃcit dharmam anudhārayati (?) + + + + + + + + + apramāṇāḥ dharmāḥ + + + + + + + + + 199 + + + + + + + + + + + + manyanām, spandanam samatikrāntaḥ, prapañcanam samatikrāntaḥ, vijñaptim samatikrāntaḥ, asaṃkopyaḥ, asaṃkopyaḥ, + + + 200 + + + + dharmadeśanām.

196 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + my disciple is endowed with these four inconceivables, + + + + + + + + 197 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 198 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + [he] also does not (? hold on to) any dharma + + + + + + + + + dharma(s) beyond measure + + + + + + + + + 199 + + + + + + + + + + + + having passed beyond thinking (manyanā) [and mental] agitation (spandana), having passed beyond [mental] elaboration (prapañcana), having passed beyond [verbal] manifestation (vijñapti), (? he is) imperturbable (asaṃkopya) + + + 200 + + + + (dharma) teaching.

1.3 Wondrous phenomena

§ 52

akṣobho vi tasag̱ada arahadasamasabudho deś̄edi ◦ as̱a ho imas̱a dharmadeśeṇae ∙ savavato ta g̱rijaü201(ḍo pravado) sar[v]a[do] suarṇavaṇeṇa ∙ ohas̱eṇa phudo ◊ uraḍ̱o ya gaṃdhayadaṇi gayati yas̱a ṇa purve ◊ uraḍ̱aṇi ca oas̱aṇi paśati yas̱a ṇa purve 202 [ura]ḍ̱aṇi ya puśpaṇi ghadhayadaṇi malayadaṇi ◊ avhipravarṣ̱ati yas̱a ṇa pu[rve] ◊ uvari ca atalikṣo phudo paśati ◊ aṇeg̱ehi devakoḍ̱i203(ṇa)y(u)daśadas̱ahas̱ehi aṇeg̱ehi bramaṇakoḍ̱iṇayudaśadas̱ahas̱ehi ◊ aṇeg̱a∙śudhavas̱ag̱ehi devakoḍ̱iṇayudaśadas̱ahas̱ehi ∙ prajalihoda 204 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (va)‍[ya] bhaṣ̱ati ◊ ac̄ario yava cida tasag̱adeṇa ∙ gabhira dhama bhaṣ̱ida ∙ drodaś̄a duraṇubho205(s̱a) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + .. + .. .. [samadi]k(r)a[ta] ◊ [yas̱a] yeva bhate bhag̱ava dharma .. .. .. .. + + + 206 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 207 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 208 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 209 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 210 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 211 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 212 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 213 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 214 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 215 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + .[i] do ◈ .. .. [bosisatva] + + + + 216 + + + + + .. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + .. [sad](e)[va]maṇuṣ̱ae pariṣ̱ae ◊ ṇiṣ̱aṇo ◊ suarṇavaṇeṇa kayeṇa 217 + + + .. (pra)savimaje ś[e]larayo ◊ savavato [ca] (budhakṣetro suarṇa)vaṇ[e]ṇa ca teyeṇa ca pravhae ca ◊ ta ca sarva budhakṣ⟨e⟩tro oas̱eṇa pha218‍(ri)ta tiṭhati

akṣobhyaḥ api tathāgataḥ arhatsamyaksaṃbuddhaḥ deśayati. atha khalu asya dharmadeśanayā sarvāvantaḥ saḥ gṛdhrakū201ṭaḥ parvataḥ sarvataḥ suvarṇavarṇena avabhāsena sphuṭaḥ, udārāṇi ca gandhajātāni ghrāti [cf. P ghāyati] yathā na pūrvam, udārāṇi ca avabhāsāni paśyati yathā na pūrvam, 202 udārāṇi ca puṣpāṇi gandhajātāni mālājātāni abhipravarṣanti yathā na pūrvam. upari ca antarikṣam sphuṭam paśyati anekaiḥ devakoṭi203nayutaśatasahasraiḥ, anekaiḥ brāhmaṇakoṭinayutaśatasahasraiḥ, anekaśuddhāvāsakaiḥ devakoṭinayutaśatasahasraiḥ. prāñjalībhūtāḥ 204 (*? bhagavantam namasyantaḥ, evam ca) vācam bhāṣante: āścaryam yāvat ca ayam tathāgatena gambhīraḥ dharmaḥ bhāṣitaḥ, durdṛśaḥ duranubo205dhaḥ. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + samatikrānta- yathā eva, bhadanta bhagavan, dharma- + + + + + + + 206 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 207 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 208 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 209 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 210 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 211 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 212 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 213 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 214 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 215 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + bodhisattva- + + + + 216 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + sadevamānuṣāyām pariṣāyām [Skt. pariṣadi] niṣannaḥ, suvarṇavarṇena kāyena 217 + + + + pṛthivīmadhye śailarājaḥ. sarvāvantam ca buddhakṣetram suvarṇavarṇena ca tejasā ca prabhayā ca, tat ca sarvam buddhakṣetram avabhāsena spha218ritam tiṣṭhati.

And the Tathāgata Akṣobhya [“the Immovable”], the Arhat, the Perfectly Awakened One is also teaching. And due to his dharma teaching (dharmadeśanā) the entire Vulture Peak (Gṛdhrakūṭa) 201 is completely filled with a golden radiance, and one smells excellent fragrances like never before. And one sees excellent lights like never before. 202 And excellent flowers, fragrances [and] garlands are raining down like never before. And above, one sees the air (antarikṣa) [being] filled with many 203 hundreds of thousands of millions of billions of gods, with many hundreds of thousands of millions of billions of brahmanical [gods] (brāhmaṇa), with many hundreds of thousands of millions of billions of gods living in the heaven “pure abode” (śuddhāvāsaka). With folded hands 204 (they pay homage to the Exalted One) and say: “It is wondrous what a profound dharma was spoken by the Tathāgata, difficult to see, difficult to understand. 205 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + having passed beyond (? conceptual proliferation). Just like that, honourable Exalted One, the dharma […]” + + + + + + + 206 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 207 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 208 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 209 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 210 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 211 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 212 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 213 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 214 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 215 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + bodhisattva(s) + + + + 216 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + [the Exalted One is] sitting in the assembly of gods and humans, with a golden colored body 217 + + + + [as] the king of mountains (śailarāja) in the middle of the earth. And the entire (buddha field) [is filled] with (golden) color and light and splendor, and the whole buddha field 218 remains pervaded with radiance.

2 Instruction of the devaputras

2.1 Bodhicittotpāda

§ 53

imasvi ho vaṇa dharmapayao bhaṣ̱iamaṇa ∙ aya [tris̱a]has̱amahas̱ahas̱a log̱adhadu ∙ cali ◊ p[r]acal[i] ◊ sapracali ◊ kapi ◊ sakapi ◊ saprag̱a[p]i 219 (ve)s̱i ◊ paves̱i ◊ sapraves̱i ∙ ayaṃ ca sarv[o] b(u)dha[kṣ]etro ∙ ṇaṇavaṇehi p[u]śpehi sathi[do] ∙ pacaghiaṇi ca ∙ turiaṇi avhipravajisu divaṇi ca maṇuṣ̱a220(ṇi ca) maha[kili]kili sapraśpeḍ̱i ca ag̱a[ṣo] celaṇi ca bhramavisu ◊ uvari d[e]vasagho ◊ pramudida ya ah⟨o⟩su ◊ parameṇa pramojaṭ́haṇeṇa samuṇa221(g̱ado)

asmin khalu punaḥ dharmaparyāye bhāṣyamāne, ayam trisāhasramahāsāhasraḥ lokadhātuḥ cali , pracali , saṃpracali , kampi , saṃkampi , saṃprakampi , 219 vedhi , pravedhi , saṃpravedhi . idam ca sarvam buddhakṣetram nānāvarṇaih puṣpaiḥ saṃstṛtam, pañcāṅgikāni ca turiyāṇi [Skt. tūryāṇi] abhipravādyiṃsu , divyāni ca mānuṣā220ni ca. mahākilikilām saṃprakṣveḍām ca akārṣu , celāni ca bhrāmāpiṃsu . upari devasaṃghaḥ pramuditaḥ ca (?) abhūṃsu [pl. for sg.], parameṇa prāmodyasthānena samanvā221gataḥ.

And while the exposition of the dharma (dharmaparyāya) was given, this three-thousandfold, many-thousandfold world system (trisāhasramahāsāhasralokadhātu) was moving, shaking, trembling; it was shaking, trembling, quaking; 219 it was trembling, quaking, shivering. And this whole buddha field was bestrewn with variously colored flowers; and divine (and) human instruments of five kinds sounded. 220 And they were cheering and humming [loudly] (mahākilikilā saṃprakṣveḍā ca) and whirled around clothes. Above, the assembly of gods was overjoyed, having as they did the greatest occasion for joy.

§ 54

Devaputras caduraśidi ca devasahas̱a ◊ vaya bhaṣ̱ati ∙ vae bhate bhag̱ava ∙ e[das̱a dha]ma[sa daṇasa] ◊ as̱amochedae aṇatarahaṇae ca ∙ bahajaṇahidae bahaja[ṇa]222(suha)‍[e loaṇu]apae ◊ arthae hidae suhae ◊ devamaṇuśaṇa ◊ budhanetriaṇuchedae ◊ sarvasatvahidae sarvasatvasuhae loaṇuapae tasag̱adaśaśa223(ṇasa) aṇatara[ha]ṇae ∙ vurdhie vehulae ∙ as̱amoṣ̱ae ∙ bhavaṇaparipurie ∙ aṇutarae samasabosae ∙ cito upadema ∙ aṇutarae samasabusie 224 + + ma ∙ yas̱aprañatae ∙ vae ◊ bhate bhag̱ava ◊ bosisatvaśikṣae śikṣiśama ∙ ◊

Devaputras caturaśītiḥ ca devasahasrāṇi vācam bhāṣante: vayam, bhadanta bhagavan, etasya dharmasya dānasya asamucchedāya anantaradhānāya ca, bahujanahitāya, bahujana222sukhāya, lokānukampāyai, arthāya, hitāya, sukhāya devamanuṣyānām, buddhanetryanucchedāya, sarvasattvahitāya, sarvasattvasukhāya, lokānukampāyai, tathāgataśāsa223nasya anantardhānāya, vṛddhaye, vaipulyāya, asaṃmoṣāya, bhāvanāpāripūraye, anuttarāyām samyaksaṃbodhau cittam utpādayāmaḥ. anuttarāyām samyaksaṃbodhau 224 (*? cittam utpādayāmaḥ), yathāprajñaptāyai [or: yathāprajñaptāyām]. vayam, bhadanta bhagavan, bodhisattvaśikṣāyām śikṣiṣyāmaḥ.

Devaputras 221 And the 84,000 gods said: We, honourable Exalted One, are directing our mind to the highest perfect awakening, so that the gift of this dharma is not destroyed and does not disappear, for the welfare of many people, 222 for the happiness of many people, out of compassion for the world, for the benefit, the welfare [and] the happiness of gods and humans, so that the Buddhas’ guideline (buddhanetrī) is not cut off, for the welfare of all beings, for the happiness of all beings, out of compassion for the world, 223 so that the Tathāgatas’ teaching does not disappear [but] develops [and] increases, so that it is not forgotten [but] fulfilled by [mental] cultivation. To the highest perfect awakening, 224 as it was announced, (? we are directing our mind). We, honourable Exalted One, want to be trained in the training of a bodhisattva.

2.2 Bodhisattvaśikṣā: no notion …

2.2.1 … of selfhood (ātman, sattva, bhāva, jīva, pudgala)

§ 55

Bhagavan eva vuto bhag̱ava ∙ te caduraśidi devaputrasahas̱a edad oya 225 + + + + + + + + + + + .. .. visabhava ho bosisatvaśikṣa ∙

Bhagavan evam uktaḥ, bhagavān tāni caturaśītim devaputrasahasrāni etat avocat: 225 + + + + + + + + + + + + + visaṃbhavā (?) khalu (?) bodhisattvaśikṣā.

Bhagavan Thus addressed, the Exalted One said to the 84,000 devaputras: 225 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + the training of a bodhisattva.

ātman / anātman

§ 56

saveṇa savo va ∙ devaputrao ∙ atvasaña ṇa uvaṭ́havidava ◊ ṇo ya aṇatvo dhamo paḍ̱i226 + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

sarveṇa sarvam eva, devaputrāḥ, ātmasaṃjñā na upasthāpayitavyā, no ca anātmaḥ dharmaḥ prati- 226 + + + + + + + + + + + +

Devaputras, in no case at all should the notion of a self be formed; and a dharma devoid of a self (should) not (be) + + 226 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + >> alles aktiv übersetzen!

sattva / niḥsattva

§ 57

(save)ṇa sava {{.. .. }} devaputrao ◊ satvas̱aña ṇa u[a]ṭ́hav⟨i⟩davo ṇa upadedavo ∙ ṇa alidava ∙ ṇa aviṇiviśidavo ∙ ṇo ya ṇisatv(o) 227 (dhamo) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

sarveṇa sarvam, devaputrāḥ, sattvasaṃjñā na upasthāpayitavyā, na utpādayitavyā, na allīyitavyā , na abhiniveṣṭavyā [cf. P abhinivisitabba], no ca niḥsattvaḥ 227 dharmaḥ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Devaputras, in no case at all should the notion of a living being be formed, evoked, stuck to, adhered to; and 227 (a dharma) devoid of a living being (should) not (be) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

bhāva / abhāva

§ 58

[sa]veṇa savo va ∙ savas̱a va savo ◊ bhavasaña ṇa upadidavo ◊ ṇa aviṇiviśidavo ◊ ṇa alida[v](o) + + + 228 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (ṇo ya de)[vap](u)[trao ∙ avhavo dhar]ma maṇas̱ig̱atava ∙ ṇa avhavo dhama upadidavo ∙ ṇa avhavo dha[r]ma avi[ṇivi]śidivo

sarveṇa sarvam eva, sarvathā eva sarvam, bhāvasaṃjñā na utpādayitavyā, na abhiniveṣṭavyā [cf. P abhinivisitabba], na allīyitavyā , + + + 228 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +, no ca, devaputrāḥ, abhāvaḥ dharmaḥ manasikartavyaḥ, na abhāvaḥ dharmaḥ utpādayitavyaḥ, na abhāvaḥ dharmaḥ abhiniveṣṭavyaḥ [cf. P abhinivisitabba].

In no case at all, under no circumstances at all should the notion of an entity be evoked, adhered to, stuck to, + + + 228 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +; (and, Devaputras,) a dharma devoid of an entity should (not) be focused upon (manasikartavya), a dharma devoid of an entity should not be evoked, a dharma devoid of an entity should not be adhered to.  one should not direct one’s attention to a dharma devoid of an entity, one should not evoke a dharma devoid of an entity, one should adhere to a dharma devoid of an entity

jīva / nirjīva

§ 59

229 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + [ji](va)[saña ṇa a]v⟨i⟩ṇiviśidav[o ∙ jivasaña ∙ ṇa asvadi]{ṭ́ha}[dav](o) ◊ [ṇ](o) [ya] ◊ [ṇijiv](o) 230 (dhamo) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

229 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + jīvasaṃjñā na abhiniveṣṭavyā [cf. P abhinivisitabba], jīvasaṃjñā na āsvādayitavyā (?), no ca nirjīvaḥ 230 dharmaḥ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

229 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + the notion of a life force should not be adhered to, the notion of a life force should not be relished (?); and (a dharma) devoid of a life force 230 (should not be) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

pudgala / niṣpudgala

§ 60

+ + + + 231 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + [ṇa u] + + + + + + + + + .. ◊ ṇa pu[ga] .. + + + + + + + + + + (p)u[gala] .. + + + + + + + + + + .. .. 232 + + + + + + + (ṇo ya deva)putrao ṇipugalo dhamo maṇasig̱atava ∙ ṇa uag̱ata[va] ∙ ṇa aśp[o]didavo ∙ ṇa ṇig̱amida[v](o ∙)

+ + + + 231 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + na u. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + pudgala(*?saṃjñā) + + + + + + + + + + + 232 + + + + + + +, no ca, devaputrāḥ, niṣpudgalaḥ dharmaḥ manasikartavyaḥ, na upagantavyaḥ, na āsvādayitavyaḥ (?), na nigamayitavyaḥ.

+ + + + 231 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + [should] not + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (? notion of a) person + + + + + + + + + + + + 232 + + + + + + +; (and), Devaputras, a dharma devoid of a person should (not) be focused upon, should not be approached [in the mind], should not be relished (?), should not be settled on.

§ 61

.. + + + .. .. .. vihariṇa [bha]233(vidavo) + + + + + + + ◊ ṇa añaṇiṣ̱ideṇa bhavidavo ∙ ṇo ya kuhici ∙ kahic⟨i⟩ ∙ pradiṭhideṇa bhavidava ∙ ṇa apradiṭhideṇa bhavidava ◦

+ + + + + + + vihāriṇā bha233vitavyam + + + + + + + na anyaniśritena bhavitavyam, no ca kutracit, kahiṃcit pratiṣṭhitena bhavitavyam, na apratiṣṭhitena bhavitavyam.

(One should not) be someone who dwells + + + + + + 233 + + + + + + +, one should not be dependent on something else (anyaniśrita), and one should not be firmly based upon anything anywhere (pratiṣṭhita); one should not be not firmly based upon anything (apratiṣṭhita).

2.2.2 … of materiality

mahābhūta (pṛthivī, āpa, tejas, vāta, ākāśā)

§ 62

as̱a ho te tava ceva 234 (ṇa pras̱avi pras̱a)‍[visaña] ahosu ∙ ṇa [ava] avas̱aña ◊ ṇa teya ∙ teyasaña ∙ ṇa vada vada{va}saña ahosu ∙ ṇa ag̱aś̄a ag̱aś̄asaña aho235(su)

atha khalu tāḥ (?) tāvat ca eva 234 na pṛthivīm [G; Skt. pṛthivyām] pṛthivīsaṃjñāḥ abhūṃsu , na āpam [G; Skt. āpe ] āpasaṃjñāḥ , na tejam [G] [cf. P tejam; Skt. tejasi] tejaḥsaṃjñāḥ, na vātam [G; Skt. vāte] vātasaṃjñāḥ abhūṃsu , na ākāśam [G; Skt. ākāśe] ākāśasaṃjñāḥ 235 abhūṃsu .

Further, 234 for earth there are no notions of earth, for water no notions of water, for fire no notions of fire, for air no notions of air, for space no notions of space. 235

ihaloka, paraloka

§ 63

[ṇa iś̄a log̱a] log̱asaña ahosu ∙ ṇa pare log̱e paralog̱asaña ahosu ∙

na iha loke [or: iha lokamG; Skt. ihaloke] lokasaṃjñāḥ abhūṃsu , na pare loke [or: param lokamG] paralokasaṃjñāḥ abhūṃsu .

And there are for this world no notions of [this] world, for the other world no notions of the other world.

dṛṣṭa, śruta, mata, vijñāta

§ 64

ṇa driṭhi driṭhisaña ∙ ṇa ṣudo ṣudasaña ∙ ṇa mudo mudasaña ∙ ṇa viñada 236 ◈ viñadasaña ahosu ∙ ṇo ya ṣu ◊ aj̱̄atvarabhaṇasvadi pravatadi ◊ aj̄atva yeva ṇa samaṇupaśati ∙ ṇo ya bhahidhiramaṇasvadi pravatadi bhahidha ye237◈va ṇa samaṇupaśat⟨i⟩ ∙

na dṛṣṭyām dṛṣṭisamjñāḥ, na śrute śrutasaṃjñāḥ, na mate matasaṃjñāḥ, na vijñāte 236 vijñātasaṃjñāḥ abhūṃsu . no ca eṣu adhyātmālambanasmṛtiḥ pravartate, adhyātmam (ca) eva na samanupaśyanti, no ca bahirdhālambanasmṛtiḥ pravartate, bahirdhā 237 (ca) eva na samanupaśyanti.

There are for [something] seen no notions of [something] seen, for [something] heard no notions of [something] heard, for [something] sensed no notions of [something] sensed, for [something] cognized 236 no notions of [something] cognized. And there does not exist in them an awareness of internal objects, (and) they do not perceive anything internally. And there does not exist [in them] an awareness of external objects, 237 (and) they do not perceive anything externally.

2.2.3 … of the five aggregates (skandha)

rūpa

§ 65

ṇo ya ruo ruasaña ahosu ◊ ruo yeva ◊ ṇa samaṇupaśati ◊ ruo upada {ti} di ṇa samaṇupaśati ◊ ṇirosa di ṇa samaṇupaśati 238 (aṇupada di) [ṇa samaṇupaśati ◊ ∙ aṇirosa] di ṇa samaṇupaśati ∙ ◊

no ca rūpe rūpasaṃjñāḥ abhūṃsu , rūpam (ca) eva na samanupaśyanti. rūpe utpādaḥ iti na samanupaśyanti, nirodhaḥ iti na samanupaśyanti, 238 anutpādaḥ iti na samanupaśyanti, nirodhaḥ iti na samanupaśyanti.

And there are for material form no notions of material form. They do not perceive [any] material form. For material form, they do not perceive ‘[this is] origination,’ they do not perceive ‘[this is] cessation,’ 238 they do not perceive (‘[this is] non-origination,’) they do not perceive ‘[this is] non-cessation.’

vedanā

§ 66

ṇo ya vedaṇa vedaṇasaña ahosu ◊ vedaṇa yeva ṇa samaṇupaśati ∙ ṇo ya vedaṇa ṭ́hidasaña ahosu ∙ ṇo ya vedaṇa [ha](ṇisaña) 239 (a)‍[ho]su ∙ ṇo ya vedaṇa ṇig̱adasaña ahosu ∙ ṇa aṇig̱adasaña ah⟨o⟩su ∙ ṇo ya ⟪vedaṇa⟫ ṇig̱edasaña ahosu ◊ ṇo ya aṇig̱edasaña a[hosu] ◊ [ṇa upadasaña ahosu] 240 (ṇa ṇiros̱asaña) [a]hosu ∙ ṇa aṇupadasaña ◊ ṇa aṇiros̮a⟨sa⟩ña ahoṣ̱i ∙ ṇo ya vedaṇa ayeasaña ahoṣ̱i ◊ ṇa avayeasaña ah⟨o⟩su ∙ saveṇa sava ya ∙ savas̮a va sa⟨vo⟩ ṇo ya ṣ̱a 241 + + + + + + .. .. [ahoṣ̱i] ∙

no ca vedanāyām vedanāsaṃjñāḥ abhūṃsu , vedanām (ca) eva na samanupaśyanti. no ca vedanāyām sthitisaṃjñāḥ abhūṃsu , no ca vedanāyām hānisaṃjñāḥ 239 abhūṃsu . no ca vedanāyām nigatasaṃjñāḥ abhūṃsu , na anigatasaṃjñāḥ abhūṃsu . no ca vedanāyām niketasaṃjñāḥ abhūṃsu , no ca aniketasaṃjñāḥ abhūṃsu . na utpādasaṃjñāḥ abhūṃsu , 240 na nirodhasamjñāḥ abhūṃsu , na anutpādasaṃjñā, na anirodhasaṃjñā abhūṣi . no ca vedanāyām ācayasaṃjñā abhūṣi , na apacayasaṃjñāḥ abhūṃsu . sarveṇa sarvam ca, sarvathā eva sarvam no ca eṣu 241 + + + + + + + + abhūṣi .

And there are for feeling no notions of feeling. They do not perceive any feeling. For feeling, there are no notions of [it being] stable (sthita); for feeling, 239 there are no notions of a decrease (hāni). For feeling, there are no notions of [it having] gone [somewhere] (nigata), there are no notions of [it having] not gone [somewhere] (anigata). For feeling, there are no notions of an abode (niketa), there are no notions of the absence of an abode (aniketa). There are no notions of an origination (utpāda), 240 there are (no notions of a cessation (nirodha)), [there is] no notion of a non-origination (anutpāda), there is no notion of a non-cessation (anirodha). For feeling, there is no notion of growth (ācaya), there are no notions of decline (apacaya). In no case at all, under no circumstances 241 is there for them (? a notion of feelings) [+ + +].

saṃjñā

§ 67

ṇo ya ṣu saña◊saña ahoṣ̱i ∙ ṇa asañasaña ahoṣ̱i ∙ ṇa vibhudasaña ahoṣ̱i ∙ ṇa avibhudasaña ahoṣ̱i ∙

no ca eṣu saṃjñāsaṃjñā abhūṣi , na asaṃjñāsaṃjñā abhūṣi ; na vibhūtasaṃjñā abhūṣi , na avibhūtasaṃjñā abhūṣi .

And there is in them no notion of notions, there is no notion of non-notions. There is no notion [of what] has disappeared (vibhūtasaṃjñā), there is no notion [of what] has not disappeared.

saṃskāra

§ 68

evam eva ◊ yasa vedaṇa tas̮a 242 (sakha)[ro]saña sa .[o] + + (sa)ña ahoṣ̱i ◊ ṇa aṇavisakharasaña ahoṣ̱i ∙ ṇa sakhare ṭ́hidasaña ahoṣ̱i ∙ ṇa sakhare sabhudasaña ∙ ṇa vibhudasaña ahoṣ̱i ◊ sakhara yeva ṇa samaṇu243(paśati)

evam eva yathā vedanā tathā 242 saṃskārasaṃjñā. + + + + saṃjñā abhūṣi , na anabhisaṃskārasaṃjñā abhūṣi . na saṃskāre sthitasaṃjñā abhūṣi , na saṃskāre saṃbhūtasamjñā, na vibhutasaṃjñā abhūṣi . saṃskāram (ca) eva na samanu243paśyanti.

As with feeling, so with 242 the notion of (volitional formation (saṃskāra)). There is ⟨*no⟩ notion [of] + + + +, there is no notion of non-constructions (anabhisaṃskāra). For volitional formation (saṃskāra), there is no notion of [it being] stable (sthita); for volitional formation, there is no notion [of it having] come into existence (saṃbhūta), there is no notion of [it having] disappeared (vibhūta). They do not perceive any volitional formation.

vijñāna

§ 69

(ṇo) [ya] viñaṇa viñaṇasa[ñapa]⟨ḍ̱i⟩[vadhaṇi]ṣ̱ida ṣ[u] viñaṇo ahoṣ̱i ∙ ṇo ya ṣu sakharaüadaṇa{ṇiṣ̱i}paḍ̱ivadhaṇiṣ̱ido viñaṇo ahoṣ̱i ∙ ṇo ya cedaṇa 244 + + + + + + + +

no ca vijñānam [G; Skt. vijñāne] vijñānasaṃjñāpratibaddhaniśritam eṣu vijñānam abhūṣi . no ca eṣu saṃskāropādānapratibaddhaniśritam vijñānam abhūṣi . no ca cetanā 244 + + + + + + + +

243 And for consciousness, there is in them (no) consciousness depending on and being bound to a notion of consciousness. There is in them no consciousness depending on and being bound to the grasping of volitional formations. (There is in them) no 244 + + + + + + + + volition (cetanā).

2.2.4 Summary

§ 70

(ṇa bhavasaña · ṇa vi)[bhavasaña ah]‍(o)‍[ṣ̱i] ◊ ṇa upadasaña ṇa ṇirosasaña ∙ ṇa aṇupadasaña ∙ ṇa a[ṇ]iros̱a[saña] ah⟨o⟩ṣ̱i 245 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + [ṇasaña ah]‍(o)‍[ṣ̱i ∙ r](u)[va]uadaṇ[a] hi ya ∙ ṇa ṣ̱a[ṣ̱a]to ∙ ṇa [bhajat]i [ṇa griṇati] 246 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ..

na bhavasaṃjñā, na vibhavasaṃjñā abhūṣi . na utpādasaṃjñā, na nirodhasaṃjñā, na anutpādasaṃjñā, na anirodhasaṃjñā abhūṣi . 245 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + -saṃjñā abhūṣi . rūpopādānam hi ca na śāśvatam. na bhajanti (?), na gṛhṇanti (?). 246 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

There is (no notion of existence, no) notion of (non-)existence. There is no notion of origination, no notion of cessation, no notion of non-origination, no notion of non-cessation. There is (no) notion of 245 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +. And indeed the grasping of material form (rupopādāna) is not permanent. They do not experience/partake, they do not seize (?). 246 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

§ 71

[as̱a ho te sa] + .. ◊ tado sama[so] .. [svado] 247 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + [eva] ∙ ṇa samaṇupaśami ◊ aṇatvo yeva ṇa samaṇupaśama satva yevo 248 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + [ṇa samaṇupaśama ◦] eva ∙ yava driṭhe ṣuda muda viñado eva yava ∙ ṣ̱aveadhama 249 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + [ya] ◊ [bosisa](tva)[dha](rma) [ya] {budha ya} budhadharma ya ∙ teṣ̱asvaho ◊

atha khalu + + + + + + + + + + + + 247 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (*? ātmānam) eva na samanupaśyāmaḥ, anātmam (ca) eva na samanupaśyāmaḥ. sattvam (ca) eva 248 (*? na samanupaśyāmaḥ, niḥsattvam eva na samanupaśyāmaḥ. evam yāvat niṣpudgalam eva) na samanupaśyāmaḥ. evam yāvat dṛṣṭam, śrutam, matam, vijñātam. evam yāvat śrāvakadharmān 249 (*? pratyekabuddhadharmān) ca bodhisattvadharmān ca buddhadharmān ca. teṣām asmākam.

Further, + + + + + + + + + + + + 247 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + We do not perceive (? a self), we do not perceive [a dharma] devoid of a self. 248 (We do not perceive) a being, (? we do not perceive [a dharma] devoid of a being. Likewise, up to:) we do not perceive (? [a dharma] devoid of a person); likewise, up to: [something] seen, heard, sensed, cognized; likewise, up to: the dharmas of a śrāvaka, 249 (? the dharmas of a pratyekabuddha), the dharmas of a bodhisattva, and the dharmas of a Buddha. [Thus] it occurs to us.

2.2.5 … of bodhi / all dharmas

bodhi

§ 72

Devaputras eva vuto ◊ te caduraśidi devaputrasahas̱a 250 (bhag̱avato edad oya) + + (teṣ̱a)[svaho bha]t(e) eva bhoti ◊ ac̄ariam ida bhate bhag̱ava drodaśagada bhate bhag̱ava ◊ ṇa y[a]tra bhate bhag̱ava [k]oyi dharma 251 (ualabhati ◊ yado) [av](i)[sa]bhujiati ◊ yo vi avisabhujiati ◊ ye va avisabujiati ◊ ya pi avisabhujiati ◊ yeṇa vi avisabhujiati 252 (yo vi avisabhu)jidavo ya

Devaputras evam uktam, tad caturaśītidevaputrasahasram 250 bhagavantam etat avocat [Skt. evam uktāni, tāni caturaśītiḥ devaputrasahasrāṇi bhagavantam etat avocan]: + + teṣām asmākam, bhadanta, evam bhavati: āścaryam idam, bhadanta bhagavan, durdṛśagatam, bhadanta bhagavan, na ca atra, bhadanta bhagavan, kaścit dharmaḥ 251 upalabhyate, yataḥ abhisaṃbudhyate, yaḥ api abhisaṃbudhyate, yat api abhisaṃbudhyate, yā api abhisaṃbudhyate, yena api abhisaṃbudhyate, 252 yaḥ api abhisaṃbudhyitavyaḥ [Skt. abhisaṃboddhavyaḥ] ca.

Devaputras Thus addressed, the 84,000 devaputras said 250 (to the Exalted One): [+ +] Thus it occurs to us, honourable: This is wondrous, honourable Exalted One. It is difficult to see, honourable Exalted One. No dharma is 251 (apprehended) here, honourable Exalted One, because of which one becomes fully awakened, which (m. sg.) becomes fully awakened, which (n. sg.) becomes fully awakened, which (f. sg.) becomes fully awakened, by which one becomes fully awakened, 252 and to which one should become fully awakened.

§ 73

bhate ◊ ṇa yatra koyi ◊ ualabhati dharmo yo avisabhujea ◊ sakṣiatavo ya ∙ ṇa yatra koyi ualabhati yo sakṣig̱area 253 (ya pi) sakṣig̱area ◊ yeṇa pi sakṣig̱area ◊ yado v⟨i⟩ sakṣig̱area ◊ bosi yeva ∙ vae bhate ◊ ṇa samaṇupaśama ◊ ṇa uvalavama kuda eda [ta añe] 254 (dharme )

bhadanta, na ca atra kaścit upalabhyate dharmaḥ, yaḥ abhisaṃbudhyete sākṣīkartavyaḥ ca. na ca atra kaścit upalabhyate, yaḥ sākṣīkuryāt, 253 yā api sākṣīkuryāt, yena api sākṣīkuryāt, yataḥ api sākṣīkuryāt. bodhim (ca) eva vayam, bhadanta, na samanupaśyāmaḥ, na upalabhāmahe, kutaḥ etān tān anyān 254 dharmān.

Honourable, no dharma is apprehended, which would become fully awakened and can be realized. No [dharma] is apprehended, which (m. sg.) would realize, 253 which (f. sg.) would realize, by which one would realize, because of which one would realize. Even awakening itself, honourable Exalted One, we do not perceive, we do not apprehend, how much less other 254 (dharmas).

§ 74

(ahoṣ̱i) [bhate] bhag̱ava asvaho purve ◊ bosisaña ◊ citasaña ∙ ta edarahi ṇa samaṇupaśama ∙ ahoṣ̱i asvaho purve prathidasaña .. .. .. 255 [+ + + + ] (ya)[ṇiṣ̱ae asvahi bhos̮a]e cito upadido ∙ te vae bhate bhag̱ava ∙ edarahi ◊ ta ca cito ◊ ta ca bosi ◊ te ya satva ◊ ṇa samaṇupaśama yaṇiṣ̱a256(e) [+ + + + ] [va]e bhate bosie ◊ careama va ◊ vicareama va ∙ aṇucareama ṇa ∙

abhūṣi , bhadanta bhagavan, asmākam pūrvam bodhisaṃjñā, cittasaṃjñā; tad etarhi na samanupaśyāmaḥ. abhūṣi asmākam pūrvam prārthitasaṃjñā + + + 255 [+ + + +], yanniśrāya asmābhiḥ bodhau cittam utpāditam. tat vayam, bhadanta bhagavan, etarhi tam ca cittam, tām ca bodhim, tam ca sattvam na samanupaśyāmaḥ, yanniśrā256ya [+ + + +] vayam, bhadanta, bodhaye carema vā vicarema vā anucarema vā.

Honourable Exalted One, previously we had a notion of awakening (bodhi), a notion of mind (citta); now we do not perceive that anymore. Previously we had a notion of an aspiration (prārthita) + + + 255 [+ + + +], based on (which) we had directed [our] mind towards awakening. Now, honourable Exalted One, we do not perceive a mind (citta) anymore, nor awakening (bodhi), nor a living being (sattva), 256 based on which [+ + + +], honourable, we would move, progress, proceed towards awakening.

§ 75

teṣ̱asvaho bhate eva bhoti ◊ ye keyi ◊ citasañae ◊ aṇutarasamasabosi 257 + + + + + (pra)thiati ṇa teṣ̱a ◊ bosi paḍ̱ig̱akṣidava ta kis̱a hedu ∙ ṇa hi bhate citasañ⟨i⟩sa ∙ bosi ∙ ṇa pratasañ⟨i⟩sa bosi ∙ ṇa aṭhisamasañisa bos̮i

teṣām asmākam, bhadanta, evam bhavati: ye kecit cittasaṃjñayā anuttarasamyaksaṃbodhim [or: anuttarasamyaksaṃbodhisaṃjñayā bodhim] 257 prārthayanti (?), na teṣām bodhiḥ pratikāṅkṣitavyā. tat kasya hetoḥ [cf. P kissa hetu]. na hi, bhadanta, cittasaṃjñinaḥ bodhiḥ, na prāptasaṃjñinaḥ bodhiḥ, na arthasamasaṃjñinaḥ bodhiḥ. 258

Thus, it occurs to us, honourable: No awakening is to be expected for those who, with a notion of mind (citta), 257 aspire (?) [to attain] the highest perfect awakening [or: (with a notion of) highest perfect awakening aspire (?) [to attain] awakening]). For what reason? There is, honourable, no awakening for someone who has a notion of mind (citta), there is no awakening for someone who has a notion of having attained [awakening] (prāpta), there is no awakening for someone who has a notion of someone having the same aim (? arthasama).

§ 76

258 + + + + + + + + .. [s]. + + [ṇa] bosaüpadasañisa bosi ∙ ṇa ṇiros̮asañisa bo⟨si⟩ ◊

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + na bodhotpādasaṃjñinaḥ bodhiḥ, na nirodhasaṃjñinaḥ bodhiḥ.

258 + + + + + + + + + + + + there is no awakening for someone who has a notion of the origination of awakening, there is no awakening for someone who has a notion of [its] cessation.

all dharmas

§ 77

ye keyi bhate ◊ driṭhi driṭhisañi ṣudi ṣudasañ⟨i⟩ mudo 259 (mudasañi viñada viñadasañi) [ṇa teṣ̱]o bosi paḍ̱ig̱a[kṣi]dava ◊

all dharmas ye kecit, bhadanta, dṛṣṭyām dṛṣṭisaṃjñinaḥ, śrute śrutasaṃjñinaḥ, mate 259 matasaṃjñinaḥ, vijñāte vijñātasaṃjñinaḥ, na teṣām bodhiḥ pratikāṅkṣitavyā.

Honourable, no awakening is to be expected for those who have for [something] seen a notion of [something] seen (dṛṣṭa), who have for [something] heard a notion of [something] heard (śruta), who have for [something] sensed 259 (a notion of [something] sensed (mata), who have for [something] cognized a notion of [something] cognized (vijñāta)).

§ 78

ye vi ke[y]i bhate ◊ adriṭhi {a}driṭhisañ⟨i⟩ ∙ aṣuda ṣudasañ⟨i⟩ ∙ amuda mudasañ⟨i⟩ ∙ 260 (aviñada viñadasañi ṇa teṣ̱a bosi) [paḍ̱i]‍(g̱a)‍[kṣ]‍(i)‍[dava ∙]

ye api kecit, bhadanta, adṛṣṭyām dṛṣṭisaṃjñinaḥ, aśrute śrutasaṃjñinaḥ, amate matasaṃjñinaḥ, 260 avijñāte vijñātasaṃjñinaḥ, na teṣām bodhiḥ pratikāṅkṣitavyā.

Honourable, (no awakening) is to be expected also (for those) who have for [something] not seen a notion of [something] seen, who have for [something] not heard a notion of [something] heard, who have for [something] not sensed a notion of [something] sensed, 260 (who have for [something] not cognized a notion of [something] cognized).

§ 79

[ye vi] keyi bhate adriṭhi adriṭh⟨i⟩sañi aṣuda aṣudasañi amuda amudasañ⟨i⟩ aviña261(da aviñadasañi ṇa teṣ̱a bosi paḍ̱ig̱akṣidava )

ye api kecit, bhadanta, adṛṣṭyām adṛṣṭisaṃjñinaḥ, aśrute aśrutasaṃjñinaḥ, amate amatasaṃjñinaḥ, avijñā261te avijñātasaṃjñinaḥ, na teṣām bodhiḥ pratikāṅkṣitavyā.

Honourable, no awakening is to be expected also for those who have for non-seeing a notion of non-seeing, who have for [something] not heard a notion of [something] not heard, who have for [something] not sensed a notion of [something] not sensed, 261 who have for [something] not cognized a notion of [something] not cognized.

§ 80

(ye vi keyi bhate) [bha]g̱ava bhava bhavasañ⟨i⟩ teṣ̱a va bosi ṇa [paḍ̱ig̱akṣi]dava ∙ ye vi abhava 262 (bhavasañi teṣ̱a bosi ṇa paḍ̱ig̱akṣidava ye vi keyi bhate bhag̱ava abhava abhavasañi teṣ̱a bosi ṇa) [pa]ḍ̱ig̱akṣidava ◊

ye api kecit, bhadanta bhagavan, bhāve bhāvasaṃjñinaḥ, teṣām eva bodhiḥ na pratikāṅkṣitavyā. ye api abhāve 262 bhāvasaṃjñinaḥ, teṣām bodhiḥ na pratikāṅkṣitavyā. ye api kecit, bhadanta bhagavan, abhāve abhāvasaṃjñinaḥ, teṣām bodhiḥ na pratikāṅkṣitavyā.

Honourable Exalted One, no awakening is to be expected also for those who have for an entity a notion of an entity (bhāva). 262 (No awakening) is to be expected also for those (who have) for a non-entity (a notion of an entity). (Honourable [Exalted One], no awakening) is to be expected (also for those who have for a non-entity a notion of a non-entity).

§ 81

eva(m e)[va ak]oḍ̱io sarva dhama katava

evam eva ākoṭikam sarvāḥ dharmāḥ kartavyāḥ.

In the same way all dharmas are to be done until the end (ākoṭikam).

2.3 Dharmakṣānti and non-retrogression

2.3.1 Non-retrogression

§ 82

263 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (sa)maṇupaśama ◊ ṇa ajatva[bha]hidha samaṇupaśama ◊ [ta]da vae bhate bhag̱ava 264 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + so pi ṇa samaṇupaśama ◊ ṇo vi ◊ vae bhate bhag̱ava ∙ sasiṃdama aṇutara265(samasabosi) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + [bh]. + + .o s̱a

263 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + samanupaśyāmaḥ, na adhyātmabahirdhā samanupaśyāmaḥ. tadā vayam, bhadanta bhagavan, 264 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + api na samanupaśyāmaḥ. no api vayam, bhadanta bhagavan, saṃsīdāmaḥ, anuttara265samyaksaṃbodhi- + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

263 + + + + + + + + + + + + We do (not) perceive + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +, we do not perceive [anything], both internally and externally. Then, honourable Exalted One, we 264 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + We do also not perceive + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Moreover, honourable Exalted One, we surely do not lose heart […] (? from the) highest 265 (perfect awakening) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

§ 83

ime evarua dharma ṣutva cito ṇa sa[ṃ]sidadi ◊ oghahati as̱imuca266(ti) + + + + + + + + + + + + (pa)‍[ḍ̱i]g̱akṣida[vo] + .. .. .. [sa]ṭ́hido ya aya bosisatva ◊ ṇa vivaṭaśati aṇutarasamasabosie ∙ ṇa pracuava267(ṭiśati a)‍[ṇu]tara[sa]‍(ma)‍[sa]bosie

imam evaṃrūpam dharmam śrutvā, cittam na saṃsīdati, avagāhate, adhimucya266te, + + + + + + + + + + + + pratikāṅkṣītavyā. + + + + saṃsthitaḥ ca ayam bodhisattvaḥ na vivartsyate anuttarasamyaksaṃbodheḥ, na pratyudāva267rtsyate anuttarasamyaksambodheḥ.

Who, having heard such a dharma, does not lose heart, [but] plunges in [and] believes resolutely, 266 (? his awakening) is to be expected. And standing firm + + + + (saṃsthita), this bodhisattva will not turn away from the highest perfect awakening, he will not turn back 267 from the highest perfect awakening.

2.3.2 Merit of dharmakṣānti

§ 84

yada vae ◊ bhate bhag̱avado [bha]ṣ̱idas̱a artho ◊ ayaṇama ◊

yathā vayam, bhadanta, bhagavataḥ bhāṣitasya artham ājānīmaḥ:

Venerable, as we understand the meaning of what the Exalted One has said, [it is as follows]:

[1] Gift of the lokadhātu

§ 85

ya ca bhate bhag̱ava bosisatva mahasatva ima tris̱a268(hasamahas̱a)‍[ha]s̱alog̱adhadu ◊ sarvaradaṇaparipuro daṇo dadea ∙ ya ca bosisatvo mahas̱atvo iś̄a dharmehi kṣati pradilavhea ∙ oga269(hea ◊ a)‍[si]mucea ◊ avhapatiea ∙ {{ya ca bhate bhag̱ava}} ◊ aya teṇa ◈ purima(e)‍[ṇa] bah[u]daro puño pras̱avati ∙

yaḥ ca, bhadanta bhagavan, bodhisattvaḥ mahāsattvaḥ imam trisā268hasramahāsāhasram lokadhātum sarvaratnaparipūrṇam [cf. P paripūra] dānam dadyāt, yaḥ ca bodhisattvaḥ mahāsattvaḥ iha dharmaiḥ [G; Skt. dharmeṣu] kṣāntim pratilabheta, avagā269heta, adhimucyeta, abhyāpattīyet , ayam tena purimakena bahutaram puṇyam prasavati.

Honourable Exalted One, if some bodhisattva mahāsattva would fill this three-thousandfold, many-thousandfold world system 268 with all kinds of treasures and would give it as a gift, and if some [other] bodhisattva mahāsattva would obtain the calm acceptance towards the factors of existence (dharmakṣānti) here, would plunge in, 269 would believe resolutely, would trust [it], then the latter engenders a lot more merit than the former.

comparison: gift of the lokadhātu – dharmakṣānti, simile: puddle

§ 86

sayas̱avas̱a 270 (bhate bhag̱ava) mahasamudag̱ama gopado∙udao ∙ tasoma so purimao ◊ puñavisakharo iś̄a dha(r)m(e)hi kṣati ag̱amo ∙

sayyathāpi [Skt. tadyathāpi], 270 bhadanta bhagavan, mahāsamudram āgamya goṣpadodakam, tatsamam saḥ purimakaḥ puṇyābhisaṃskāraḥ iha dharmaiḥ [G; Skt. dharmeṣu] kṣāntim āgamya.

270 (Honourable Exalted One,) just like water in a cow’s hoof print in relation to the ocean, so is the former mass of merit (puṇyābhisaṃskāra) in relation to the calm acceptance towards the factors of existence here.

comparison: gift of the lokadhātu – dharmakṣānti, simile: bird

§ 87

sayas̱avas̱a 271 (bhate bhag̱a)[va] ◊ ag̱aśo pakṣi akramea ◊ sa akramata ketao pharea ketao ṇa pharea ◊ ketao phudo ag̱aś̄ado bhavea ketao 272 (aphudo bhavea) ◊

sayyathāpi [Skt. tadyathāpi], 271 bhadanta bhagavan, ākāśam pakṣī ākramet; saḥ ākramantaḥ [Skt. ākraman], kettakam spharet, kettakam na spharet, kettakam sphuṭam ākāśataḥ [G; Skt. ākāśāt] bhavet, kettakam 272 asphuṭam bhavet.

271 (Honourable Exalted One,) just as if a bird would ascend into the sky; while ascending, how much [space] would he occupy, how much would he not occupy? How much [space] of the sky would be occupied, how much 272 (would be unoccupied)?

§ 88

Bhagavan (e)[va] vuto bhag̱ava te devaputra edad oya ki bhaviśati devaputrao ◊

Bhagavan evam uktaḥ, bhagavān tān devaputrān etat avocat: kim bhaviṣyati, devaputrāḥ.

Bhagavan Thus addressed, the Exalted One said to the devaputras: How would this be, devaputras?

§ 89

Devaputras etao bhate bhag̱ava bhaviśati oama 273 [+ + + + + ] + + + + + + + + .. + .. [a]g̱aśo pakṣi pharea ◊ bhahodaro ṇa pharea ◊

Devaputras ettakam, bhadanta bhagavan, bhaviṣyati aupamyam 273 (*? api na sukaram kartum. parittam) ākāśam pakṣī spharet, bahutaram na spharet.

Devaputras It would be such, honourable Exalted One, [that] (? even) a comparison 273 (? is not easy to make.) The bird would occupy [only] (? a small) [part of the] sky, the bigger [part] it would not occupy.

§ 90

sayas̱avis̱a bhate ◊ ag̱aśo pakṣiṇa phudo 274 [+ + + + + ] (ag̱aśo ag̱amo pakṣiṇa a)‍[phudo ◊ e]va iś̄a [dha]mehi kṣati ag̱amo so purimao puñakadho śadima v⟨i⟩ kala ṇa uedi 275 (yava · uaṇis̱a vi ṇa uedi ◊ yatao puño) [pras̱avati] iś̄a [dhame]hi kṣati ag̱amo ◦

sayyathāpi [Skt. tadyathāpi], bhadanta, ākāśaḥ pakṣiṇā sphuṭaḥ, 274 [+ + + + +] ākāśam āgamya pakṣiṇā asphutam. evam iha dharmaiḥ [G; Skt. dharmeṣu] kṣāntim āgamya saḥ purimakaḥ puṇyaskandhaḥ śatimām [Skt. śatatamīm] api kalām na upaiti, 275 yāvat upanisām [Skt. upaniṣadam] api na upaiti. yattakam puṇyam prasavati iha dharmaiḥ [G; Skt. dharmeṣu] kṣāntim āgamya.

Honourable, just like the [space in the] sky occupied by the bird 274 [+ + + + +] (in relation to the [space in the] sky) unoccupied (by the bird), so is the former quantity of merit (puṇyaskandha) in relation to the calm acceptance towards the factors of existence here. It does not come close to even the hundredth part 275 ([etc.] up to: it does not admit of any resemblance. That is how much merit [the bodhisattva] engenders) in relation to the calm acceptance towards the factors of existence here.

[2] Gift of the lokadhātu to the three jewels

§ 91

sayas̱avas̱a bhate bhag̱ava ◊ bosisatvo mahasatvo 276 (ima tris̱ahasamahas̱ahas̱alog̱adhadu ◊ sarvaradaṇaparipuro) [trihi] radaṇehi daṇo dade[a] ◊ budharadaṇami 277 (ca dharmaradaṇami ca sagharadaṇami ca ∙ ya ca bosisatvo mahasa)‍[tv]o iś̄a dha(r)ma[kṣa]ti [pradi]lavea ∙ aya teṇa 278 (purimaeṇa bahudaro puño pras̱avati ·)

sayyathāpi [Skt. tadyathāpi], bhadanta bhagavan, bodhisattvaḥ mahāsattvaḥ 276 imam trisāhasramahāsāhasram lokadhātum sarvaratnaparipūrṇam [cf. P paripūra] tribhiḥ ratnaiḥ [G; Skt. triṣu ratneṣu] dānam dadyāt, buddharatne 277 ca dharmaratne ca saṃgharatne ca, yaḥ ca bodhisattvaḥ mahāsattvaḥ iha dharmakṣāntim pratilabheta, ayam tena 278 purimakena bahutaram puṇyam prasavati.

2 Gift of the lokadhātu to the three jewels Honourable Exalted One, just as if some bodhisattva mahāsattva 276 (would fill this three-thousandfold, many-thousandfold world system with all kinds of treasures and) would give it as a gift to the three jewels, [namely] the Buddha-jewel, 277 (the Dharma-jewel, the Sangha-jewel, and if some [other] bodhisattva mahāsattva) would obtain the calm acceptance towards the factors of existence here, the latter 278 (engenders much more merit) than the (former).

§ 92

Bhagavan (.. ) + + + + + + + + + + + + + [vih]‍(o)ladaro puño pras̱avea ◊

Bhagavan (?) + + + + + + + + + + + + + vipulataram puṇyam prasavet.

[Bhagavan (?)] (? What do you think, devaputras, how) much more merit would he engender?

comparison: gift to the three jewels – dharmakṣānti, simile: puddle

§ 93

Devaputras (?) s̱ayas̱avas̱a mahasa{ṃ}mudro279◈(uda)o uaṇi(s̱a)[e gh]opada [śadi](ma) [v](i) [kala ṇa] (uvedi ◊ yava · uaṇi)s̱a vi ṇa uedi ◊ evam eva bhate bhag̱ava ∙ 280 ◈ iś̄a dham[e]hi [kṣa]ti ag̱amo so purimo puñasa[kharo śa]dima vi kala ṇa uvedi ◊ yava ∙ uaṇis̱a vi ṇa uedi

Devaputras (?) sayyathāpi [Skt. tadyathāpi] mahāsamudro279dakam upanidhāya [cf. P] goṣpadam śatimām [Skt. śatatamīm] api kalām na upaiti, yāvat upanisām [Skt. upaniṣadam] api na upaiti; evam eva, bhadanta bhagavan, 280 iha dharmaiḥ [G; Skt. dharmeṣu] kṣāntim āgamya saḥ purimaḥ puṇyasaṃskāro [= puṇyābhisaṃskāraḥ or puṇyaskandhaḥ] śatimām [Skt. śatatamīm] api kalām na upaiti, yāvat upanisām [Skt. upaniṣadam] api na upaiti.

[Devaputras (?)] Just as 279 [the water in] a cow’s hoof print (does not come close) to the hundredth part in comparison to the water in the ocean ([etc.] up to:) it does not even admit of any resemblance; just like that, honourable Exalted One, 280 the former mass of merit (puṇyasaṃskāra) does not come close to even the hundredth part in relation to the calm acceptance towards the factors of existence here [etc.] up to: it does not admit of any resemblance.

comparison: gift to the three jewels – dharmakṣānti, simile: bird

§ 94

281 (saya)‍[s̱a]vis̱a bhate bhag̱ava ya ag̱aśo pakṣiṇa aphudo ya [ca] phudo ta phudo ag̱aśo aphudas̱a [a]g̱aś̄as̱a śadima vi kala ṇa uvedi 282 (oa)ma va yava ∙ uaṇis̱a vi ṇa uedi ◊ evam eva bhate ◊ so purimo puñakadho ◊ iś̄a dhamakṣati ag̱amo śadima vi kala ṇa 283 (uvedi) [o]‍(a)‍[ma] vi ∙ yava ∙ uaṇis̱a vi ṇa uedi ◊

281 sayyathāpi [Skt. tadyathāpi], bhadanta bhagavan, yaḥ ākāśaḥ pakṣiṇā asphuṭaḥ yaḥ ca sphuṭaḥ, saḥ sphuṭaḥ ākāśaḥ asphuṭasya ākāśasya śatimām [Skt. śatatamīm] api kalām na upaiti, 282 aupamyam api, yāvat upanisām [Skt. upaniṣadam] api na upaiti. evam eva, bhadanta, saḥ purimaḥ puṇyaskandhaḥ iha dharmakṣāntim āgamya śatimām [Skt. śatatamīm] api kalām na 283 upaiti, aupamyam api, yāvat upanisām [Skt. upaniṣadam] api na upaiti.

281 Honourable Exalted One, just as with [space in the] sky which is unoccupied by a bird and which is occupied, [where] the occupied [space in the] sky does not come close to even the hundredth part of the unoccupied [space in the] sky, 282 does not admit of any comparison [etc.] up to: does not admit of any resemblance; just like that, honourable, the former quantity of merit (puṇyaskandha) 283 does not come close to even the hundredth part in relation to the calm acceptance towards the factors of existence here, does not admit of any comparison [etc.] up to: does not admit of any resemblance.

[3] honor of all Tathāgatas in the lokadhātu

[3a] honor of all Tathāgatas in the lokadhātu + stūpa for the extinguished ones

§ 95

sayas̱avis̱a bha[te bhag̱a]va ∙ aya tris̱ahas̱amaha[s̱ahas̱a] l(o)g̱adhadu tasag̱ade284(hi a)[raha]dasamasabudhehi paripura bhavea ∙ eva s̱ahida s̱ayas̱ava ṇama ◊ u[kṣ]u[va]ṇa va śalivaṇo va śaravaṇa va ∙ [ṇa]ḍ̱avaṇa va ∙ veḍ̱o285(vaṇa va) [yava] bhavagro ◊

sayyathāpi [Skt. tadyathāpi], bhadanta bhagavan, ayam trisāhasramahāsāhasraḥ lokadhātuḥ tathāgataiḥ 284 arhatsamyaksaṃbuddhaiḥ paripūrṇaḥ [cf. P paripūra] bhavet, evam saṃhitaḥ sayyathāpi [Skt. tadyathāpi] nāma ikṣuvanam vā śālivanam vā śaravanam vā naḍavanam vā veṇu285vanam vā, yāvat bhavāgram;

Just as if, honourable Exalted One, this three-thousandfold, many-thousandfold world system 284 would be filled with Tathāgatas, Arhats, Perfectly Awakened Ones, packed as densely (saṃhita) as a large tract of sugarcane (ikṣu), rice plants (śāli), pin reed grass (śara), reed (naḍa) or bamboo (veṇu) 285 up to the top of the universe;

§ 96

ta ca bosisatva mahasama ◊ te sarva tasag̱ado saḱarea garuarea maṇea puyea sarvasaḱareṇa 286 (sarvaga)[r](u)[areṇa sa]‍(rva)maṇaṇeṇa ◊ sarvapuyaṇeṇa ∙ kapo va kapavaśeṣ̱a va ∙

tam ced [Skt. yadi] bodhisattvaḥ mahāsattvaḥ tān sarvān tathāgatān satkuryāt, gurukuryāt, mānayet, pūjayet, sarvasatkāreṇa, 286 sarvagurukāreṇa, sarvamānanena, sarvapūjanena, kalpam vā kalpāvaśeṣam vā;

if some bodhisattva mahāsattva would honor (satkṛ), venerate (gurukṛ), revere (mān) [and] worship (pūj) all these Tathāgatas with every [form of] honor, 286 veneration, reverence [and] worship for an aeon or more than an aeon (kalpāvaśeṣa);

§ 97

pariṇivudaṇa ya ◊ ekamekas̱a tasag̱adas̱a sarvarada287(ṇamao thubo karea yava bha)[vagra] ∙

parinirvṛtānām ca ekamekasya [Skt. ekaikasya] tathāgatasya sarvaratna287mayam stūpam kuryāt yāvat bhavāgram;

and if he would 287 (build a stūpa made of) all kinds of treasures for each and every Tathāgata among the finally extinguished ones (parinirvṛta) (up to the) top of the universe;

§ 98

ta ca ṇa teṣ̱a sarveṣ̱a tasag̱adaṇa ∙ {{.. }} te thubo divamaṇuśaeṇa saḱareṇa saḱa288(rea garuarea maṇea puyea puśpeṇa dhu)‍[v]‍(e)‍[ṇa] gadheṇa vilevaṇeṇa kṣatradhayapaḍ̱ag̱ehi sarvaṇiṭeṇa sarvagideṇa sarvava289(jeṇa) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + [kha ra] + + +

tam ced enam [Skt. yadi] teṣām sarveṣām tathāgatānām tam stūpam / tān stūpān divyamānuṣyakena satkāreṇa satkuryāt, 288 gurukuryāt, mānayet, pūjayet, puṣpeṇa, dhūpena, gandhena, vilepanena, chattradhvajapaṭākaiḥ [Skt. -patākaiḥ], sarvanṛtyena, sarvagītena, sarvavā289dyena + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

[and] if he then would honor, 288 (venerate, revere [and] worship) the stūpa[s] of all these Tathāgatas with divine and human [forms of] honor (satkāra), (with flowers), incense (dhūpa), scent (gandha), ointment (vilepana), parasols, banners, and flags (chattradhvajapaṭāka), every [form of] dancing (sarvanṛtya), every [form of] singing (sarvagīta), every [form of] music-making (sarvavādya) 289 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

§ 99

(kuśa)lamulo ◊ aṇutarasamasabosae pariṇamea ∙ sarvasatvaṇa kideṇa 290 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

kuśalamūlam anuttarasamyaksaṃbfodhau pariṇāmayet, sarvasattvānām kṛtena, 290 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

(and) if he (then) would dedicate the wholesome root to the highest perfect awakening, for the sake of all beings, 290 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

§ 100

Bhagavan [baho] devaputraho [so] puña p(r)a291(s̱avati) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (ta ki mañas̱i) devaputraho ◊ tasag̱ada[s̱]a ∙ saḱaro karita ∙ baho puña 292 (pras̱avea)

Bhagavan bahu, devaputrāḥ, saḥ puṇyam pra291savati + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + tat kim manyase [Skt. manyadhve; cf. P maññāsi, sg. for pl.], devaputrāḥ, tathāgatasya satkāram kṛtvā, bahu puṇyam 292 prasavet.

Bhagavan Devaputras, he would engender a lot of merit. 291 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (What do you think), devaputras, having honored [each and every] Tathāgata, 292 (would he engender) a lot of merit?

§ 101

Devaputras + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + .. ..

Devaputras + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Devaputras (? Quite so, honourable, quite so, blissful one.)

§ 102

Bhagavan [sayas̱avi] ◊ ṇa su⟨ka⟩[r]o pramaṇo grahedo ◊ ṇa sukaro payato ugrahedo oama vi deva293◈(p)[u](tra)[o] ṇa sukaro kato ∙

Bhagavan sayyathāpi [Skt. tadyathāpi] na sukaram pramāṇam grahītum, na sukaram paryantam udgrahītum, aupamyam api, deva293putrāḥ, na sukaram kartum.

Bhagavan Just like that it is not easy to take the measure, it is not easy to grasp the limit; even a simile, devaputras, 293 is not easy to give.

[3b] honor of all Pratyekabuddhas in all lokadhātus + stūpa for the extinguished ones

§ 103

sayas̱avas̱a devapu[traho ◊ puri]‍(me)‍[ṇa ∙] gagaṇadivalias̱ama log̱adhadu yava daśa294 ◈hi diśeṣu gagaṇadivali[as̱ama lo](g̱adhadu te) [sarva praceasa]budheh(i) phuda bhavea ◊ yava bhavagro ∙ 295 (e)‍[va] sahido sayas̱ava ṇama ◊ ukṣuvaṇo va śalivaṇo va śaravaṇo va ∙ ṇaḍ̱avaṇo va ∙ ◈ veḍ̱ovaṇo va ∙

sayyathāpi [Skt. tadyathāpi], devaputrāḥ, purimeṇa gaṅgānadīvālikasamāḥ lokadhātavaḥ yāvat daśa294su diśāsu [Skt. dikṣu] gaṅgānadīvālikasamāḥ lokadhātavaḥ, tat sarvam pratyekasaṃbuddhaiḥ sphuṭam bhavet yāvat bhavāgram, 295 evam saṃhitam sayyathāpi [Skt. tadyathāpi] nāma ikṣuvanam vā śālivanam vā śaravanam vā naḍavanam vā veṇuvanam vā;

Devaputras, just as if the world systems as numerous as the sands of the river Gaṅgā in the east [etc.] up to: 294 the world systems as numerous as the sands of the river Gaṅgā in the ten directions would all be filled with Pratyekasaṃbuddhas up to the top of the universe, 295 packed as densely as a large tract of sugarcane, rice plants, pin reed grass, reed, or bamboo;

§ 104

koyid evo bosi296(sa)‍[tvo] mahasatvo ∙ te sarva praceabudha saḱarea yava puyea ∙ sarvasaḱareṇa ◈ [sa](r)vagar‍uareṇa sa‍(r)‍vamaṇaṇe297(ṇa) sarvapuyaṇehi kapo vi kapavaśeṣ̱a va gagaṇadivaliasa[ma] vi kapa ∙ pariapo uadae ◊

kaścit eva bodhi296sattvaḥ mahāsattvaḥ tān sarvān pratyekabuddhān satkuryāt, yāvat pūjayet, sarvasatkāreṇa, sarvagurukāreṇa, sarvamānane297na, sarvapūjanaiḥ, kalpam vā kalpāvaśeṣam vā gaṅgānadīvālikasamam vā kalpam, parikalpam upādāya;

and if some bodhisattva 296 mahāsattva would honor [etc.] up to: worship all these Pratyekabuddhas with every form of honor, veneration, reverence [and] worship, 297 for an aeon or more than an aeon, or aeons as numerous as the sand of the river Gaṅgā, to put an imaginary case;

§ 105

par⟨i⟩ṇivudaṇa ya teṣ̱a praceasa298(budhaṇa) [eka]mekas̱a prace[a]sabudhas̱a ◊ sarvaradaṇamao thubo karea yava bhavagra ∙ edeṇa uaeṇa ◊ teṣ̱a sarvapraceabudhaṇa 299 + + + + + + + + + + (ya)‍[va bha]vagra ◊

parinirvṛtānām ca teṣām pratyekasaṃ298buddhānam ekamekasya [Skt. ekaikasya] pratyekasaṃbuddhasya sarvaratnamayam stūpam kuryāt yāvat bhavāgram. etena upāyena teṣām sarvapratyekabuddhānām 299 + + + + + + + + + + yāvat bhavāgram;

and 298 if he would build a stūpa made of all kinds of treasures for each and every Pratyekasaṃbuddha among the finally extinguished ones (parinirvṛta) up to the top of the universe; in this way […] of/for all Pratyekabuddhas 299 + + + + + + + + + + up to the top of the universe;

§ 106

ta ca ṇa sarvasaḱarehi ◊ saḱarea garuarea maṇea puyea ◊ sarva yava kṣatra300(dhayapaḍ̱ag̱ehi ◊ te thubo diva)‍[ma]ṇuśa[saḱareṇa] ◊ eñahi ca ◊ saḱarehi ◊

taṃ ced enaṃ [Skt. yadi] sarvasatkāraiḥ satkuryāt, gurukuryāt, mānayet, pūjayet, sarvam yāvat chattra300dhvajapaṭākaiḥ [Skt. -patākaiḥ] tam stūpam / tān stūpān divyamānuṣyasatkāreṇa anyaiḥ ca satkāraiḥ;

[and] if he then would honor, venerate, revere [and] worship (the[se] stūpa[s]) with all [forms of] honor, [i.e.,] everything up to: parasols, 300 (banners, and flags, with divine or) human [forms of] honor as well as other [forms of] honor;

§ 107

ta ki mañisi devaputraho ◊ avi ṇu so 301 (bosisatva mahasatva ◊ sarva)saḱar(e)ṇa [vi] praceabudha sa[ḱ]arita ◊ garuarita maṇita puyita baho puño pras̱avea

tat kim manyase [Skt. manyadhve; cf. P maññāsi, sg. for pl.], devaputrāḥ, api nu saḥ 301 bodhisattvaḥ mahāsattvaḥ sarvasatkāreṇa api pratyekabuddhān satkṛtvā [Skt. satkṛtya], gurukṛtvā [Skt. gurukṛtya], mānayitvā, pūjayitvā, bahu puṇyam prasavet.

what do you think, devaputras, 301 having honored the Pratyekabuddhas with (every) [form of] honor, having venerated, revered, worshipped them, would the (bodhisattva mahāsattva) engender a lot of merit?

§ 108

Devaputras 302 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Devaputras 302 (? Quite so, honourable! Quite so, Blissful One!)

§ 109

Bhagavan + + + + + .. .. .. + .. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 303 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Bhagavan + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 303 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Bhagavan (? It is not easy to take the measure) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

[3c] comparison: honor of all Pratyekabuddhas – one Tathāgata, simile: mustard seed

§ 110

304 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + .. .. .. [e] + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 305 + + + + + + + + + + .. .. .o udharea ∙ ta ki mañas̱i [devaputraho] kadaro bahoda[r]o .. .. .. ..

304 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 305 + + + + + + + + + + + + + uddharet. tat kim manyase [Skt. manyadhve; cf. P maññāsi, sg. for pl.], devaputrāḥ, kataram bahutaram (*? bhaviṣyati).

304 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + .. .. .. [e] + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 305 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (? Devaputras, just as if some man) would take away (? one single mustard seed out of a heap of mustard seeds). What do you think, devaputras, which one of them (? would be) bigger?

§ 111

Devaputras .. .. .. .. .. .. .o 306 + + + .. + + baho bhate bhag̱ava śaśavarayi ◊ parito ekaśaśavaphalo ◊ oama vi bhate ṇa sukaro kato

Devaputras + + + + + + + 306 + + + + + + bahuḥ, bhadanta bhagavan, sarṣaparāśiḥ, parittam ekasarṣapaphalam. aupamyam api, bhadanta, na sukaram kartum.

Devaputras + + + + + + + 306 + + + + + + Honourable Exalted One, big is a heap of mustard seeds (sarṣaparāśi), small is a single [kernel of a] mustard seed (ekasarṣapaphala). Even a simile, honourable, is not easy to give.

§ 112

Bhagavan evam ede deva307(pu)traho ◊ yahi teṣ̱a sarveṣ̱a praceabudhaṇa ◊ saḱaro tiṭhataṇa va pariṇivudaṇa va ◊ yatao puñavisadha ta sarva koyid e308(va) puruṣ̱o eg̱ajo saha[r]‍(e)‍[a] ◊ [avaro] puruṣ̱o ∙ yata[o] {{.. .. }} tasag̱adas̱a ◊ [ekas̱a] tiṭhatas̱a [eka]d[i]vas̱asaḱaro ta sa⟨rva⟩ 309 [e]g̱ajo sa[ha]rea ∙ teṇa purimeṇa sarvapraceabudhasa{r}ḱarepuñeṇa ∙ samaṇia [v]. .. ◊ [eva pramaṇ]o .. [devaputraho ta] sarva 310 + + + + + + + + .. ◊ ekis̱a tasag̱adapuñas̱a ⟪ eg̱ad[i]va[s̱a]pa[ribh]avidas̱a ⟫ eva pra⟨ma⟩ṇo saṭ́hae[a] ◊ sayas̱ava ṇama sa śaśavaphalo ◊ ta tris̱ahas̱amaha311(s̱ahas̱a log̱adhadu paripura u)‍[a]ṇis̱ae ∙

Bhagavan evam etat, deva307putrāḥ, yatra teṣām sarveṣām pratyekabuddhānām satkāraḥ, tiṣṭhantānām [Skt. tiṣṭhatām] vā parinirvṛtānām vā, yattakaḥ puṇyābhisaṃskāraḥ/puṇyaskandhaḥ tat sarvam kaścit e308va puruṣaḥ aikadhyam saṃharet, aparaḥ puruṣaḥ yattakaḥ [add: puṇyaskandhaḥ], tathāgatasya, ekasya tiṣṭhantasya [Skt. tiṣṭhataḥ] ekadivasasatkāraḥ, tat sarvam 309 aikadhyam saṃharet. tena purimena sarvapratyekabuddhasatkārapuṇyena sāmānikam + + evam pramāṇam +, devaputrāḥ, tat sarvam 310 + + + + + + + + + ekasya tathāgatapuṇyasya ekadivasaparibhāvitasya evam pramāṇam saṃsthāpayet; sayyathāpi [Skt. tadyathāpi] nāma tat sarṣapaphalam tam trisāhasramahā311sāhasram lokadhātum paripūrṇam [cf. P paripūra] upanidhāya [cf. P].

Bhagavan Quite so, 307 devaputras, if some 308 man would collect in one place the entire heap of merit, however big, [that results from] honoring all these Pratyekabuddhas, whether present or finally extinguished, [and] if another man 309 would collect in one place the entire [heap of merit], however big, [that results from] honoring one single present Tathāgata for one single day; (? if), devaputras, 310 (? one were to determine) the entire measure equal to the former merit due to the honor of all Pratyekabuddhas; [and] if one was to determine the measure of merit due to [the honor of] one single Tathāgata with which one is imbued for [only] one single day (ekadivasaparibhāvita); [it would be] just like [a kernel of] a mustard seed 311 in comparison to the completely filled three-thousandfold, many-thousandfold world system.

[3d] honor of one and of all Tathāgatas in the lokadhātu

§ 113

ko vaṇa vado devaputraho ◊ ya ekas̱a tasag̱adas̱a ◊ ta sarvasaḱaro tiṭhatapariṇivudas̱a 312 (ko vaṇa vado ◊ aṇe)g̱aṇi tasag̱adaṇa ◊ arahadasamasabudhaṇa ∙ ta sarvasaḱaro tiṭhatapariṇivudaṇa ∙

kaḥ punaḥ vādaḥ, devaputrāḥ, yaḥ ekasya tathāgatasya saḥ sarvasatkāraḥ, tiṣṭhatparinirvṛtasya; 312 kaḥ punaḥ vādaḥ, yaḥ sarveṣām tathāgatānām arhatsamyaksaṃbuddhānām saḥ sarvasatkāraḥ, tiṣṭhatparinirvṛtānām.

To say nothing, devaputras, of the complete honor of one single Tathāgata, whether present or finally extinguished. 312 (To say nothing) of the complete honor of many Tathāgatas, Arhats, Perfectly Awakened Ones, whether present or finally extinguished.

§ 114

ṇa ida ∙ devaputraho suka313(ro) + + + + + + + .. + .. [a]kha[du] va ṇi[diṭhu va] (pra)[ñato] va payato va ugrahedo ◊ avi du devaputraho apremaṇa 314 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (p)uñakadh. .. .. + + + [ga] ∙

na idam, devaputrāḥ, suka313ram (*? pramāṇam grahetum, na sukaram) ākhyātum vā nirdeṣṭum vā prajñāptum vā paryantam udgrahītum. api tu devaputrāḥ apramāṇam 314 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + puṇyaskandha- + + + + + +

Devaputras, it is not easy 313 (? to take the measure, it is not easy) to announce, to explain, to make known, to grasp the limit [of this merit]. Rather, devaputras, the quantity of merit 314 + + + + + + + [is] immeasurable + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

[3e] comparison: honor of all Tathāgatas in the lokadhātu – dharmakṣānti, simile: mustard seed

§ 115

Devaputras eva vuto te devaputra bhag̱avato edad oya yaïci bhate bha315(g̱ava) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + sarvaṇi taṇi artha[sagrahidaṇi ña]ṇasagrahidaṇ⟨i⟩ bodhisagrahidaṇi pariapasagrahidaṇi 316 + + + + + + + + + + .. + .. ◊ sarvatasag̱adaṇiya[tea]ṇi edaṇi ukirtidaṇi ∙

Devaputras evam uktāḥ, te devaputrāḥ bhagavantam etat avocan: yānicit, bhadanta bha315gavan, + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + sarvāṇi tāni arthasaṃgṛhītāni, jñānasaṃgṛhītāni, buddhisaṃgṛhītāni, parikalpasaṃgṛhītāni, 316 + + + + + + + + + + + + + sarvatathāgataniyuktakāni (?), etāni utkīrtitāni;

Devaputras Thus addressed, the devaputras said to the Exalted One: Honourable Exalted One, whichever 315 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + all who those that are grasped by (?) meaning, by knowledge, by intellect, by imagination, 316 + + + + + + + + + + + + + that are born from (? nirjātaka/niryātaka) all Tathāgatas, these are praised.

§ 116

te {r}sarva sa eko bosisatvo kapo va ka317(pavaśeṣ̱a va saḱa)rea garuarea maṇea puyea ◊ sarvasaḱareṇa savagharuar[e]ṇa sarvamaṇaṇehi sarvapuyaṇae tiṭha[ta]318(pa)‍[r]‍(i)‍[ṇ]‍(iv)‍[udaṇa ∙] eva samado me bhate bhag̱ava ∙ ta sarvatasag̱adapuño paḍ̱ibhaïdi ◊

tān sarvān saḥ ekaḥ bodhisattvaḥ, kalpam vā ka317lpāvaśeṣam vā, satkuryāt, gurukuryāt, mānayet, pūjayet, sarvasatkāreṇa, sarvagurukāreṇa, sarvamānanaiḥ, sarvapūjanena/sarvapūjanaiḥ, tiṣṭhat318parinirvṛtānām; evam sammatam me, bhadanta bhagavan, tat sarvatathāgatapuṇyam pratibhāti:

If one single bodhisattva 317 would honor, venerate, revere, and worship all those with every [form of] honor, veneration, reverence, and worship, those who are present and those who are finally extinguished, for an aeon or more than an aeon; 318 thus we agree, honourable Exalted One, the merit due to [the honor of] all Tathāgatas appears as follows:

§ 117

sayavas̱a ṇama ◊ ta mahada śaśavaraśi 319 [u]aṇis̱a ta [eka]śaśavaphala ◊ evam eva bhate bhag̱ava ∙ ta sarvasaḱarapuña ∙ iśa dhamakṣati uaṇis̱a ◊ eva parita 320 (ekaśa)‍[śava]phalo ta mahada śaśavaraś[i uaṇis̱a] ◊

sayyathāpi [Skt. tadyathāpi] nāma tam mahāntam sarṣaparāśim 319 upanidhāya [cf. P] tat ekasarṣapaphalam, evam eva, bhadanta bhagavan, tat sarvasatkārapuṇyam iha dharmakṣāntim upanidhāya [cf. P]; evam parittam 320 ekasarṣapaphalam tam mahāntam sarṣaparāśim upanidhāya [cf. P].

Just like a single [kernel of a] mustard-seed 319 in comparison to a big heap of mustard-seeds, exactly so, honourable Exalted One, is the merit which is due to the complete honor [of all Tathāgatas] in comparison to the calm acceptance towards the factors of existence here; exactly as small 320 as a single [kernel of a] mustard-seed in comparison to a big heap of mustard-seeds.

§ 118

Bhagavan eva vuto bhag̱ava [te] d⟨e⟩vaputra edad oya ◊ sasu sasu tasag̱ada 321 + + + + + + + + + .. edo oama ṇidiśas̱a ◊ tasag̱adabaleṇa ◊ tasag̱adaahiṭ́haṇeṇa ◊ mamo vi devaputraho eṣ̱a 322 + + + + + + + + + + .. ri teṣ̱a uama ∙ ya tasag̱ado prayaṇati ∙ yatao puño pras̱avadi iśa dharm⟨e⟩hi kṣati ua323(ṇis̱a)

Bhagavan evam uktaḥ, bhagavān tān devaputrān etat avocat: sādhu, sādhu, tathāgata- 321 + + + + + + + + + + etat aupamyam nirdiśatha tathāgatabalena, tathāgatādhiṣṭhānena. mama api, devaputrāḥ, eṣaḥ/eṣām (?) 322 + + + + + + + + + + + + teṣām upamā-, ye tathāgatam prajānanti. yattakam puṇyam prasavati iha dharmaiḥ [G; Skt. dharmeṣu] kṣāntim upani323dhāya [cf. P].

Bhagavan Thus addressed, the Exalted One said to the devaputras: Good! Good! […] the Tathāgata 321 + + + + + + + + + +, you explain this simile through the power (bala) of the Tathāgata, through the sustaining power (adhiṣṭhāna) of the Tathāgata. Devaputras, also my 322 + + + + + + + + + + + + their similes […] who understand the Tathāgata. [That is] how much merit [the bodhisattva] engenders in comparison to the calm acceptance towards the factors of existence here.

[4] honor of all Tathāgatas in all lokadhātus

§ 119

(sayas̱avas̱a devaputraho puri)‍[m]‍(e)‍[ṇa ga]gaṇadivalias̱ama log̱adhadu pac̄imeṇa gagaṇadivalias̱ama log̱adhadu eva yava 324 (daśahi diśeṣu gagaṇadivalia)‍[s̱a]ma log̱adhadu te sarva ◊ paripura ◊ tasag̱adeṣu arahadasamasabudh⟨e⟩hi bhavea sayava325(s̱a ṇama ukṣ̱uvaṇo va śalivaṇo va) [śaravaṇo va ∙] ṇaḍ̱avaṇo va veḍ̱(o)[vaṇ](o) [va]

sayyathāpi [Skt. tadyathāpi], devaputrāḥ, purimena gaṅgānadīvālikasamāḥ lokadhātavaḥ, paścimena gaṅgānadīvālikasamāḥ lokadhātavaḥ, evam yāvat 324 daśasu diśāsu [Skt. dikṣu] gaṅgānadīvālikasamāḥ lokadhātavaḥ, tat sarvam paripūrṇam [cf. P paripūra] tathāgateṣu [G; Skt. tathāgataiḥ] arhatsamyaksaṃbuddhaiḥ bhavet, sayyathāpi [Skt. tadyathāpi] 325 nāma ikṣuvanam vā śālivanam vā śaravanam vā naḍavanam vā veṇuvanam vā;

323 (Devaputras, just as if the world systems as numerous as the sands of the river Gaṅgā in the east, the world systems as numerous as the sands of the river Gaṅgā in the west [etc.] up to: 324 the world systems as numerous as the sands of the river Gaṅgā (in the ten directions) would all be filled with Tathāgatas, Arhats, Perfectly Awakened Ones up to the top of the universe, 325 [packed as densely] as a large tract of sugarcane, rice plants, pin reed grass, reed, or bamboo;

§ 120

(eva)[m eva d](e)[vaputrah](o) [ko]yid evo bosisatvo 326 (mahasatvo te sarva tasag̱ada sa)‍[ḱa]rea ∙ gharuarea maṇ(e)a puyea ∙ savasaḱareṇa ◊ yava sarvapuyaṇ(e)ṇa ∙ [kap]‍(o) [va] 327 (kapavaśeṣ̱a va)

evam eva, devaputrāḥ, kaścit eva bodhisattvaḥ 326 mahāsattvaḥ tān sarvān tathāgatān satkuryāt, gurukuryāt, mānayet, pūjayet, sarvasatkāreṇa yāvat sarvapūjanena, kalpam vā 327 kalpāvaśeṣam vā;

exactly so, devaputras, if some bodhisattva 326 (mahāsattva) would honor, venerate, revere [and] worship (all these Tathāgatas) with every form of honor [etc.] up to: every [form of] worship for an aeon or 327 (more than an aeon);

§ 121

(tasag̱adaṇa arahada)[sa]masabudhaṇa ∙ ekamekas̱a tasag̱adas̱a ◊ yava bhavagro ◊ thubo karavea sarvaradaṇamao

tathāgatānām arhatsamyaksaṃbuddhānām ekamekasya [Skt. ekaikasya] tathāgatasya yāvat bhavāgram stūpam kārāpayati [Skt. kārayati], sarvaratnamayam;

and if he would cause to build a stūpa made of all kinds of treasures for each and every Tathāgata among these (Tathāgatas, Arhats,) Perfectly Awakened Ones up to the top of the universe;

§ 122

328 (te thubo divamaṇuśaeṇa saḱareṇa) sa[ḱar]‍(e)a garuarea maṇea puyea ◊ yava kṣatradhayapaḍ̱aehi ∙ kap[o va] kapavaśeṣ̱o va

328 tam stūpam / tān stūpān divyamānuṣyakena satkāreṇa satkuryāt, gurukuryāt, mānayet, pūjayet, yāvat chattradhvajapatākaiḥ, kalpam vā kalpāvaśeṣam vā;

328 and if he would honor, venerate, revere [and] worship (the[se] stūpa[s] with all kinds of divine and human [forms of] honor) [etc.] up to: parasols, banners, and flags, for an aeon or more than an aeon;

§ 123

329 (ta ki mañas̱i devaputraho avi) [ṇ](u) [so bo]sisatva ◊ ta saḱaro karata teṣ̱a sarveṣ̱a tasag̱adaṇa ◊ baho puño pras̱a[v]⟨e⟩a ‧

329 tat kim manyase [Skt. manyadhve; cf. P maññāsi, sg. for pl.], devaputrāḥ, api nu saḥ bodhisattvaḥ tam satkāram karantaḥ [Skt. kurvan] teṣām sarveṣām tathāgatānām bahu puṇyam prasavet.

329 (what do you think, devaputras,) honoring all these Tathāgatas, would the bodhisattva engender a lot of merit?

§ 124

Devaputras eva vuto t⟨e⟩ devaputra 330 (bhag̱avato edad oya ◊ yas̱a vae bhate) [bhag̱ava] bhag̱avada bhaṣ̱idas̱a artha ayaṇema ◊ ekam ekas̱a tasag̱adas̱a ◊ ta saḱaro karata ∙ ṇa sukaro tasag̱ad⟨e⟩hi 331 + + + + .. + + [do] [ka] vuṇa vado teṣ̱a {tatag̱aṇi} tasag̱adaṇi ta sarvasakaro tiṭhataṇa vi pariṇivudaṇa vi ∙

Devaputras evam uktāḥ, te devaputrāḥ 330 bhagavantam etat avocan: yathā vayam, bhadanta bhagavan, bhagavataḥ bhāṣitasya artham ājānīmaḥ: ekamekasya [Skt. ekaikasya] tathāgatasya tam satkāram karantaḥ [Skt. kurvan], na sukaram tathāgataiḥ 331 (*? puṇyapramāṇam grahītum), kaḥ punaḥ vādaḥ teṣām tathāgatānām saḥ sarvasatkāraḥ, tiṣṭhantānām [Skt. tiṣṭhatām] vā parinirvṛtānām vā.

Devaputras Thus addressed, the devaputras 330 said (to the Exalted One: Venerable) Exalted One, as we understand the meaning of what the Exalted One has said [it is as follows]: for honoring each and every Tathāgata, it is not easy for Tathāgatas to 331 (? grasp the limit of that merit). To say nothing of the complete honor of [all] these Tathāgatas, whether present or finally extinguished.

§ 125

Bhagavan ya ca devaputraho teṣ̱a ta sa332‍(ḱa)[ro] tasag̱adaṇa arahadasamasabudhaṇa ∙ ta koyid evo puruṣ̱a ta sarvo puñakadho eg̱a[j]o [sahar]‍(e)‍[a pariapo] u[a]dae ∙ eg̱ajo 333 + .. [e]ka rayi karea ◊ ta ki mañas̮a devaputraho ◊ baho so ⟪maha⟫puñarayi bhavea ◊

Bhagavan yaḥ ca, devaputrāḥ, teṣām saḥ sa332‍tkāraḥ tathāgatānām arhatsamyaksaṃbuddhānām, tat kaścit eva puruṣaḥ tam sarvam puṇyaskandham aikadhyam saṃharet, parikalpam upādāya, aikadhyam 333 + + ekam rāśim kuryāt. tat kim manyadhve [cf. P maññatha], devaputrāḥ, bahuḥ saḥ mahāpuṇyarāśiḥ bhavet.

Bhagavan Devaputras, [with regard to] the honor 332 of [all] these Tathāgatas, Arhats, Perfectly Awakened Ones, if some man would collect the entire quantity of merit (puṇyaskandha) in one place, to put an imaginary case, 333 [and] if he would make one heap out of it in [this] one place. What do you think, devaputras, would that big heap of merit be large?

§ 126

Devaputras evam eda bhate bha[g̱ava e]vam eda bhate sug̱ada 334 + + + + + + .. (o)‍[ama vi] ◊ ṇa sukaro kato budhehi ko vaṇa vado ṣ̱avag̱ehi ◦

Devaputras evam etat, bhadanta bhagavan, evam etat, bhadanta sugata. 334 + + + + + + + aupamyam api na sukaram kartum buddhaiḥ, kaḥ punaḥ vādaḥ śrāvakaiḥ.

Devaputras Quite so, honourable Exalted One! Quite so, honourable Blissful One! 334 + + + + + + +, even a simile is not easy to give for Awakened Ones; to say nothing of disciples.

comparison: honor of all Tathāgatas in all lokadhātus – dharmakṣānti, simile: mustard seed

§ 127

Bhagavan eva ◊ devaputraho ◊ ya iś̄a dharm⟨e⟩hi kṣati eg̱a335(jo) + + + + + (pur)‍uṣ̱apuñ[o maha]puñaraśi [mahada] puñavisakharo ◊ eg̱a{{.. }}divasaparibhavidae kṣati⟨e⟩ puñas̱a śadima 336 (vi kala ṇa uvedi ya)‍[va] uaṇisa vi ṇa [u]vedi ◊

Bhagavan evam, devaputrāḥ, yā iha dharmaiḥ [G; Skt. dharmeṣu] kṣāntiḥ. aika335*dhyam + + + + + puruṣapuṇyam, mahāpuṇyarāśiḥ, mahantaḥ [Skt. mahān] puṇyābhisaṃskāraḥ, ekadivasaparibhāvitayā kṣāntyā, puṇyasya śatimām [Skt. śatatamīm] 336 api kalām na upaiti, yāvat upanisām [Skt. upaniṣadam] api na upaiti.

Bhagavan Exactly so, devaputras, [it is with regard to] the calm acceptance towards the factors of existence here. 335 The merit of the man (which he collects in) one (place), this big heap of merit, this big mass of merit (does not come close to even) the hundredth 336 (part) of the merit which is due to the calm acceptance with which one is imbued for [only] one single day [etc.] up to: it does not admit of any comparison.

§ 128

sayas̱av[i] ◈ devaputraho ◊ ta ekaśaśavo ∙ ta⟨sa⟩ mahada 337 (śaśavaraśisa śadima vi kala ṇa uvedi) [yava] ◊ uaṇis̱a va ◊ ṇa uv(e)di ∙ evam eda devaputraho ∙ ta mahada [pu]338(ñavisakharo ◊ eg̱adivasaparibhavi)‍[da]e kṣatie ∙ puñavis̱akharas̱a ◊ ta sarva purimao puñavisakharo śadima vi kala 339 (ṇa uvedi yava ∙ uaṇis̱a va ṇa uvedi)

sayyathāpi [Skt. tadyathāpi], devaputrāḥ, saḥ ekasarṣapaḥ tasya mahataḥ 337 sarṣaparāśeḥ śatimām [Skt. śatatamīm] api kalām na upaiti, yāvat upanisām [Skt. upaniṣadam] api na upaiti; evam etat [=? evam eva], devaputrāḥ, saḥ mahantaḥ [Skt. mahān] pu338ṇyābhisaṃskāraḥ. ekadivasaparibhāvitayā kṣāntyā puṇyābhisaṃskārasya saḥ sarvaḥ purimakaḥ puṇyābhisaṃskāraḥ śatimām [Skt. śatatamīm] api kalām 339 na upaiti, yāvat upanisām [Skt. upaniṣadam] api na upaiti.

Devaputras, just like a single mustard-seed 337 (does not come close to even the hundredth part of this) big (heap of mustard-seeds) [etc.] up to: does not admit of any comparison; quite so, devaputras, it is with this big mass of merit. 338 The entire former mass of merit (does not come close to) even the hundredth part of the mass of merit which is due to the calm acceptance with which one is imbued for [only] one single day 339 ([etc.] up to: it does not admit of any comparison).

2.4 The Tathāgata’s smile

§ 129

[as̱a ho bhag̱ava] te devaputra ◊ aradhva svida pradukhaṣ̱a ∙ as̱a ṇaṇavaṇa ∙ aṇeg̱ava⟨ṇa⟩ ∙ aci muha 340 + + + + [sayasida] ṇi[la∙pida]⟨∙⟩lohida∙odada⟨∙⟩ma[jiṭha]⟨∙⟩phaḍ̱iavaṇa ∙ savavata ca budhakṣetro avhae phari ∙

atha khalu bhagavān tān devaputrān *ārabdhvā [Skt. ārabhya] smitam praduṣkārṣi . atha nānāvarṇāḥ, anekavarṇāḥ arciṣaḥ mukhāt [or: mukhadvārāt] 340 niracaran, sayyathīdam [Skt. tat yathā] nīlapītalohitāvadātamāñjiṣṭhasphaṭikavarṇāḥ, sarvāvantam ca buddhakṣetram ābhayā sphari [sg. for pl.].

Then the Exalted One was seen to smile at the devaputras, and many variously colored rays of light 340 (issued from his) mouth, namely blue, yellow, [copper] red, white, crimson, crystal colored; and they filled the entire buddha field with light.

§ 130

tamaṇatara pradukhi341(de ya) [sv]id{a}e ◊ as̱a h[o] yavado imasvi tris̱ahas̱ee mahas̱ahas̱ae log̱adhadue devidra va ∙ ṇag̱idra va ◊ yakṣ̱idra va 342 (gadharvi)‍[dra va] asuridra va ◊ te sarva savi[g̱a] savig̱ayada ◊ lomariṭhayada ◊ yeṇa bhag̱ava teṇa uas̱akra[mi]su ◊ uas̱akramita 343 (bha)‍[g̱a]vato pada śiras̱a vadita ekamaṃte aṭ́has̱a ∙

tadanantaram prāduṣkṛ341te ca smite, atha khalu yāvatā asmin trisāhasre/trisāhasrike mahāsāhasre/mahāsāhasrike lokadhātau devendrāḥ vā nāgendrāḥ vā yakṣendrāḥ vā 342 gandharvendrāḥ vā asurendrāḥ vā, te sarve saṃvignāḥ, savignajātāḥ, romahṛṣṭajātāḥ, yena bhagavān tena upasaṃkramiṃsu , upasaṃkramitvā [Skt. upasaṃkramya], 343 bhagavataḥ pādau/pādān śirasā vanditvā, ekamante [Skt. ekānte] asthāṃsu .

Immediately after 341 the smile was seen, all the chiefs of the gods, the chiefs of the nāgas, the chiefs of the yakṣas, 342 the chiefs of the (gandharvas), or the chiefs of the asuras in this three-thousandfold, many-thousandfold world system, all of them were excited, and with their hair standing on end they approached the Exalted One, and having approached 343 him, they prostrated themselves at his feet and stood to one side.

§ 131

as̱a ◊ yavada ◊ imasvi mahas̱ahas̱ae log̱adhadue bhikhu mahirdhi344(a) .. .. .. .. .. + .. .. .. [te] sarva yeṇa bhag̱ava teṇa uas̱akramisu ◊ uas̱akramita bhag̱avato pada śiras̱a vadita ekamate 345 (aṭ́has̱u)

atha yāvatā asmin mahāsāhasre/mahāsāhasrike lokadhātau bhikṣavaḥ maharddhi344kāḥ [cf. P mahiddhikā; Skt. maharddhayaḥ] + + + + + + + + + te sarve yena bhagavān tena upasaṃkramiṃsu , upasaṃkramitvā [Skt. upasaṃkramya], bhagavataḥ pādān [G; Skt. pādau] śirasā vanditvā, ekamante [Skt. ekānte] 345 asthāṃsu .

Then, all the monks of great supernatural power 344 + + + + + + + + + in this many-thousandfold world system, all of them approached the Exalted One, and having approached him, they prostrated themselves at his feet and 345 (stood) to one side.

§ 132

+ + + + + + + + + .. .. .. yeṇa bhag̱ava teṇa uas̱akra⟪mi⟫su yava ∙ evamato ṭ́hahis[u] ∙

+ + + + + + + + + + + + yena bhagavān tena upasaṃkramiṃsu , yāvat ekamante [Skt. ekānte] sthāhiṃsu .

+ + + + + + + + + + + +, they approached the Exalted One [etc.] up to: they stood to one side.

§ 133

raya vi bibisaro 346 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + .. .. .. ti a ∙ ye vi aña rayaṇa ◊ saparipara ◊ s̱eṭhi grahavadi va ∙ te sarva bu[dhaṇu]bhave347(ṇa yeṇa bhag̱ava teṇa uas̱akramisu ◊) uas̱akramita bhag̱avato {{.. }} pada śiras̱a vadita ekamate ṇiṣ̱idisu ∙ ‧

rājā api bimbisāraḥ 346 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +, ye api anye rājānaḥ saparivārāḥ, śreṣṭhiṇaḥ gṛhapatinaḥ vā. te sarve buddhānubhāve347na yena bhagavān tena upasaṃkramiṃsu , upasaṃkramitvā , bhagavataḥ pādān [G; Skt. pādau] śirasā vanditvā, ekamante [Skt. ekānte] niṣīdiṃsu .

Also the king Bimbisāra 346 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + as well as other kings along with their retinue, the guild-leader[s] (śreṣṭhin), or the householder[s] (gṛhapati). They all, by the might of the Buddha, 347 (approached the Exalted One, and having approached him,) they prostrated themselves at his feet and sat down to one side.

§ 134

as̱a h⟨o⟩ budhaṇubhaveṇa .. .. 348 + + .. .. ◊ .. .. .. .. + + + [paṇ](i)talayada ahoṣ̱i ∙ ya satvaacitia viṣ̱avo tasag̱adaṇa arahadasamasabudhaṇa

atha khalu buddhānubhāvena + + 348 + + + + + + + + + + + pāṇitalajātam abhūṣi , yat sattvācintyaḥ viṣayaḥ (?) tathāgatānām arhatsamyaksaṃbuddhānām.

Then, by the might of the Buddha, there was 348 + + + + + + + + + (flat and even) like the palm of a hand, which was the sphere (? viṣaya) of Tathāgatas, Arhats, Perfectly Awakened Ones, inconceivable for (?) beings.

§ 135

as̱a ho teṇa .. 349 (aci) savavato budhakṣetro avha[e pha]rita ◊ bhag̱avato yeva trikhuto pradaśiṇig̱arita ◊ bhag̱avato yeva purado atarahaïsu

atha khalu tena samayena (?) 349 arciṣaḥ (?) sarvāvantam buddhakṣetram ābhayā spharitvā, bhagavataḥ (ca) eva trikṣuttam [Skt. triṣkṛtvaḥ] pradakṣiṇīkaritvā [Skt. pradakṣiṇīkṛtya], bhagavataḥ (ca) eva purataḥ antaradhāyiṃsu .

Then, at that time (?), 349 having filled the entire buddha field with radiance, (the rays of light) circled the Exalted One three times and disappeared in front of the Exalted One.

§ 136

350 (as̱a ho) [śaripu]tra eg̱aśo civaro (paru)[i]ta ◊ daśiṇo yaṇamaḍalo paḍ̱avie ◊ pradiṭhavaïta ◊ yeṇa bhag̱ava teṇa ajali paraṇamaïta 351 + + [e as̱a] bhaṣ̱a ◊ ṇa a{r}ga[ra]ṇo ◊ agra[ji]ṇa viṇayag̱a ◊ pradukharati svida agrapugala ∙ aïkṣahi l(o)[g̱ahidaṇ](u)[apae] 352 (svida ki)[da ko] (i)[śa] hedu ◈ [pra](ca)o ∙

350 atha khalu śāriputraḥ ekāṃsam cīvaram prāvṛtya [cf. P pārupitvā], dakṣiṇam jānumaṇḍalam pṛthivyām pratiṣṭhāpayitvā [Skt. pratiṣṭhāpya], yena bhavagān tena añjalim praṇāmayitvā [Skt. praṇamya], 351 + + + atha bhāṣi : na akāraṇam agrajinaḥ, vināyakaḥ prāduṣkaroti smitam. agrapudgala, ācikṣāhi lokahitānukampāyai 352 smitam kṛtam. kaḥ iha hetuḥ, pratyayaḥ.

350 (Then), Śāriputra put [his upper] robe over one shoulder, placed [his] right knee on the ground, raised [his] hands in respectful salutation towards the Exalted One, 351 and spoke [to him]: It is not without reason that the best of conquerors, the leader is seen to smile. O best of men, explain 352 (the smile) that was made out of benevolence and compassion for the world. What is here the cause, [what is] the condition?

2.5 Verses (12): Repetition and reason for the smile

§ 137

Śāriputra

v. 2.1 y⟨e⟩ g̱ey⟨i⟩ viña iś̄a log̱adhadue ∙
deva vi ṇag̱a vi as̱o vi yakṣa ∙
bramaṇa ∙ 353 + + + + + + + +
samag̱a + + [do] śruṇata artha ◦ 1

v. 2.1ye kecit (?) vijñāḥ iha lokadhātau |
devāḥ pi , nāgāḥ pi , atho pi yakṣāḥ ||
brahmāṇaḥ 353 − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
samāgatāḥ (?) − ⏑ śṛṇvantaḥ artham || ⟨*1⟩ ||

v. 2.1All those who are learned (?) in this world system, gods, nāgas, as well as yakṣas, brāhmaṇas, 353 + + + + + + + + have assembled (?), […] hearing the meaning.

v. 2.2 bramidra ṇag̱idra suridra paḍida ·
maṇuśidrime parthiva bhumipa[la]
354 ◈ bhikhu c⟨i⟩me bhikhuṇia uas̱ea ·
uas̱ia · paḍida budh⟨i⟩mata · ⟨1 1⟩

v. 2.2brahmendrāḥ, nāgendrāḥ, surendrāḥ, paṇḍitāḥ, |
manuṣyendrāḥ, ime pārthivāḥ, bhūmipālāḥ, ||
354 bhikṣavaḥ [cf. P bhikkhū] ca, ime bhikṣuṇikāḥ , upāsakāḥ, |
upāsikāḥ, paṇḍitāḥ, buddhimantaḥ || ⟨*2⟩ ||

v. 2.2[Assembled are] the chiefs of brahmā [gods], chiefs of nāgas [and] chiefs of suras who are wise; the chiefs of men, these rulers of the earth, protectors of the earth, 354 and these monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen, who are wise [and] intelligent.

v. 2.3 ṇa driṭha[purvam aya] · evarua
355 + + + + + + + + + + + [+ ]
(a)[ïkṣa] bhate duadaṇa u[tama ‧]
svida kida [ko iś̄a] hedupracao ◦ ‧ ⟨1 1 1⟩

v. 2.3na dṛṣṭapūrvaḥ (?) ayam evarūpaḥ [m.c., Skt. evaṃrūpaḥ] | 355
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − ||
ācikṣa , bhadanta [cf. P bhate], dvipadānām uttama, |
smitam kṛtam, kaḥ iha hetupratyayaḥ || ⟨*3⟩ ||

v. 2.3Such a one (?) has never been seen before, 355 + + + + + + + + + + + [+]; [please] explain, honourable, best of bipeds (dvipada), the smile made [by you]. What is the cause and condition for this?

v. 2.4 driṭhade eda vaś̄a[v]a[ti] 356 + +
(bramidra ṇag̱i)[dra sur]idra pa(ḍida)
asuridrime kṣatria bhumipala ·
teṣ̱a ya artho viholo bhaviśati ⟨∙ 4⟩

v. 2.4dṛṣṭataḥ etat vaśavartinaḥ 356 ⏑ – |
brahmendrāḥ, nāgendrāḥ, surendrāḥ, paṇḍitāḥ, ||
asurendrāḥ, ime kṣatriyāḥ, bhūmipālāḥ, |
teṣām ca arthaḥ vipulaḥ bhaviṣyati || ⟨*4⟩ ||

v. 2.4Because [they] have seen this, the self-determined 356 + +, (the chiefs of brahmā [gods]), chiefs (of nāgas) [and] chiefs of suras who are wise, the chiefs of asuras, these kṣatriyas, protectors of the earth; and their benefit will be extensive.

v. 2.5 357 + + [me] aradhvo ◊ jiṇa(s̱a sati)e
pras̱aṇacito · kramo eko akrami ·
ṇa tasa puñasa pramaṇo śaki ·
budhehi kato + + + + + [+ ] [pe] ◦ ⟨4 1⟩

v. 2.5357 ⏓ – ⏑ *ārabdhvā [Skt. ārabhya] jinasya sāntike |
prasannacittaḥ kramam ekam ākrami [aorist for optative] ||
na tasya puṇyasya pramāṇam śakyam |
buddhaiḥ kartum ⏑⏑ – ⏑ – ⏑ – || ⟨*5⟩ ||

v. 2.5357 (Who) with regard to (? the dharma), in the presence of the conqueror, were to take one step with a faithful mind (prasannacitta), it is not possible for the Buddhas to take the measure of that merit, (? let alone their disciples).

v. 2.6 358 + + + + + + [h](i)[da]ṇu[a]pea ·
sade[vae] log̱e sama[r]aeṇa ·
sabrama[g̱ape] sasure saïdrae ·
ṇa tasa puñas̱a pramaṇo sukaro ◊ 4 1 1

v. 2.6358 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ hitānukampayā |
sadevake loke, samārakeṇa, ||
sabrahmakalpe, sasure [m.c.], saïndrake [m.c., Skt. sendrake]; |
na tasya puṇyasya pramāṇam sūkaram [m.c., Skt. sukaram] || 6 ||

v. 2.6358 (Who) out of benevolence and compassion (? for all beings) in this world with its gods and Māra, Brahmā-like [gods], suras [and] Indra; it is not easy [to grasp] the measure of that merit.

v. 2.7a 359 + + + [kṣe]tra viholo cig̱itsao ◊
supuña[kṣ](e)[tra viho]lo aṇutaro [◦]
pra[śa]śio [lo]g̱e [sa]devamaṇuṣ̱e ·
.. .. [bhah](o) l[abha]t[i] kṣe[tre ed](i)[śo] ^{ⓝNo number.Click to pin}

v. 2.7a359 ⏓ – ⏑ kṣetram vipulam, cikitsakam, |
supuṇyakṣetram vipulam, anuttaram, |
praśaṃsiyam loke sadevamānuṣe; |
⏓ − bahu labhyate kṣetre edṛśe ||

v. 2.7a359 A field of + + +, extensive, providing medical treatment; a field of good merit, extensive, unsurpassed, praiseworthy in the world with its gods and men; much + + is obtained in such a field.

v. 2.7 360 (supuña)kṣetro viholo aṇutaro ◊
sabramag̱ape sasure saïdrae ·
ekakramas̱eṣ̱o vivao ediśo ·
k[o] va vuṇa duṇi as̱o vi triṇi 4 1 1 1

v. 2.7360 supuṇyakṣetram vipulam, anuttaram, |
sabrahmakalpe, sasure [m.c.], saïndrake [m.c., Skt. sendrake], ||
ekakramasya eṣaḥ vipākaḥ edṛśaḥ |
kaḥ va [Skt. eva] punaḥ [=? kaḥ punaḥ vādaḥ] dve atho pi trīṇi || 7 ||

v. 2.7360 A field (of good merit), extensive, unsurpassed in [this world] with its Brahmā-like [gods], suras [and] Indra; such is the result of a single step, to say nothing of two or even three.

v. 2.8 361 + + + + + + [sa]devamaṇuṣ̱o ·
praceabudhaṇa bhavea puro ·
te saḱarea bahokapakoḍ̱ie ·
koyi va · satva ida puñakaraṇo 4 4

v. 2.8361 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ sadevamānuṣaḥ |
pratyekabuddhānām bhavet pūrṇaḥ ||
tān satkuryāt bahukalpakoṭiyā [m.c.] |
kaścit va [Skt. eva] sattvaḥ, idam puṇyakāraṇam || 8 ||

v. 2.8361 (Suppose the world) with its gods and men were to be filled with Pratyekabuddhas [and] some [bodhi]sattva were to honor them [for] many crores of aeons, this would be a cause for merit.

v. 2.9 362 + + + + + + + + + + + [+ ]
(eka) [kra]ma pi idi akramea ◊
bah⟨o⟩daro [pu]ña [ji]ṇa[s̱a s]atie ◊
eka krama pi idi akramita ◊ 4 4 (1)

v. 2.9362 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
ekam kramam pi iti ākramet; ||
bahūtaram [m.c., Skt. bahutaram] puṇyam jinasya sāntike, |
ekam kramam pi iti ākramitvā [Skt. ākramya] || 9 ||

v. 2.9362 + + + + + + + + + + + [+], if he were to take a (single) step like this; much greater is the merit, if he would have taken a single step like this in the presence of the conqueror.

v. 2.10 363 + + + + + + + + + + + [+ ]
+ + [g̱]. (a)ra[dhva] kṣ⟨i⟩[vita] puśpo
ṇa tasa puñas̱a pramaṇo śak⟨i⟩ ◦
budhehi kato kudo ṣ̱avag̱⟨e⟩hi ◊ 10

v. 2.10363 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ *ārabdhvā [Skt. ārabhya] kṣipitvā [Skt. kṣiptvā] puṣpam; ||
na tasya puṇyasya pramāṇam śakyam |
buddhaiḥ kartum, kutaḥ śrāvakaiḥ || 10 ||

v. 2.10363 + + + + + + + + + + + [+], having thrown a flower towards + + + ; it is not possible for the Buddhas to take the measure of that merit, let alone the śrāvakas.

v. 2.11 364 + + + + + + + + + + [+ ]
+ + + + + + .. ṇo ya akhaṇo ◊
kṣevita deve maṇuśa hi sokho ◦
aṇ⟨u⟩purvado ṇivudo praü⟪[ṇa]⟫ti (10 1)

v. 2.11364 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ no (?) ca akṣaṇaḥ; ||
kṣepayitvā devaḥ manuṣyaḥ [⏑ ⏑ −] hi saukhyam, |
anupūrvataḥ nirvṛtim prāpuṇāti [Skt. prāpnoti] || 11 ||

v. 2.11364 + + + + + + + + + + [+], + + + + + + + and no (?) inopportune birth; having spent the time happily as god [or] man, in due course he reaches extinction.

v. 2.12 365 + + + + + + + + .. .. .[o ∙]
praña s̱abhati [vi](ma)[la aṇa]s̱avo ·
cito sabhati grag̱aṇa va sadiśo ·
daïta puśpa duadutama[sa] (10 1 1)

v. 2.12365 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
prajñā saṃbhāti vimalā, anāsravā; ||
cittam saṃbhāti gaganam va [Skt. eva] sadṛśam, |
dāyitvā [Skt. dattvā] puṣpam dvipadottamasya || 12 ||

v. 2.12365 + + + + + + + + + + +, [his] insight appears stainless without taints, [his] mind appears just like the sky, having given a flower to the best of bipeds (dvipada).

3 Prediction to the devaputras

3.1 Buddha name and time span

§ 138

366 + + + + + + + + .. devadapariṣ̱ae ◊ ṇaṇavaṇ[e]hi puśp⟨e⟩hi ◊ bhag̱avato oirisu aj(o)iris(u) avhiprag̱irisu ∙ ta ca ∙ 367 [bh](i)(kh)u[pari]ṣ̱a⟨e⟩ ◊ ṇaṇavaṇehi puśp⟨e⟩hi ◊ oirisu ◊ [aya] ca ∙ savavato ◊ budhakṣet(r)o ṇaṇevaṇe(hi) [puśp]⟨e⟩[hi] ◊ [c]evo[∙]yaṇa[ma](d)[ro] 368 ah(o)ṣ̱i ◊

366 + + + + + + + + + devatāpariṣāyām [Skt. devatāpariṣādi] nānāvarṇaiḥ puṣpaiḥ bhagavantam avakiriṃsu , adhyavakiriṃsu , abhiprakiriṃsu . tat ca 367 bhikṣupariṣāyām [Skt. bhikṣupariṣadi] nānāvarṇaiḥ puṣpaiḥ avakiriṃsu . idam ca sarvāvantam buddhakṣetram nānāvarṇaiḥ puṣpaiḥ ca eva udyānamātram (?) 368 abhūṣi .

366 + + + + + + + + + in the assembly of gods they strewed, bestrewed, covered the Exalted One with variously colored flowers. And [also] 367 in the assembly of monks [they] bestrewed [him] with variously colored flowers, and this entire buddha field 368 was nothing but a garden (? udyānamātra) [consisting of] various-colored flowers.

§ 139

as̱a h(o) bhag̱ava ∙ te caduraśidi ◊ devaputra◊s̱ahas̱a ◊ tas̱a ∙ sadevamaṇuṣ̱as̱a log̱as̱a purado aṇutara369(samasabosi)[e vag̱aṣ̱a] ◊ bhaviśas̱a ◊ tusve aṇag̱ad[e] adhva[ṇe] ◊ as̱akhea ∙ kape as̱akhadare apramee hi aciti370(e) + + + + + [ṇ]. .. + + (ta)[sag̱ada araha]dasamasabudha ekanamas̱ea ∙ viholapravha[s̱aṇa]maṇa ∙ sarva ekakapakṣ[iṇa]ṇutarasamasabosi avis̱a371(bujiśas̱a) + + + + + + + + + ..

atha khalu bhavagān tāni caturaśītim devaputrasahasrāṇi, tasya sadevamānuṣasya lokasya purataḥ, anuttara369samyaksaṃbodhau vyākarṣi : bhaviṣyatha yūyam anāgate adhvani, asaṃkhyeye kalpe, asaṃkhyeyatare, aprameye hi, acint370ye + + + + + + + + + tathāgatāḥ arhatsamyaksaṃbuddhāḥ, ekanāmadheyāḥ vipulaprabhāsanāmānaḥ, sarve ekakalpakṣīṇam anuttarasamyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃ371budhyiṣyatha [Skt. abhisaṃbhotsyadhve] + + + + + + + + + +

Then, the Exalted One predicted to these 84,000 devaputras in front of the world with [its] gods and men the highest (perfect awakening): 369 You will become in the future, after innumerable aeons, after many innumerable, immeasurable, inconceivable 370 (aeons), + + + + + + + (Tathāgatas), Arhats, Perfectly Awakened Ones, [all] bearing the same name, namely “Great Splendor” (Vipulaprabhāsa). [And] within one aeon all of you will be fully awakened to the highest perfect awakening. 371 + + + + + + + + + +

3.2 Buddhakṣetra

§ 140

[1] [teṇa ho va](ṇida) [sa]maeṇa ∙ tasvi samae ∙ ayaṃ maha[pras̱avi] ◊ + .. .. [i] bhav⟨i⟩śati [ya]s̱a ⟨e⟩ṣ̱o akṣo372(bhas̱a tasag̱adas̱a arahadasamasabudhas̱a log̱adha)du {{ṇo}} yas̮a yeva [e]daṇa maṇu[śaṇa savakramaṃta]ṇi paḍ̱ipraṣ̱adhaṇ⟨i⟩ ∙ maṇas̱ae ca aha[s̱a asti]

[2] 373 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + .. ṇaṇa[vaṇaṇa] ◦

[3] teṇa [h]‍(o) [va]ṇida samaeṇa ◊ te maṇuśa {{.. }} ◊ daśakuśalasamadiṇa ya bhaviśati ◊ avar⟨i⟩mida ca 374 + + + + +

[4] (teṇa ho vaṇida) samaeṇa teṣ̱a maṇu[śa]ṇa ∙ sar[va]g[e]laño paḍ̱ipraṣ̱adha bhaviśati ◊

[5] teṇa ho vaṇida samaeṇa ◊ [sa]taradaṇamag̱a kuḍ̱ag̱a375(ra bhaviśati ◊ saya)[s̱avi] ◈ edarahi akṣo[bha]s̱a tasag̱adas̱a arahadasamasa[ṃ]budhas̱a ◊

[6] ṇa ya tatra budhakṣetrami [tri]ṇi avayaṇi bhaviśati 376 .. ṇi bhaviśati

[7] teṇa ho vaṇida samaeṇa ◊ satahaparamo istri grabhadhariṇi bhaviśati ◊

[8] ṇa ya [te]ṣ̱a maṇu[śaṇa ucaro] ◊ 377 (ṇa ya) pariṣ̱ao ∙

[9] sa ya mahapras̱avi ◊ suaṇavaṇa bhaviśati ◊ kaïlibiasaphaṣ̱a ◊ paṃḍug̱abalasadiś̄a ∙ ‧ yava ṇikṣita ca pado caduragulo 378 (oṇamiśati ukṣi)[ta pa]do caduragulo uṇamiśati

[10] te ya maṇuśa aparag̱a bhaviśati apadoṣ̱a ∙ apamoha tikṣidria aṇolabhas̱imuta 379 + + + + + + + + + .. + + saveṇa savo ◊ ataraasamudayaro vi ṇa bhaviśati ◊ sayas̱avi edarahi akṣobhasa tasag̱adas̱a arahadasamasabu380(dhas̱a)

[11] (ṇa ya tatra budhakṣetra)mi te satva aṇa[ñadeva]ṇam as̱iṇa bhaviśati ◊ añatra tasagadeṇa ∙

[12] ṇa ya teṇa samaeṇa koyi tatra rayaṇo bhaviśadi [añatra] 381 + + + + + + + + + + (a)[kṣobhas̱a] tasag̱adas̱a arahadasamasabudha⟨s̱a⟩ ◊

[13] teṇa ho vaṇida samaeṇa te istria tatra evarua bhaviśati ◊ ya[s̱a y]‍(e)‍[va] atra avhiradi382(e akṣobhas̱a tasag̱ada)[s̱a] (arahadasama)sabu[dhas̱a] ◊

[14] teṇa ho [vaṇi]da samae⟨ṇa⟩ sarvagaparipuro so budhakṣetro bhaviśati ◊ sayas̱ava ṇama eṣ̱o avhiradi 383 (akṣobhas̱a) [tasa]g̱adas̱a arahada(samasabudha)[s̱a] ◊

[15] teṇa ya samaeṇa ◊ ekameke tasag̱ad[e] arahadasamasabudhe as̱akheaṇi satvaṇi parivayiśati te ya sarva 384 + + + + [śa]ti

[16] [teṇa h](o) [vaṇida] (sa)[maeṇa tatra] bosisatva bhaviśati avhiṇikhadagaha[va]s̱a ◊

[17] teṣ̱a sav(e)ṇa sa[rva] rag̱asamudayara vi ṇa samudayariśati 385 (sudiṇatarag̱a)‍[da] vi ṣ̱a [ṇa] sa(mu)‍[dacari]śati {{.. .. }} eva sarva kṣudra vaḍ̱ia katava ◊ eva sarva kileś̄a ◊ vaḍ̱ia k[a]tava ∙ sarva sakil[e]śapa[kṣo] 386 (sudiṇatara)‍[g̱a]da vi ṣ̱a ṇa samudacariśati ∙ sarva driṭhipakṣo sudiṇatarag̱ada vi ṣ̱a ṇa samudacar⟨i⟩śati ◦

[18] teṇa ya samaeṇa bhikhuṇa bhikhuṇiṇa ∙ śikṣa samudayar⟨i⟩387(śati ∙ ko) [va]ṇa vado śikṣavada ∙ aj̄avajiśati ∙

[19] eka ya gas̱a teṇa samaeṇa pradimukho bhav⟨i⟩śati ◦

v. 1 aradhaviryo ∙ tada bhos̱aprañava ◦
uvaṭ́hida388(svadi) + + + + [+ ]
[uj̄a] (su)[medha] ◦ uaś̄aṃta sarvaśo ∙
ṇimito sarvo parivajeas̱a ◦ 1

[1] tena khalu punaḥ idam samayena, asmin samaye, iyam mahāpṛthivī + + + + bhaviṣyati, yathā eṣaḥ akṣo372bhyasya tathāgatasya arhatsamyaksaṃbuddhasya lokadhātuḥ. yathā eva *etānām [Skt. eteṣāṃ] manuṣyānām sarvakarmāntāni pratipraśrabdhāni, mānase ca ahāsaḥ asti.

[2] 373 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + nānāvarṇānām.

[3] tena khalu punaḥ idam samayena te manuṣyāḥ daśakuśalasamādattāḥ ca bhaviṣyanti, aparimita- ca 374 + + + + +

[4] tena khalu punaḥ idam samayena teṣām manuṣyānām sarvagailānyaḥ pratipraśrabdhaḥ bhaviṣyati.

[5] tena khalu punaḥ idam samayena saptaratnamayāḥ kūṭāgā375rāḥ bhaviṣyanti, sayyathāpi [Skt. tadyathāpi] etarhi akṣobhyasya tathāgatasya arhatsamyaksambuddhasya.

[6] na ca tatra buddhakṣetre trīṇi apāyāni bhaviṣyanti, 376 + + bhaviṣyanti.

[7] tena khalu punaḥ idam samayena saptāhaparamam strīḥ garbhadhāriṇī bhaviṣyati.

[8] na ca teṣām manuṣyānām uccāraḥ, 377 na ca *parisrāvaḥ [Skt. prasrāvaḥ].

[9] sā ca mahāpṛthivī suvarṇavarṇā bhaviṣyati, *kācilimbika[Skt. kācilindika]saṃsparśā pāṇḍukambalasadṛśā. yāvat nikṣiptam ca pādam caturaṅgulam 378 avanamiṣyati, utkṣiptam pādam caturaṅgulam unnamiṣyati.

[10] te ca manuṣyāḥ alparāgāḥ bhaviṣyanti, alpadveṣāḥ, alpamohāḥ, tīkṣṇendriyāḥ, anupalambhādhimuktāḥ 379 + + + + + + + + + + + + sarveṇa sarvam antarāsamudācāraḥ api na bhaviṣyati, sayyathāpi [Skt. tadyathāpi] etarhi akṣobhyasya tathāgatasya arhatsamyaksaṃbu380ddhasya.

[11] na ca tatra buddhakṣetre te sattvāḥ ananyadevānām adhīnāḥ bhaviṣyanti anyatra tathāgatena .

[12] na ca tena samayena kaścit tatra rājā bhaviṣyati anyatra 381 (*? tathāgatena , sayyathāpi etarhi) akṣobhyasya tathāgatasya arhatsamyaksaṃbuddhasya.

[13] tena khalu punaḥ idam samayena tāḥ striyaḥ tatra evaṃrūpāḥ bhaviṣyanti, yathā eva atra abhiraty382ām akṣobhyasya tathāgatasya arhatsamyaksaṃbuddhasya.

[14] tena khalu punaḥ idam samaye sarvāṅgaparipūrṇam tat buddhakṣetram bhaviṣyati, sayyathāpi [Skt. tadyathāpi] nāma eṣā abhiratiḥ 383 akṣobhyasya tathāgatasya arhatsamyaksaṃbuddhasya.

[15] tena ca samayena ekameke [Skt. ekaike] tathāgatāḥ arhatsamyaksambuddhāḥ asamkhyeyāni sattvāni paripācayiṣyanti, te ca sarve 384 + + + + -ṣyanti.

[16] tena khalu punaḥ idam samayena tatra bodhisattvāḥ bhaviṣyanti abhiniṣkrāntagṛhavāsāḥ.

[17] teṣām sarveṇa sarvam rāgasamudācāraḥ api na samudācariṣyate, 385 svapnāntaragate api eṣām na samudācariṣyate. evam sarvam kṣudram [G; Skt. sarvasmin kṣudre] vārttikam kartavyam. evam sarvam kleśam [G; Skt. sarvasmin kleśe] vārttikam kartavyam. sarvaḥ saṃkleśapakṣaḥ 386 svapnāntaragate api eṣām na samudācariṣyate. sarvaḥ dṛṣṭipakṣaḥ svapnāntaragate api eṣām na samudācāriṣyate.

[18] tena ca samayena bhikṣuṇā, bhikṣuṇyā śikṣā samudācāri387ṣyate, kaḥ punaḥ vādaḥ śikṣāpadam adhyāpatsyante.

[19] ekā ca gāthā tena samayena prātimokṣaḥ bhaviṣyati:

v. 1ārabdhavīryaḥ, tadā bodhaprajñāvān, | upasthita388(*smṛtiḥ), + + + + [+] || ūrjaḥ, sumedhaḥ, upaśāntaḥ sarvaśaḥ, | nimittam sarvam parivarjayeta [cf. P -eyyātha] || 1 ||

[1] At that time, to that point of time, this great earth will be + + + + like the 372 (world system of the Tathāgata, Arhat, Perfectly Awakened) Akṣobhya. Just like that, all [bodily] actions of the people are allayed (pratipraśrabdha), and with regard to the mind / the mental actions there is modesty.

[2] 373 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + of various colors.

[3] At that time the people will have assumed the ten virtues (daśakuśala) and unmeasured (?) 374 + + + + +

[4] (At that time) every sickness of the people will be eradicated (pratipraśrabdha).

[5] At that time (there will be) [pointed barrel-roof] houses (kūṭāgāra) made of seven kinds of treasures, 375 (just like) now [in the buddha field] of the Tathāgata, Arhat, Perfectly Awakened Akṣobhya.

[6] And in the buddha field there, the three evil states (apāya) will not exist, 376 + + will exist.

[7] At that time a woman will be pregnant seven days at most.

[8] And the people will not have excrements 377 (or) urine.

[9] And this great earth will be of a golden color, of a [pleasant] touch [like] kācilindika [i.e., soft cloth], [and] similar to pāṇḍukambala [i.e., white woolen cloth]. As long as the foot is down, [the earth] 378 (will sink down) four fingers, (if the) foot (is taken up), it will come up four fingers.

[10] And the people will have little desire, little aversion, little delusion, sharp senses, [and they will] be devoted to non-apprehension (anupalambha); 379 + + + + + + + + + + + + in no way or form will there be any kind of inappropriate behavior with regard to the interior (antarāsamudācāra), just like now 380 (in the buddha field Abhirati) of the Tathāgata, Arhat, Perfectly Awakened Akṣobhya.

[11] (And in the buddha field there,) the beings will (not) be subject to gods other than the Tathāgata.

[12] And at that time there will be no king, only 381 (the Tathāgata, just like [now in the buddha field]) of Akṣobhya, the Tathāgata, the Arhat, the Perfectly Awakened One.

[13] At that time the women there will be like here in Abhirati, 382 [the buddha field] of the Tathāgata, Arhat, Perfectly Awakened (Akṣobhya).

[14] At that time the buddha field will be complete with all its parts, exactly like this Abhirati, 383 [the buddha field] of the Tathāgata, Arhat, (Perfectly Awakened Akṣobhya).

[15] And at that time each Tathāgata, Arhat, Perfectly Awakened One will bring to maturation innumerable beings. And they all will 384 (attain arhatship).

[16] At that time there will be bodhisattvas who have left their home.

[17] The practise of passions will not be practised by them at all, 385 not even [while] being in a dream (svapnāntaragata) will it be practised. Likewise, an explanatory gloss (? vārttika) on all minor [defilements] (kṣudra) should be done. Likewise, an explanatory gloss (? vārttika) on all defilements (kleśa) should be done. The whole group of defilements (saṃkleśa) will not be practised, 386 even while being in a dream. The whole group of views (dṛṣṭi) will not be practised, even while being in a dream.

[18] And at that time a monk [or] nun (will) practise the precepts (śikṣā), 387 how much less will they violate the set of precepts (śikṣāpada).

[19] And at that time the prātimokṣa will [only] be one single verse (gāthā):

v. 1 Started with effort, then awakening understood, (with mindfulness) focused, 388 + + + + [+] strong [and] wise, calm through and through, every sign should be avoided by you.

3.3 Dharmadeśanā

§ 141

teṇa ho vaṇida samaeṇa ∙ yada ya te budha bhag̱avato ∙ avhi389 + + + + + + + + + + + + .. .. p. v. [hariśati] ∙ sarva ca ta budhakṣetra svareṇa viñaviśati ◊

tena khalu punaḥ idam samayena, yadā ca te buddhāḥ bhagavantaḥ abhi389 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + hariṣyanti, sarve ca tam buddhakṣetram svareṇa vijñāpayiṣyanti.

At that time, when these Buddhas, Exalted Ones, + + 389 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + will + + + + + +, and they all will make their voice be heard in the entire buddha field.

§ 142

ye y⟨e⟩ṣ̱a dharmo śruśati ṭ́havaïtva bosisatva 390 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + bh[av]o [ph]uṣ̱iśati ◊ aṇalao acudo arahapo ∙ ye tikṣid[i]dara bhaviśati ∙ ye vaṇatra ◊ madudridara bhaviśati [te] vi 391 + + + + (as̱avakṣao) [aṇ]‍(u)‍[pra]üṇiśati ◊

ye ca eṣām dharmam śroṣyanti, sthāpayitvā bodhisattvān, 390 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + spṛśiṣyanti [Skt. sprakṣyanti, cf. P phusissanti] anālayam, acyutam arhattvam. ye tīkṣṇendriyatarāḥ bhaviṣyanti, ye punaḥ atra mṛdvindriyatarāḥ bhaviṣyanti, te api 391 + + + + āsravakṣayam anuprāpuṇiṣyanti [Skt. anuprāpsyanti].

Those who will hear their dharma, except for the bodhisattvas, 390 + + + + + + + + + + + + will touch + + + + arhatship that is without base and not subject to change. Those who will be of sharper sense-faculties (tīkṣṇendriyatara), but also those who are of duller sense-faculties (mṛdvindriyatara), they too 391 will reach + + + + (the exhaustion of taints).

§ 143

yas̮a yeva akṣobhas̱a tasag̱adas̱a arahadasamasabudhas̱a ◊ yo kus̱ido bhoti ◊ sodavaṇo so caduṭ́hae dharmadeś̄a[ṇae] 392 (as̱avakṣao a)[ṇupraüṇati] ◊ evam eva tasvi samae yo ku[s̮ido] bhaviśati sodavaṇa ‧ so caüṭ́hadharmadeśaṇae as̱avakṣao aṇupraüṇiśati ∙

yathā eva akṣobhyasya tathāgatasya arhatsamyaksaṃbuddhasya, yaḥ kusīdaḥ bhavati srotāpannaḥ, saḥ caturthāyām dharmadeśanāyām 392 āsravakṣayam anuprāpuṇāti [Skt. anuprāpnoti], evam eva tasmin samaye yaḥ kusīdaḥ bhaviṣyati srotāpannaḥ, saḥ caturthadharmadeśanāyām āsravakṣayam anuprāpuṇiṣyati [Skt. anuprāpsyati].

Just as [in the buddha field] of the Tathāgata, Arhat, Perfectly Awakened Akṣobhya, a stream-enterer (srotāpanna) who is indolent (kusīda) 392 reaches (the exhaustion of taints) during the fourth dharma teaching; exactly so, at that time, a stream-enterer who will be indolent will reach the exhaustion of taints (āsravakṣaya) during the fourth dharma teaching.

§ 144

s̱ayas̱avi [ṇama] 393 (bhag̱ava)[do] sodavaṇo bhoti kus̱ido ◊ so sa[tak](u)[ṭ́ho]ramo bhoti (sa)[takuṭ́h](o)[ramo bha]va sasaradi ◊ [ta]dutvaro [ṇa] sasarati ◊ evam eva teṇa samaeṇa 394 (yo kus̱ido bhaviśati) [sodavaṇa] ‧ so caüṭ́hadharmadeśaṇa⟨e⟩ as̱avakṣao aṇupraüṇiśati ◊

sayyathāpi [Skt. tadyathāpi] nāma 393 bhagavataḥ srotāpannaḥ bhavati kusīdaḥ, saḥ saptakṛtvaḥparamaḥ bhavati, saptakṛtvaḥparamam bhavam saṃsarati, taduttaram na saṃsarati, evam eva tena samayena 394 yaḥ kusīdaḥ bhaviṣyati srotāpannaḥ, saḥ caturthadharmadeśanāyām āsravakṣayam anuprāpuṇiṣyati [Skt. anuprāpsyati].

As, for example, 393 [in the buddha field] (of the Exalted One) a stream-enterer [who] is indolent is a “seven-times-at-most” (saptakṛtvaḥparama), [i.e.,] he is reborn into an existence seven times at most, more than that he is not reborn; exactly so, at that time, 394 a stream-enterer (who will be indolent) will reach the exhaustion of taints during the fourth dharma teaching.

§ 145

teṇa ho vaṇida samaeṇa ∙ tasvi samae śastratarakape 395 + + + + + + + + [bhaviśati] ṇa [a]ra atarakape bhaviśati [a] + + [ṇamas̱ea] .. ◊ [saya]s̱avi ṇama tuṣ̱idaṇa devaṇa ∙ ṇamas̮eaṇi ya prayarati ṇamas̱e396(aṇi) + + + + + + + + + [u] ṇa ∙ kalo karoti ◊ aña[tri ya]ṇi taṇi puri[maṇ](i) + + + + + .. [ṇi bha] ti sa[tara]daṇiaṇi svargavivargaṇa [∙] teṣ̱a 397 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (ṇa śastre)[ṇa] kalo bhaviśati [◊ ṇa dr]o[hikṣ](e)[ṇa ka]lo kariśa⟨ti⟩ ◊ ṇa roeṇa kalo kariśati ◊ añatra karmakṣa398(eṇa)

tena khalu punaḥ idam samayena, tasmin samaye śastrāntarakalpaḥ/śastrāntarakalpam 395 + + + + + + + (*? na) bhaviṣyati, na aparaḥ/aparam (?) antarakalpaḥ/ antarakalpam bhaviṣyati + + + nāmadheya- +, sayyathāpi [Skt. tadyathāpi] nāma tuṣitānām devānām. nāmadheyāni ca pracaranti, nāmadhe396yāni + + + + + + + + + + + kālam karoti/kurvanti (?), anyatra yāni tāni purimāni + + + + + + + + + saptaratnikāni (?). svargāpavargāṇām (?) teṣām 397 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + na śastreṇa kālam kariṣyanti, na durbhikṣena kālam kariṣyanti, na rogena kālam kariṣyanti anyatra karmakṣa398yena .

Indeed, at that time, at that point in time there will be (? no) intermediary aeon of swords (śastrāntarakalpa) 395 + + + + + + + [and] there will be no other (?) intermediary aeon + + + the names (?), as, for example, those of the gods dwelling in Tuṣita. And the names circulate, the names 396 + + + + + + + + + + does/do not die, only the previous (? actions) + + + + + + having seven jewels […] of heaven and final release (?) […] of them 397 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + they will not die due to a weapon, they will not die due to a famine, they will not die due to sickness, only due to the exhaustion of karma.

§ 146

+ + + + + + + + + .. [de]śiśati ◊ sayas̱ava ṇama ∙ aha edarahi deśemi ◊ kṣipa [ca] te satva dharmo [a]yaṇiśati ṇa ciro sasariśati 399 [+ + ]

+ + + + + + + + + + deśayiṣyanti, sayyathāpi [Skt. tadyathāpi] nāma aham etarhi deśayāmi. kṣipram ca te sattvāḥ dharmam ājñāsyanti, na ciram saṃsariṣyanti. 399 [+ +]

398 + + + + + + + + + + they will teach, just as I am teaching now, and immediately the beings will understand the dharma, and they will no longer be reborn. 399 [+ +]

§ 147

[1] (aṇupada) [sarva dhama upada ma ma]ñas̱a ◊ eva dharma deśiśati ◊

[2] aṇav⟨i⟩sakhara [sa]rva dhama ◊ avhisakhara ma maña⟨s̱a⟩ ∙ eva dhamo de[śi]‍(śati) ◊ 400

[3] + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + [śadadha] bhiṇa vi valagrakoḍ̱i eva dharmo deśiśati ◊ 401

[4] + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (ma a)yeasañi bhos̱a ∙ ma avayeasañi [bhos̱a] eva dharm[o] deśiśati ◊ tatr⟨i⟩da dharmadeśaṇa ∙

[5] aṇa402+ + + + + + + + + + + (ma) [sakileśasañi] bhos̱a ma vodaṇasañie bhos̱a ◊ eva dharmo deś[iśati tatr](i)[da dh](arm)[o deśiśati] ◊

[6] aṇuadaṇa sarva 403 (dharma uadaṇa ma) [u]adias̱a ◊ yo s̮ie puṇabhavas̱a hed[u ∙ eva dharmo d](e)[śiśa]ti ◊ tatrida dharmadeśaṇa ∙

[7] [a]laṇa sarva dharma lakṣaṇavaga[da] sayas̱aya 404 + + + + + + + + + + + + .. .. [sa] ma lakṣaṇasañi bhos̱a eva dha(rmo) [d](e)[śiśati] ◊ (ta)t(r)ida dharmadeśa[ṇa] ◊

[8] [alaṇa] (sabh)u(da)as̱abhuda sarva dharma 405 (ma sabhudaa)[s̱abhuda]sañi bhos̱a ◊ eva dharma deśiśati ∙ [tatri]‍(da) [dhar]madeś̄aṇa ◊

[9] sama sa[r]va dha(r)ma ṇiviśeṣ̱a s̱a[yas̱ava] 406 + + + + + + (eva dharma) [d]‍(e)‍[śiśati] ∙ tatri[da dharma]d(e)śaṇa ∙

[10] [acita a]maṇ[a]sig̱ara sarva dharma ◊ [ma] + .. + [sañ](i) [bh](o)[s̱a ∙] ma maṇas̮ig̱aros̱a eva dharma 407 (deśiśati ∙ tatrida dharmade)‍[śa]ṇa ∙

[11] yas̮a y‍(e)‍[va] upaṇa [∙ ta]sa yeva aṇupaṇa ∙ [yasa] yeva aṇupaṇa ∙ ta[s]a yeva [u]paṇa ∙ sayas̱a[va ke]ṇa khemayag̱a 408 + + + + + [istri] .. .. .. .. .. ◊ sa y[a ist]‍(r)‍[i] dara[a] va ∙ daria va ∙ + + + + + + + + + (ta)[d]‍(i)śo yeva tas̱a istri taṇaya 409 [+ + + + ] (yadiśo) [ye]va upado ∙ [ta]d[iśo] aṇupado yad(i)‍[śo] yeva aṇupado ◊ tadiśo [y]‍(e)va ◊ [u]pad[o] ◊ ṇa y[a] ta samaya ṇimi 410 + + + + + + + + (u)[pa]do ◊ evam eva ∙ ⟪sarva dharma⟫ yadiśo yeva upado ∙ tadiśo ye[va aṇu]pado ◊ yadiśo yeva aṇupado tadiśo [y]‍(e)‍[va] 411 ◈ [upa](do) ◊ (e)[va dharma deśiśati] ◈

[1] anutpādāḥ sarve dharmāḥ. utpādam mā manyadhvam. evam dharmam deśayiṣyanti.

[2] anabhisaṃskārāḥ sarve dharmāḥ. abhisaṃskāram mā manyadhvam. evam dharmam deśayiṣyanti. 400

[3] + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + śatadhā bhinnayā api vālāgrakoṭyā. evam dharmam deśayiṣyanti. 401

[4] + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + mā ācayasaṃjñinaḥ bhavata. mā apacayasaṃjñinaḥ bhavata. evam dharmam deśayiṣyanti. tatra idam dharmadeśanā.

[5] ana402+ + + + + + + + + + + mā saṃkleśasaṃjñinaḥ bhavata. mā vyavadānasaṃjñinaḥ bhavata. evam dharmam deśayiṣyanti. tatra idam dharmadeśanā.

[6] anupadānāḥ sarve 403 dharmāḥ. upādānam mā upādiyata , yat syāt punarbhavasya hetuḥ. evam dharmam deśayiṣyanti. tatra idam dharmadeśanā.

[7] + + + sarve dharmāḥ, lakṣanāpagatāḥ, sayyathāpi [Skt. tadyathāpi] 404 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + mā lakṣaṇasaṃjñinaḥ bhavata. evam dharmam deśayiṣyanti. tatra idam dharmadeśanā.

[8] + + + saṃbhūtāsaṃbhūtāḥ sarve dharmāḥ. 405 mā saṃbhutāsaṃbhūtasaṃjñinaḥ bhavata [or: mā saṃbhūtasaṃjñinaḥ bhavata. mā asaṃbhūtasaṃjñinaḥ bhavata]. evam dharmam deśayiṣyanti. tatra idam dharmadeśanā.

[9] samāḥ sarve dharmāḥ nirviśeṣāḥ, sayyathāpi [Skt. tadyathāpi] 406 + + + + + + evam dharmam deśayiṣyanti. tatra idam dharmadeśanā.

[10] acittāḥ amanasikārāḥ sarve dharmāḥ. mā citta(?)saṃjñiṇaḥ bhavata, mā manasikuruta. evam dharmam 407 deśayiṣyanti. tatra idam dharmadeśanā.

[11] yathā eva utpannam, tathā eva anutpannam. yathā eva anutpannam, tathā eva utpannam. sayyathāpi [Skt. tadyathāpi] kena kṣemayogaḥ (?) 408 + + + + + strīḥ + + + + + sā ca strīḥ dārakam vā dārikām vā + + + + + + + + + tādṛśam eva tasya (?) strīḥ tanayam 409 [+ + + +] yādṛśaḥ eva utpādaḥ, tādṛśaḥ anutpādaḥ. yādṛśaḥ eva anutpādaḥ, tādṛśaḥ eva utpādaḥ. na ca tam samayam + + 410 + + + + + + + + utpādaḥ. evam eva sarve dharmāḥ: yādṛśaḥ eva utpādaḥ, tādṛśaḥ eva anutpādaḥ. yādṛśaḥ eva anutpādaḥ, tādṛśaḥ eva 411 utpādaḥ. evam dharmam deśayiṣyanti.

[1] Without origination are all dharmas. Do not think of any origination. This is how they will teach the dharma.

[2] Without [mental] construction are all dharmas. Do not think of any [mental] construction. This is how they will teach the dharma. 400

[3] (Space cannot be split or broken any more than a hole that has been made by) the tip of a hair which has been split a hundred times over. This is how they will teach the dharma. 401

[4] + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Do (not) be someone who has a notion of growth, do not be someone who has a notion of decline. This is how they will teach the dharma. Thus then is the dharma teaching.

[5] Without 402 + + + + + + + + + + + + Do (not) be someone who has a notion of defilements, do not be someone who has a notion of purification. This is how they will teach the dharma. Thus then is the dharma teaching.

[6] Without grasping are all 403 (dharmas). Do (not) grasp (any grasping), which would be the reason for rebirth. This is how they will teach the dharma. Thus then is the dharma teaching.

[7] + + + all dharmas [are] free from distinctive features, just as 404 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Do not be someone who has a notion of distinctive features. This is how they will teach the dharma. Thus then is the dharma teaching.

[8] + + + all dharmas [are] (neither) existent [nor] non-existent (saṃbhūtāsaṃbhūta). 405 Do (not) be someone who has a notion of [a dharma as being] (existent or non-)existent (?). This is how they will teach the dharma. Thus then is the dharma teaching.

[9] Equal (sama) are all dharmas, without difference, just as 406 + + + + + + This is how they will teach the dharma. Thus then is the dharma teaching.

[10] Not [an object of] thought (acitta), not [an object of] attention (amanasikāra) are all dharmas. Do not be someone who has a notion (? of thought). Do not direct [your] attention [to anything]. This is how 407 they will teach the dharma. Thus then is the dharma teaching.

[11] Just as the originated so is the non-originated, just as the non-originated so is the originated; just as by whom acquisition and possessions (? kṣemayoga) 408 + + + + + woman + + + + + + + and the woman […] son or daughter + + + + + + + + + so is his (?) woman [+ + + +] offspring; 409 (as) the origination so is the non-origination; as the non-origination so is the origination. And not [is] at that time + + + + + + 410 + + + + + + + + origination. Just like that, [related to] all dharmas: as the origination so is the non-origination; as the non-origination so is 411 the origination. This is how they will teach the dharma.

§ 148

412 + + + + + .. va ayaṇiśati ◊ ṇo ya ṣu ◊ eka satva vi ◊ ta dha[rma vigar]ahiśa◈di [va ∙] vi{g̱i}{{g̱a}}◈g̱iriśadi va ∙ vivayi[śa]413(di) + + + + + + + (pa)[ri]haṣ̱ati ◊ ma[ku] va bhaviśati ◊ ṇa ida ṭ́haṇa vijadi eva ∙

412 + + + + + + + ājñāsyanti. no ca eṣu ekaḥ sattvaḥ api tam dharmam vigarhiṣyati vā vikariṣyati vā vivarkṣya413ti (*? vā utsrakṣyati vā) parihariṣyati ⟨*? vā⟩ maṅkuḥ vā bhaviṣyati. na idam sthānam vidyate eva.

412 They will understand + + + + + + There is among them not even one single being that will criticize that dharma or will revile it, will reject it, 413 (? will avoid it), will shun it, or will be mentally disturbed (maṅku). This is indeed not possible.

§ 149

teṇa [sam](a)[e]ṇa ∙ sa[rvag̱a]◈raparipuro 414 + + + + + + + + bosisatva bhaviśati ◊ avhiṇikhad[a]gahavas̱a te yaṃbhuyeṇa duatriśahi mahapuruṣ̱alakṣaṇ(e)hi 415 + + + + b(o)[s]isatva [aṇa](vaṭaca)khusamuṇag̱ada bhaviśati ◊

tena samayena sarvākāraparipūrṇam [cf. P paripūra] buddhakṣetram, 414 + + + + + + + + bodhisattvāḥ bhaviṣyanti abhiniṣkrāntagṛhavāsāḥ, te yadbhūyena dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ 415 + + + + bodhisattvāḥ anāvṛtacakṣuḥsamanvāgatāḥ bhaviṣyanti.

At that time (the buddha field will be) complete in all aspects, 414 + + + + + + + + (and there) will be bodhisattvas who have left their home, [and] most of them (will be endowed) with the thirty-two distinctive features of a great man (mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇa), 415 [and] the bodhisattvas (?) will be endowed with (? unobstructed) vision.

§ 150

yatra yeva ∙ budhakṣetrami tasag̱ada arahadasamasabudha bhaviśati 416 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + .. .. (sa)[ḱariśati] ∙ yava puyiśati ◊ dhama ca ṣu bhaṣ̱amaṇa śruśati ◊ yas̱aśruda ya dharma 417 + + + +

yatra (ca) eva buddhakṣetre tathāgatāḥ arhatsamyaksaṃbuddhāḥ bhaviṣyanti 416 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + satkariṣyanti, yāvat pūjayiṣyanti. dharmam ca eṣu [G; Skt. ebhiḥ] bhāṣyamānam śroṣyanti, yathāśrutam ca dharmam 417 + + + +

And in whatever buddha field there will be Tathāgatas, Arhats, Perfectly Awakened Ones 416 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (there) they will honor [etc.] up to: they will venerate [them]. And they will listen to the dharma that these proclaim, and just as they have heard [it] 417 (? they will teach) the dharma [themselves].

§ 151

+ + + + + + (bha)[v](i)[śati] ◊ aṇachejapaḍ̱ivaṇa + + .. + .. + [bhav](i)[śa]ti ◈ ∙ aṇachejaṣudasag̱a[ra] + + + + + 418 + + + + + + + + .. bhaviśati [ṇikakṣa] ya ṇivi[yo]gi spaya dharmo deśiśati ◊ aṇomar[d]⟨i⟩a ya bhaviśati añatra 419 + + + + + [ṇ](i)[di]śiśati ∙

+ + + + + + bhaviṣyanti. anācchedyapratibhānāḥ + + + + + + bhaviṣyanti. anācchedyaśrutasāgarāḥ (?) + + + + + 418 + + + + + + + + + bhaviṣyanti. niṣkāṅkṣāḥ ca nirviyoginaḥ svayam dharmam deśayiṣyanti. anavamardyāḥ ca bhaviṣyanti, anyatra 419 + + + + + nirdekṣyanti.

They will be + + + + + +, they will be [endowed with] indestructible inspired speech (anācchedyapratibhāna) + + + + + +, they will be [endowed with] indestructible knowledge, [vast like] the ocean (anācchedyaśrutasāgara) + + + + + 418 + + + + + + + + + and without doubts (?), unseparated, they will teach the dharma themselves. And they will become uncrushable (anavamardya), except (? anyatra) 419 + + + + + they will explain.

§ 152

[avidavidi yeva] ◊ ṇidi[śi]‍(śa)‍[ti] ∙ yas̮a yeva ∙ te[hi] adidehi [tasa]‍(g̱a)[d](e)hi arahadasamasa420(budhehi ∙) ṇo ya ṣ(u) [ko]yi adidarabhaṇo sa⟨ha⟩dhamie ∙ vadaṇuvado ag̱achiśati ∙

api idam/iti api idam/iti (?) eva nirdekṣyanti, yathā eva taiḥ atītaiḥ tathāgataiḥ arhatsamyaksaṃ420buddhaiḥ. no ca eṣu kaścit atītālambanam sahadhārmikam vādānuvādam āgamiṣyati.

And indeed, they will explain …, just as [it was explained] by the past Tathāgatas, Arhats, Perfectly 420 (Awakened Ones). And no one among them will incur any reasonable (sahadhārmika) criticism [regarding] a past object (atītālambana).

§ 153

sati vi[ñaṇa ◊] .. .o .. .. .. .. [ṇir]. 421 + + + + + + + + + (ṇidi)[śi](śa)ti ◊ yas̮a yeva ∙ te aṇag̱a[da ta]sag̱ada arahadasamasabudha ṇidiśiśati ∙ ṇo ya 422 + + + + + + + + + + .. .. .. [◊]

sati vijñānam (?) + + + + + + + + 421 + + + + + + + + + + + + nirdekṣyanti, yathā eva te anāgatāḥ tathāgatāḥ arhatsamyaksaṃbuddhāḥ nirdekṣyanti. no ca 422 + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

When [their] consciousness is (?) + + + + + + + + 421 + + + + + + + + + + + + they will explain, just as the future Tathāgatas, Arhats, Perfectly Awakened Ones, they will explain. And no 422 + + + + + + + + + + + + + +.

§ 154

(yas̮a) [yeva p](ra)c(u)paṇo ⟪ara[ho]⟫ ṇidiśiśati ◊ t[as̮a] (ye)[va] ṇidiśiśati ◊ avivalasto ṇidi423(śiśati) [+ + + + ] .. tas̮a [y](eva) ṇi[di]‍(śiśati ◊)

yathā eva pratyutpannāḥ ⟨*tathāgatāḥ⟩ arhat⟨*samyaksaṃbuddhāḥ⟩ (?) nirdekṣyanti, tathā eva nirdekṣyanti. aviparyastam nirde423kṣyanti [+ + + + +] tathā eva nirdekṣyanti.

Just as the present Arhats (?) they will explain, exactly so (?) they will explain. Faultlessly they will explain 423 [+ + + + +], exactly so (?) they will explain.

§ 155

yas̱a yeva .. .. [tasag̱ada arahadasa]‍(ma)[sabudha] ṇidiśiśati ∙ ṇo ya 424 (ṣu koyi vadaṇu)[vad]‍(o) [ag̱achi]śati ◊

yathā eva (*? sarve) tathāgatāḥ arhatsamyaksaṃbuddhāḥ nirdekṣyanti. no ca 424 eṣu kaścit vādānuvādam āgamiṣyati.

Just as + + Tathāgatas, Arhats, Perfectly Awakened Ones they will explain. And no 424 (one among them) will incur any [reasonable] criticism.

§ 156

sati viña[ṇa ∙] .. ṇ[i]rovaleva ca [+ + + ] ṇiraṇuśaya ca ṇidiśiśati ∙ ṇira[ga]425(ṇa ṇidiśiśati ∙)

sati vijñānam (?) + nirupalepam ca [+ + +] niranuśayam ca, nirdekṣyanti, niraṅga425ṇam, nirdekṣyanti / niraṅganāḥ nirdekṣyanti.

When [their] consciousness is (?) + devoid of stains (nirupalepa) [+ + +] and devoid of propensities (niranuśaya), they will explain; [when it is] devoid of 425 depravities (niraṅgaṇa), (they will explain).

§ 157

+ + + + + .o dha(r)‍[ma] deśiśati ∙ ṇo yatra kio ∙ vi[ma]sa[ṇ]u[yari dha]rm[o] deśiśati ∙ ṇo ya sa[rva] 426 + + + + + + + + + (dharmo deśi)‍[śa]ti ∙ ṇo ya ahikaraṇiṣ̱ida ṇa mamakaraṇiṣ̱ida dharmo deśiśati ∙ (ṇa atva)427(ṇiṣ̱ida ∙ ṇa satvaṇiṣ̱ida ∙ ṇa bhavaṇiṣ̱ida ∙ ṇa j)[iva]ṇiṣ̱ida ∙ ṇa pu[ga](la)[ṇiṣ̱i]do dharmo de[śiśati] ∙ ṇo ya satvara428(bhaṇa ∙ ṇa) + [varabhaṇa] ∙ ṇa puga[la](rabha)[ṇa] dharmo deśiśati ∙ ṇo ya rue vi .. + + .. .[i da ṇa dha](r)ma deśiśati ∙ ṇo ya 429 ◈ {ṇa} ruoupada ṇa [ṇirosa ca] d(e)śiśati ∙ ṇo ya ru[oaṇ]‍(u)‍[pada ṇa aṇiros̱a ca] (deś)[iśati ∙ ṇo ya] 430 ◈ [ruoa]yea [va] ṇa avayea [va] (dha)rma deśiśati ◊ pialo [e]va yava ∙ viñaṇo katavo

+ + + + + + + dharmam deśayiṣyanti. no ca atra kaścit mīmāṃsānucārī [cf. P vimāṃsānucārī] dharmam deśayiṣyati. no ca sarva- 426 + + + + + + + + + dharmam deśayiṣyanti. no ca ahaṃkāraniśritam, na mamakāraniśritam dharmam deśayiṣyanti. na ātma427niśritam, na sattvaniśritam, na bhāvaniśritam, na jīvaniśritam, na pudgalaniśritam dharmam deśayiṣyanti. no ca sattvāla428mbanam na bhāva-/jīvālambanam na pudgalālambanam dharmam deśayiṣyanti. no ca rūpam + + + + + + + + dharmam deśayiṣyanti. no ca 429 na rūpotpādam, na nirodham ca deśayiṣyanti. no ca rūpānutpādam, na anirodham ca deśayiṣyanti. no ca 430 rūpācayam vā na apacayam vā dharmam deśayiṣyanti. peyālam evam yāvat vijñānam kartavyam.

+ + + + + + + they will teach the dharma. And no one [among them] will teach the dharma following [his own line of] inquiry. And they will not 426 […] (teach the/a dharma) […] every + + + + + + + + +. And they will not teach a dharma which is based on an “I-maker” (ahaṃkāra) [nor] which is based on a “mine-maker” (mamakāra). 427 They will not teach a dharma (which is based on a self, which is based on a being, which is based on an entity), which is based on a life force, which is based on a person. And 428 they will not teach a dharma which depends on a being, which depends on an entity / a life force, which depends on a person. And they will not teach a dharma as material form + + + + + + + +. And 429 they will not teach the origination of a material form nor [its] cessation. And they will not teach the non-origination of a material form nor [its] non-cessation. And 430 they will not teach a dharma as growth of a material form nor as [its] decline. And so forth it should be done up until ‘consciousness’.

3.4 Verses (20): Repetition

§ 158

v. 3.1 v431 [+ ] + + + + + + + + + + +
(ba)[h](o)ṇa kapaṇayudaṇa acae ·
y⟨e⟩ sarvadukhaṇa kṣayae vayami ·
aṇupadadriṭhie ṭ́hida [a]kṣati ◦ 1

v. 3.1431 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − − |
bahūnām kalpanayutānām atyayāt; ||
ye sarvaduḥkhānām kṣayāya vyāyami [sg. for pl.], |
anutpādadṛṣṭyām sthitāḥ bhaviṣyanti || 1 ||

v. 3.1 431 [+] + + + + + + + + + + +, after many billion aeons; [those] who strove for the ending of all suffering will be firmly fixed in the view of non-origination.

v. 3.2 432 + + + + + + + + (sa)bhati ◊
ruehi chadehi asa ras̱ehi ◊
gaṃdheh(i) [phaṣ̱]e⟨hi⟩ [a]so [dha]⟪rm[e]⟫[ṇi] ◊
[s]u[d]ro[lavha] ediśa devaput(r)a ◦ 1 [1]

v. 3.2432 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − saṃbhāti |
rūpaiḥ, śabdaiḥ, atha rasaiḥ, ||
gandhaiḥ, sparśaiḥ, atho dharmaiḥ; |
sudurlabhāḥ edṛśāḥ devaputrāḥ || 2 ||

v. 3.2 432 + + + + appear(s) like (?) + + + +, by forms, sounds, and tastes, smells, touches, and mental objects (?), such devaputras are very rare.

v. 3.3 433 [+ ] + + + + + + + + + + .u ◊
yatr[o] .. .. ṇo sie ṇamarue ◊
te tadiś̄a apaḍ̱ivadhamaṇas̱a ◊
sudrulavha ediś̄a devaputra ◦ 1 1 1

v. 3.3433 ⏓ − ⏑ − − | ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
yatra ⏑ − − syāt nāmarūpam; ||
te tādṛśāḥ apratibaddhamānasāḥ, |
sudurlabhāḥ edṛśāḥ devaputrāḥ || 3 ||

v. 3.3 433 [+] + + + + + + + + + + +, where + + + would be (? no) name and form; whose mind is not fixed [on anything] in this way, such devaputras are very rare.

v. 3.4 434 [+ ] + + + + + + + + .. .. ·
aṣ̱a[gadaṣ̱]ago tasiva ñado ◊
ye sarvaṣ̱agehi uadivuta ◊
ed[a]diś̄a drolabha devapu[tra] 4

v. 3.4434 ⏓ − ⏑ − − | ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
asaṅgatāsaṅgaḥ tathā eva jñātaḥ; ||
ye sarvasaṅgebhyaḥ upātivṛttāḥ, |
etādṛśāḥ durlābhāḥ devaputrāḥ || 4 ||

v. 3.4 434 [+] + + + + + + + + + + +, [as] attachment to non-attachment, exactly so it is understood; [those] who have gone beyond every attachment, such devaputras are rare.

v. 3.5 435 [+ ] + + + + + + + + + + + ◊
oruto puña baho aprameo ·
prarthata bosi vihola aṇutara ·
supuñakarma ediśa devaputra 4 1

v. 3.5435 ⏓ − ⏑ − − | ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
oruptam puṇyam, bahu, aprameyam; ||
prārthentaḥ [m.c., Skt. prārthayantaḥ] bodhim, vipulām, anuttarām, |
supuṇyakarmāḥ edṛśāḥ devaputrāḥ || 5 ||

v. 3.5 435 [+] + + + + + + + + + + +, planted [are the wholesome roots of] merit, plentiful, immeasurable; aiming for awakening, vast, unsurpassed, such devaputras are possessed of very meritorious actions.

v. 3.6 436 [+ ] + + + + + + + + + + +
ekami kapami ahosu vira ◦
tatrede sarva cari bramacarya ·
aṇutara bosi priakarita 4 1 1

v. 3.6436 ⏓ − ⏑ − − | ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
ekasmin kalpe abhūṃsu vīrāḥ; ||
tatra ete sarve cari [sg. for pl.] brahmacaryam, |
anuttarām bodhim priyaṃkaritvā [Skt. priyaṃkṛtya] || 6 ||

v. 3.6 436 [+] + + + + + + + + + + +, within one aeon they became heroes; then they all lived the holy life, having held highest awakening dear.

v. 3.7 437 [+ ] + + + + + + + + + + +
[bha ya pi] budhaṇa sa[has̱a] .. .. .. ◊
[eke] .. + + + .. (sa)‍[rvado bhag̱av](o)
[paḍ̱ima aṇuhava ∙ śiri] .. .. .. (4 1 1 1)

v. 3.7437 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ buddhānām sahasram − ⏑ − ||
eke ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ sarvataḥ (?) bhagavān (?) |
pratimā/prathama- (?) anubhava-/anubhāva-/ānubhāva- (?) śrī- (?) − ⏑ − || 7 ||

v. 3.7 437 [+] + + + + + + + + + + +, + + + thousand(s) of Buddhas + + +, + + + + + + + + + + + +, + + + + + + + + + + + +.

v. 3.8 438 ◈ tatrede sarva∙[a]tvamamaïdaṇa ∙
parigraha ṇic̄ayag̱e hi log̱(e) ∙
sarva praha{ha}e aṇig̱edacari ∙
mahathio bramacario ayaṣ̱⟨i⟩ ⟪4 [4]⟫

v. 3.8438 tatra ete sarvātmamamāyitānām |
parigraham niścāyakāḥ [m.c., Skt. niścayakāḥ] hi loke, ||
sarvam prahāya, aniketacārī [Skt. aniketacāriṇaḥ], |
mahārthikam brahmacariyam ācarṣi [sg. for pl.] || 8 ||

v. 3.8 438 Then they, being those who have reached certainty concerning the possession of all that is or belongs to a self in this world, after having relinquished everything, living without abode, they lived the precious holy life.

v. 3.9 439 [+ ] + + + + + + + + + + +
[a]ṇu[taro savas̱a] sarthavaho ·
mahapr[a]diva idi teṣu ṇamo
(eka)[mi ka]pami ahosu sarva · 4 4 (1)

v. 3.9439 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
anuttaraḥ sarvathā sārthavāhaḥ; ||
mahāpradīpaḥ iti teṣām nāma |
ekasmin kalpe abhūṃsu sarve || 9 ||

v. 3.9 439 [+] + + + + + + + + + + +, the caravan leader, unsurpassed in every respect; within one aeon they all became named “Great Splendor” (Mahāpradīpa).

v. 3.10 440 [+ ] + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + [a ṇic̄ayag̱e] (hi) [l]og̱e ◊
chitvaṇa sarva bhavarag̱abadhaṇa ·
aṇuparvayi bosiṇidaṇokaraṇo [10]

v. 3.10440 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ − niścayakāḥ [m.c., Skt. niścāyakāḥ] hi loke; ||
chittvāna [m.c., Skt. chittvā] sarvam bhavarāgabandhanam, |
anupravraji [sg. for pl.] bodhinidānakāraṇam || 10 ||

v. 3.10 440 [+] + + + + + + + + + + +, who have reached certainty concerning + + + + in this world; having cut off every fetter of the desire for existence, they went forth because and for the sake of awakening.

v. 3.11 441 ◈ [eka]mi kapami aho[su ṇa]s̮a ·
mahapravha ṇama ahosu sarve ◊
tatreva e⟨de⟩ avh⟨i⟩ṇikhamis(u)
[a]ṇ(u)[tara b](o)s̱i pri[ukarita] [10 1]

v. 3.11441 ekasmin kalpe abhūṃsu nāthāḥ, |
mahāprabhaḥ nāma abhūṃsu sarve; ||
tatra eva ete abhiniṣkramiṃsu , |
anuttarām bodhim priyaṃkaritvā [Skt. priyaṃkṛtya] || 11 ||

v. 3.11 441 Within one aeon they became protectors, they were all “Great Splendor” (Mahāprabha) by name; at that time they [all] had left [their home], having held highest awakening dear.

v. 3.12 442 [+ ] + + + + + + + + + + +
viśudhacitaṇa mahaśa[ṃ]śaṇa ◊
[a] + + .. r.. .. .. + + .. .. ..
ahosu sarve .. .. .. + + + 10 2

v. 3.12442 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
viśuddhacittānām, mahāśaṃsānām, ||
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − − |
abhūṃsu sarve ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − || 12 ||

v. 3.12 442 [+] + + + + + + + + + + +, of those with purified mind [and] of high praise; + + + + + + + + + + + +, they all were + + + + + +.

v. 3.13 443 [+ ] + + + + + + + + + + + [∙]
yatreṣ̱a log̱e sasure vihaña(di)
(ja)[hi]ta kamaṇi juhosviaṇi ◊
aṇuparva[yi] bosiṇidaṇo[karaṇ](o) (10) 3

v. 3.13443 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
yatra eṣaḥ (?) loke sasure vihanyate, ||
jahitvā [Skt. hitvā] kāmāni jugupsitāni, |
anupravraji bodhinidānakāraṇam || 13 ||

v. 3.13 443 [+] + + + + + + + + + + +, where this (?) is destroyed in the world with [its] gods (sura); having given up disgusting [objects of] sense pleasures, they went forth because and for the sake of awakening.

v. 3.14 444 [+ ] + + + + + + + + + + +
(sud)[ro]labha kapaśadehi k⟨o⟩ḍ̱ihi · ◊
y⟨e⟩ sarvasatvaṇa hidaṇuapea · ·
carati bosi bahosatvakaraṇ[o 10 4]

v. 3.14444 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
sudurlabhāḥ kalpaśataiḥ koṭibhiḥ, ||
ye, sarvasattvānām hitānukampayā, |
caranti bodhim, bahusattvakāraṇam || 14 ||

v. 3.14 444 [+] + + + + + + + + + + +, [those are] very rare in crores of hundreds of aeons, who, out of benevolence and compassion towards all beings, proceed towards awakening for the sake of many beings.

v. 3.15 445 [+ ] + + + + + + + + + + +
[daṇ](o) [da]dea · asa budhakṣ⟨e⟩tro ·
ya ceva bos̮ae jaṇea chado ◊
kala vi sakha ṇa uedi purvima ◊ 10 4 1

v. 3.15445 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
dānam dadyāt, atha buddhakṣetram, ||
yaḥ ca eva bodhāya [m.c.] janayet chandam, |
kalām pi saṃkhyām na upaiti *pūrvakaḥ [cf. BHS pūrvikaḥ/purimaḥ] || 15 ||

v. 3.15 445 [If someone] would make a gift of [+] + + + + + + + + + + + [or] even (atha) a buddha field, and [if another one] would generate the zeal for awakening, the former [mass of merit] does not come close to even a fraction [of the latter] or [admit of any] calculation.

v. 3.16 446 [+ ] + + + + + + + + + + +
.. .. [a s̱a ṇa] (aṇ)u(ha)[vha]ṇartha ·
ya ceva bos̮ae jaṇea chado ◊
kala vi sakha ṇa uedi purvima ◊ 10 4 1 1

v. 3.16446 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ − − anubhavanārtham [m.c., Skt. anubhāvanārtham] (?), ||
yaḥ ca eva bodhāya [m.c.] janayet chandam, |
kalām pi saṃkhyām na upaiti *pūrvakaḥ [cf. BHS pūrvikaḥ/purimaḥ] || 16 ||

v. 3.16 446 (If someone would) [+] + + + + + + + + + + + for the sake of experiencing/power (?) + + + + +, and [if another one] would generate the zeal for awakening, [the merit of] the former does not come close to even a fraction [of the latter] or [admit of any] calculation.

v. 3.17 447 [+ ] + + + + + + + + + + +
[kṣiṇa]s̮ava atimadeśadhari ·
ta koyid eva i⟨ma⟩ sakarea ·
puñasa arthae mahaṇuhavha ◊ 10 4 1 1 1

v. 3.17447 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
kṣīnāsravaḥ, antimadehadhārī; ||
tam kaścit eva imam satkuryāt, |
puṇyasya arthāya, mahānubhāvam, || 17 ||

v. 3.17 447 [+] + + + + + + + + + + +, whose taints are exhausted, who has [reached] his final embodiment; then, [if] someone would honor this one of great power, for the sake of merit,

v. 3.18 448 [+ ] + + + + + + + + + + g̱o ◊
surasura yakṣa [as̮o] vi kiṇara ·
[bo]sae cito pariṇamae[a] ◊
ida tado bahodara puño as̱a 10 4 4

v. 3.18448 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
surāsurāḥ, yakṣāḥ, atho pi kinnarāḥ, ||
bodhāya [m.c.] cittam pariṇāmayeta, |
idam tataḥ bahutaram puṇyam asya || 18 ||

v. 3.18 448 [and if another one] [+] + + + + + + + + + + + suras, asuras, yakṣas, or kinnaras, would develop [his] mind towards awakening; thus, then, his merit would be much greater.

v. 3.19 449 [+ ] + + + + + + + + + .. .. [·]
(ja)[i]tvaṇi sarvaṇi [mama]ïdaṇi ◊
jiṇita maro avivhuya atao ◦
aṇuparvayi bosiṇidaṇokaroṇo 10 4 (4) 1

v. 3.19449 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
jahitvāna [Skt. hitvā] (?) sarvāṇi mamāyitāni ; ||
jinitvā [Skt. jitvā] māram, abhibhūya antakam, |
anupravraji bodhinidānakāraṇam || 19 ||

v. 3.19 449 [+] + + + + + + + + + + +, having given up everything that belongs to a self; having defeated Māra, having overcome the end-maker, they went forth because and for the sake of awakening.

v. 3.20 450 [+ ] + + + + + + + + + + +
(ṇa pu)[ga]lo ṇo vi kadayi satva ·
aṇatva dha·rma sada ede śujiṣu ·
aṇo[v]alabhae ṭ́hida samas̱i[e 20]

v. 3.20450 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
na pudgalaḥ, no pi kadācit sattvaḥ; ||
anātmāḥ [Skt. anātmanaḥ] dharmāḥ; sadā ete śudhyiṣu , |
anopalambhāyām sthitāḥ samādhyām [m.c.] | 20 ||

v. 3.20 450 (? There is no entity, no life force), no person, [and] no being at any time; the dharmas are without a self; those are constantly purified [who] are firmly fixed (sthita) in the samādhi without apprehension.

4 Qualities of the instructed devaputras

4.1 Moral conduct: pañcaśīla and daśakuśalakarmapatha

[1] No intentional killing

§ 159

Bhagavan 451 (idi hi śariputra) [e](ḏe) [d]‍(e)vaputra ◊ ṇa atvahedu ∙ ṇa parahedu ∙ ṇa loamiṣ̱akic̄ik̄ahedu ◊ praṇi sa‍[ci]co jividado voroi452(su) + + + .. (p)r[a]ṇ[i] ṇa samaṇupaśati kim a khu vaṇa praṇi sacico jiv⟨i⟩dado voroiśati ◊ idi hi śariputra ∙ eḏe devaputra 453 (pa)[ḍ̱]ivirada ahosu ◊ purva yeva ∙ ko vaṇa vado ∙ edarahi ◊

Bhagavan 451 iti hi, śāriputra, ete devaputrāḥ, na ātmahetoḥ, na parahetoḥ, na lokāmiṣakiñcitkahetoḥ, prāṇinam saṃcintya jīvitataḥ [Skt. jīvitād] vyavaropiṃsu . 452 (*? etarhi) prāṇinam na samanupaśyanti. kim nu khalu punaḥ prāṇinam saṃcintya jīvitataḥ [Skt. jīvitād] vyavaropayiṣyanti. iti hi, śāriputra, ete devaputrāḥ 453 prativiratāḥ abhūṃsu pūrvam eva, kaḥ punaḥ vādaḥ etarhi.

Bhagavan 451 Thus indeed, Śāriputra, these devaputras did not intentionally deprive living beings of [their] life, either on account of themselves, on account of others, or for the sake of some little gain in the world. 452 (? Now) they do not [even] perceive a living being. So how could they intentionally deprive a living being of [its] life? Thus indeed, Śāriputra, even previously these devaputras 453 refrained [from depriving a living being of its life], so it goes without saying that they do so now.

[2] No theft

§ 160

idi hi śariputra eḏe devaputra ◊ ṇa atvahe⟨du⟩ ṇa parahedu 454 (ṇa loamiṣ̱akic̄i)[k̄ah]ed(u) [log̱]e adiṇo adisu edarahi pa⟨ra⟩vastu ṇa samaṇupaśati aj̄atia va bahira va ∙ yaṇiṣ̱ae 455 + + + + + + + + + + .. [sav](e)[ṇa sava] ∙ savasa va sava ∙ vastusaña ṇa upajati ◊ im a khu vaṇa log̱e adiṇo adi456(yiśati ◊ idi hi śariputra eḏe devaputra purva) yeva adiṇadaṇa paḍ̱iv⟨i⟩rada ko vaṇa vado edarahi

iti hi, śāriputra, ete devaputrāḥ, na ātmahetoḥ, na parahetoḥ, 454 na lokāmiṣakiñcitkahetoḥ, loke adinnam [Skt. adattam] ādiyiṃsu . etarhi paravastu na samanupaśyanti, adhyātmikam vā bāhiram vā, yanniśrāya 455 + + + + + + + + + + + sarveṇa sarvam, sarvathā vā sarvaṃ, vastusaṃjñā na utpadyate. kim nu khalu punaḥ loke adinnam [Skt. adattam] ādā456syanti. iti hi, śāriputra, ete devaputrāḥ pūrvam eva adinnādānāt [Skt. adattādānāt] prativiratāḥ [or: compound with prativirata- in all cases], kaḥ punaḥ vādaḥ etarhi.

Thus indeed, Śāriputra, these devaputras 454 did not take what was not given in this world, either on account for themselves, on account of others, or for the sake of (some little gain in this world). Now they do not [even] perceive property of others as internal or external, based on which 455 + + + + + + + + + + +; under no circumstances does the notion of property arise. So how could they possibly take what was not given in the world? 456 Thus indeed, Śāriputra, even previously these devaputras refrained from taking what is not given, so it goes without saying that they do so now.

[3] No unchastity

§ 161

idi hi śariputra e[ḏ]e devap[u]457(tra ṇa atvahedu ṇa parahedu ṇa loamiṣ̱aki)[c]‍(i)k̄ahedu kamehi micha ayarisu k⟨i⟩m a khu vaṇa edarahi ◊ yeṣ̱a istri 458 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + [ṇa sa]‍(mu)dacarati ∙ kim a khu vaṇa kamehi micha ayariśadi ◊ idi hi śariputra eḏe 459 (devaputra) [p]ur[va] yeva ka⟨mehi⟩ michayaro ṇa aj̄ayarisu kim a khu vaṇa yeṣ̱edarahi kamasaña ṇa samudacarati ◊ kim a khu vaṇa kame460[h]‍(i) samudacar⟨i⟩śati ◊

iti hi, śāriputra, ete devapu457trāḥ, na ātmahetoḥ, na parahetoḥ, na lokāmiṣakiñcitkahetoḥ, kāmaiḥ [G; Skt. kāmeṣu] mithyā ācariṃsu [BHS aorist]. kim nu khalu punaḥ etarhi yeṣām [or: ca eṣām, here and following parallel sentences] strī 458 (*? -saṃjñā) + + + + + + + + + + + + na samudācarati. kim nu khalu punaḥ kāmaiḥ [G; Skt. kāmeṣu] mithyā ācariṣyanti. iti hi, śāriputra, ete 459 devaputrāḥ pūrvam eva kāmaiḥ [G; Skt. kāmeṣu] mithyācāram na adhyācariṃsu . kim nu khalu punaḥ yeṣām etarhi kāmasaṃjñā na samudācarati. kim nu khalu punaḥ kāmaiḥ [G; Skt. kāmeṣu] 460 samudācariṣyanti.

Thus indeed, Śāriputra, these devaputras 457 did not act improperly with regard to sense pleasures, (either on account of themselves, on account of others, or) for the sake of some little (gain in the world). So how could [they possibly do this] now, when (? the notion of) women 458 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + does not [even] occur to them? So how could they possibly act improperly with regard to sense pleasures? Thus indeed, Śāriputra, even previously these 459 (devaputras) did not commit an improper act with regard to sense pleasures. So how could [they possibly do this] now, when the notion of sense pleasures does not [even] occur to them? Then how 460 could they [possibly] engage in the pleasures of the senses?

[4] No intentional untrue speech

§ 162

idi hi ◊ śariputra ◊ eḏe devaputra purva yeva ∙ ṇa atvahedu ◊ ṇa parahedu ∙ ṇa parig̱ahahedu 461 ◈ (ṇa) [l]‍(o)amiṣ̱akicik̄ahedu ∙ saprayaṇo muṣ̱a bhaṣ̱isu ◊ kim a khu vaṇa edarahi [ye]ṣ̱a vitarka 462 ◈ (vi ṇa samudacaradi) [ki]m a khu vaṇa saprayaṇo [muṣ̱a] bhaṣ̱iśati idi hi śariputra ∙ eḏe devaputra purva yeva mu[ṣ̱a] 463 (◈ ṇa bhaṣ̱isu kim a khu vaṇa) [e](da)[ra]hi yeṣ̱o ∙ ya [h]edu ya p(r)acea vayig̱amas̱a pradilabhae vita[r]ki vi [di a] 464 ◈ + + + (ṇa samuda)[yaradi] k(o) va[ṇa vado] muṣ̱a bhaṣ̱iśati ◊

iti hi, śāriputra, ete devaputrāḥ pūrvam eva, na ātmahetoḥ, na parahetoḥ, na parigrahahetoḥ, 461 na lokāmiṣakiñcitkahetoḥ, saṃprajānāḥ [Skt. saṃprajānantaḥ] mṛṣā bhāṣiṃsu . kim nu khalu punaḥ etarhi yeṣām vitarkaḥ 462 api na samudācarati. kim nu khalu punaḥ saṃprajānantaḥ mṛṣā bhāṣiṣyante. iti hi, śāriputra, ete devaputrāḥ pūrvam eva mṛṣā 463 na bhāṣiṃsu . kim nu khalu punaḥ etarhi yeṣām, yaḥ hetuḥ yaḥ pratyayaḥ vacīkāmasya pratilambhāya vitarkaḥ + + + 464 + + + na samudācarati. kaḥ punaḥ vādaḥ mṛṣā bhāṣiṣyante.

Thus indeed, Śāriputra, even previously these devaputras 461 did not intentionally speak falsely, either on account of themselves, on account of others, for the acquisition [of property], or for the sake of some little gain in the world. Then how could [they possibly do this] now, when a reflection 462 (does not [even] occur to them)? Then how could they intentionally speak falsely? Thus indeed, Śāriputra, even previously these devaputras 463 (did not speak) falsely. (Then how could [they possibly do this]) now, when a reflection to obtain the wish to speak, which is the cause [and] which is the condition [of untrue speech], 464 + + + + + + (does not) [even] occur (to them)? Then how could they possibly speak falsely?

[5] No drinking of intoxicating substances

§ 163

idi hi śaripu[tra] ◊ [eḏe devap]‍(u)t[r]a purva yeva ṇa atvahedu 465 ◈ (ṇa) [parah]‍(ed)‍[u] ṇa [loa](mi)[ṣ̱a]kicik̄ahedu ṇa parigrahahedu ◊ {ṇa} suramereamaj̄apramadi[ṭ́h]aṇo aj̄ayarisu 466 (ko va)[ṇa vado] edarahi ◊ [y](e)[ṣ̱a] atvamado vi ◊ ṇa samudacaradi ya hedu ya pracea maj̄apaṇasa ∙ teṣ̱a saveṇa 467 (sava) [ṇa sa]mu[da]yaradi ◊ ko vaṇa vado ma[j]ama[do] (paḍ̱ivirada) ◊ idi hi śariputra ◊ purva ye[va] e[ḏ]e devapu[tra] 468 {{(pa)ḍ̱ivarada}} suramer⟨ea⟩ma[j]apramadiṭ́haṇa paḍ̱ivirada ◊ 469 (ko) vaṇa [vado e]darahi sarvamada paḍ̱ivirada ∙

iti hi, śāriputra, ete devaputrāḥ pūrvam eva, na ātmahetoḥ, 465 na parahetoḥ, na lokāmiṣakiñcitkahetoḥ, na parigrahahetoḥ, surāmaireyamadyapramādasthānam adhyācariṃsu . 466 kaḥ punaḥ vādaḥ etarhi yeṣām ātmamatam [or: ātmamadam] api na samudācarati, yaḥ hetuḥ, yaḥ pratyayaḥ madyapānasya, teṣām sarveṇa 467 sarvam na samudācarati. kaḥ punaḥ vādaḥ madyamatāt [or: madyamadāt] prativiratāḥ. iti hi, śāriputra, pūrvam eva ete devaputrāḥ 468 surāmaireyamadyapramādasthānāt prativiratāḥ. 469 kaḥ punaḥ vādaḥ etarhi sarvamatāt [or: sarvamadāt] prativiratāḥ.

Thus indeed, Śāriputra, even previously these devaputras 465 did not engage in carelessness with regard to intoxicating drinks (surāmaireyamadyapramādasthāna), either on account of themselves, on account of others, for the sake of some little gain in the world, or for the acquisition [of property]. 466 Then how could [they possibly do this] now, [when] even the thought of a self (ātmamata), which is the cause and condition of drinking intoxicants, 467 does not occur to them in any way or form? Then how could [they possibly do this] now, when (? they refrain from) the thought of intoxicants (madyamata) ? Thus indeed, Śāriputra, even previously these devaputras 468 refrained from carelessness with regard to intoxicating drinks. 469 (So it goes without saying that they do so) now, [when] they refrain from all thought (mata).

[6–10/11] No malicious speech – false views

§ 164

idi hi śariputra ◊ purva yeva ◊ eḏe devaputra ∙ ◊ 470 (ṇa atvahedu ṇa parahedu ṇa la)bhasakaraśiloahedu piyuṇavayae ∙ yava michadriṭhi⟨e⟩ ◊ paḍ̱ivirada ahosu ◊ 471 (kim a khu vaṇa edarahi ◊ yeṣ̱a) .. + .. + [satvad]r[i]ṭhi va ∙ ṇa samudayarad⟨i⟩ ∙ satvadriṭhi va ∙ bhavadriṭhi va ∙ jivadriṭhi va ◊ pugalad[r]i472(ṭhi va) + + + + + + + + + + (ṇa) samudayaradi ◊

iti hi, śāriputra, pūrvam eva ete devaputrāḥ, 470 na ātmahetoḥ, na parahetoḥ, na lābhasatkāraślokahetoḥ, piśunavācāyāḥ yāvat mithyādṛṣṭeḥ prativiratāḥ abhūṃsu . 471 kim nu khalu punaḥ etarhi yeṣām + + + + ātma(?)dṛṣṭiḥ api na samudācarati. sattvadṛṣṭiḥ vā bhāvadṛṣṭiḥ vā jīvadṛṣṭiḥ vā pudgaladṛ472ṣṭiḥ vā, + + + + + + + + + + na samudācarati.

Thus indeed, Śāriputra, even previously these devaputras 470 did refrain from malicious speech (piśunavācā) [etc.] up to: false view (mithyādṛṣṭi), (either on account of themselves, on account of others,) or for the benefit of gain, honor, and praise. 471 (Then how could [they possibly do this] now, [when]) the view of a self does not [even] occur (to them), [when] the view of a being, the view of an entity, the view of a life force, the view of a person 472 + + + + + + + + + + does not occur (to them)?

4.2 Mental conduct: Non-practice of smṛti

Smṛti without foundation

§ 165

idi hi śariputra ◊ eḏe devaputra ◊ sarv⟨e⟩ṣu mamaïdeṣu 473 + + .. saña ∙ h(e)du puṇabhavas̱a avhiṇ[i]vutie ◊ [i]d[i] hi ś[a]r[i]putra ◊ eḏe devaputra ∙ ṇa a[j]atvarabhaṇasvadi pravata474(di ∙ ṇa) [bhah]idharabhaṇasvadi prava[tadi] ∙ ṇa uadaṇasamuṭ́hado svadi pravatadi ∙ ṇa aṇuada[ṇasamu]ṭ́hado [svad]‍(i) [p]r[a]vatadi 475 (ṇa atvaṇidaṇo ∙) ṇa satvaṇidaṇo ∙ ṇa bha[va](ṇi)daṇo ◊ ṇa jivaṇidaṇ⟨o⟩ ∙ ṇa puga{ṃ}laṇidaṇo svadi pravatadi ∙ ṇa ṇivatadi ∙ ṇa vi muṭha476(svadi ∙) [par]amae svadisaṃpadae samuṇag̱ada ede devaputra ∙ ṇa ho vaṇa ede devaputra ∙ ṇimitaṇimitasañi

iti hi, śāriputra, ete devaputrāḥ sarveṣu mamāyiteṣu 473 + + + saṃjñām, hetum punarbhavasya abhinirvṛtteḥ. iti hi, śāriputra, ete devaputrāḥ na adhyātmālambanasmṛtim [G; Skt. -smṛtyām; here and hereafter] pravarta474nte, na bahirdhālambanasmṛtim [G] pravartante, na upādānasamutthitām smṛtim [G] pravartante, na anupādānasamutthitām smṛtim [G] pravartante, 475 na ātmanidānām, na sattvanidānām, na bhāvanidānām, na jīvanidānām, na pudgalanidānām smṛtim [G] pravartante. na nivartante, na api muṣita476smṛtayaḥ paramayā smṛtisampadayā [Skt. smṛtisampadā] samanvāgatāḥ ete devaputrāḥ. na khalu punaḥ ete devaputrāḥ nimittānimittasaṃjñinaḥ.

Thus indeed, Śāriputra, these devaputras 473 (? have abandoned / are free from any) notion with regard to all that belongs to a self (mamāyita), which is the reason for rebirth. Thus indeed, Śāriputra, these devaputras 474 do not engage in mindfulness of internal objects (ālambana), and they do not engage in mindfulness of external objects; they do not engage in mindfulness arisen from grasping [of the senses], they do not engage in mindfulness arisen from non-grasping [of the senses]; 475 they do not engage in mindfulness (based on a self), based on a being, based on an entity, based on a life force, based on a person. These devaputras do not turn back, their mindfulness never fails (muṣitasmṛti), 476 they are endowed with the highest accomplishment in mindfulness. Further, these devaputras have no notion of a sign or the absence of a sign (nimittānimitta).

§ 166

e477◈ḏe ∙ devaputra ◊ bhaṣ̱ati va ṇidiśati va ∙ sarvata purva vi sa 478 + + + + + + + + + + + (e)va bho[t]i ‧ vae bhaṣ̱ama va ṇidiśama va ◊ pravyaharama va ∙ avadiśama va ∙ 479 + + + +

e477te devaputrāḥ bhāṣante vā nirdiśanti vā. sarvataḥ (?) pūrvam + + 478 + + + + + + + + + + + evam bhavati: vayam bhāṣāmahe vā nirdiśāmaḥ vā pravyāharāmaḥ vā avadiśāmaḥ vā 479 + + + +

477 These devaputras are speaking or explaining […] completely (?) […] previously (?) + + 478 + + + + + + + + + + + + + (it does not) occur (to them): We speak, or we explain, or we continue to speak, or we show 479 + + + +

§ 167

(ṇa eḏe devaputra a)s̱ae ◊ as̱easañi ∙ ṇa aṇaśrae ∙ aśreasañi ∙ ṇa eḏe devaputra ∙ ṇi[ṣ̱]a480(e ṇiṣ̱ea)[sañ]‍(i ∙) [ṇa a]ṇiṣ̱ae ṇ[i](ṣ̱e)asañi ∙

na ete devaputrāḥ āśraye āśrayasaṃjñinaḥ, na anāśraye āśrayasaṃjñinaḥ. na ete devaputrāḥ niśra480ye niśrayasaṃjñinaḥ, na aniśraye niśrayasaṃjñinaḥ.

(These devaputras) have no notion of a basis (āśraya) for a basis, they have no notion of a basis for a non-basis. These devaputras have no 480 notion of a support (niśraya) for a support, they have no notion of a support for a non-support.

No body, speech, mind

§ 168

ṇa edaṇa ∙ devaputraṇa ∙ kaya va samudayaradi ∙ kayaṇimita va 481 (ṇa va)[ya va] samudayaradi ṇa [v]ayaṇi(mi)ta va ∙ ṇa edeṣ̱a devaputraṇa ∙ maṇa va samudayaradi ∙ maṇaṇimita va ∙

na *etānām [Skt. eteṣām] devaputrāṇām kāyaḥ vā samudācarati, kāyanimittam vā. 481 na vācā vā samudācarati, na vācānimittam vā. na eteṣām devaputrāṇām manaḥ vā samudācarati, manonimittam vā.

A body, or a sign for a body, does not occur to these devaputras; 481 speech, or a sign for speech, does not occur; mind, or a sign for mind, does not occur to these devaputras.

No notion towards the smṛtyupasthānas

Body

§ 169

ṇa edeṣ̱a 482 (deva)[p]‍(u)tra(ṇa) kayasvadovaṭ́haṇ⟨e⟩[hi] saña pra[va](tadi) {ṇa vedaṇasvadovaṭ́haṇa ◦} ajatvarabhaṇo va bhahidharabhaṇo va ∙ aj̄atvabhahidharabha483(ṇo va svadi ṇa p)[ravatadi ◦ ya] khu ta [śa]riputra samevadamaṇa vadea ∙ uaṭ́h⟨i⟩dae ∙ kayag̱adie svadie ◊ samuṇag̱ada ∙ ede 484 (te śari)pu‍t[ra d]‍(e)va[p]‍(u)tra samevadamaṇ[a vad]‍(e)a ∙ ∙

na eteṣām 482 devaputrāṇām kāyasmṛtyupasthānaiḥ [G; Skt. kāyasmṛtyupasthāneṣu] saṃjñā pravartate {na vedanāsmṛtyupasthānam}, adhyātmālambanam [G; Skt. adhyātmālambane] vā bahirdhālambanam [G] vā, adhyātmabahirdhālamba483nam [G] vā smṛtiḥ na pravartate. yat khalu tat, [AS1.1]śāriputra, samyagvadamānaḥ vadet “upasthitayā kāyagatayā smṛtyā samanvāgataḥ,” etān 484 tān, śāriputra, devaputrān samyagvadamānaḥ vadet.

These 482 devaputras have no notion with regard to the applications of mindfulness of the body {and there is no application of mindfulness to feelings}. They have 483 (no mindfulness) with regard to internal objects, to external objects, or to internal and external objects. If, Śāriputra, one speaking rightly (samyagvadamāna) could say [of anyone] “[he is] endowed with well established mindfulness with regard to the body,” it is of these 484 devaputras, Śāriputra, that one could rightly say this.

Feelings

§ 170

ṇa ho vaṇa śariputra edeṣ̱a devaputraṇa [∙] aj̄atvo ∙ vedaṇarabhaṇa svadi pravatadi 485 (ṇa bhahidho) ⟪veda⟨ṇa⟩⟫rabha[ṇa] (svadi prava)[tadi] (∙ ṇa) [aj̄atvabhah]‍(i)‍[dho] vedaṇarabhaṇa svadi pravatadi ◊ ṇa vi ede {{[sa]}} devaputra ∙ muṭhasvadi vedaṇa de 486 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (uaṭ́hidae vedaṇaga)dae svadie samuṇag̱ada ∙ ede te śariputra ◊ devaputra samevadamaṇa vadea

na khalu punaḥ, śāriputra, eteṣām devaputrāṇām adhyātmam vedanālambane smṛtiḥ pravartate, 485 na bahirdhā vedanālambane smṛtiḥ pravartate, na adhyātmabahirdhā vedanālambane smṛtiḥ pravartate, na api ete devaputrāḥ muṣitasmṛtayaḥ vedanāgatayā (?) 486 (*? yat khalu tat, śāriputra, samyagvadamānaḥ vadet) “upasthitayā vedanāgatayā smṛtyā samanvāgataḥ,” etān tān, śāriputra, devaputrān samyagvadamānaḥ vadet.

Further, Śāriputra, these devaputras have no mindfulness with regard to feelings internally, 485 they have (no mindfulness) with regard to feelings (externally), they have no mindfulness with regard to feelings internally and externally. The mindfulness of these devaputras never fails with regard to feelings (?). 486 (? If, Śāriputra, one speaking rightly could say [of anyone]) “[he is] endowed with (well-established) mindfulness with regard to (feelings),” it is of these devaputras, Śāriputra, that one could rightly say this.

Mind

§ 171

487 (ṇa aj̄atvo cito svadovaṭ́haṇasañi ṇa) [bhahidho cito] svadovaṭ́haṇasañi ṇa aj̄atvabhahidho cito svadovaṭ́haṇasañi ṇa vi [e]de 488 (devaputra) + + + + + + .. + paramae citag̱adie svadie samuṇag̱ada ∙ ede te śariputra devaputra samevadamaṇa 489 (vadea ◊)

487 na adhyātmam cittam [G; Skt. citte] smṛtyupasthānasaṃjñinaḥ, na bahirdhā cittam [G; Skt. citte] smṛtyupasthānasaṃjñinaḥ, na adhyātmabahirdhā cittam [G; Skt. citte] smṛtyupasthānasaṃjñinaḥ. na api ete 488 devaputrāḥ (*? muṣitasmṛtayaḥ. yat khalu tat, śāriputra, samyagvadamānaḥ vadet) “paramayā cittagatayā smṛtyā samanvāgatāḥ,” etān tān, śāriputra, devaputrān samyagvadamānaḥ 489 vadet.

487 (They have no notion of applications of mindfulness with regard to the mind internally,) they have (no) notion with regard to applications of mindfulness with regard to the mind externally, they have no notion with regard to applications of mindfulness with regard to the mind internally and externally. (? The mindfulness of) these 488 (devaputras) never (? fails. If, Śāriputra, one speaking rightly could say [of anyone]) “[he is] endowed with the highest mindfulness with regard to the mind,” it is of these devaputras, Śāriputra, that 489 (one could rightly say this).

Dharmas

§ 172

(ṇa ho vaṇa śaripu)[tra] ◊ [e]de devaputra ◊ ajatvo dhame[h]i svadovaṭ́haṇasañi ◊ ṇa bhahidho dhame⟨hi⟩ svadovaṭ́haṇasañi 490 (ṇa ajatva)[bha]‍(hi)‍[dha] dhamehi svado[vaṭ́haṇa]s[a]ñ[i] ∙ ṇa vi eḏe ∙ devaputra ∙ aṇuaṭ́hidae dhamag̱adae svadie samuṇag̱ada 491 [ya] khu ta śariputra ◊ samevadamaṇa vadea ◊ uaṭ́hidae dhamag̱adae svadie samuṇag̱ada ede te śariputra ∙ deva492(putra samevada)[maṇa] (va)[dea] ◊

na khalu punaḥ, śāriputra, ete devaputrāḥ adhyātmam dharmaiḥ [G; Skt. dharmeṣu] smṛtyupasthānasaṃjñinaḥ, na bahirdhā dharmaiḥ [G; Skt. dharmeṣu] smṛtyupasthānasaṃjñinaḥ, 490 na adhyātmabahirdhā dharmaiḥ [G; Skt. dharmeṣu] smṛtyupasthānasaṃjñinaḥ. na api ete devaputrāḥ anupasthitayā dharmagatayā smṛtyā samanvāgatāḥ. 491 yat khalu tat, śāriputra, samyagvadamānaḥ vadet “upasthitayā dharmagatayā smṛtyā samanvāgatāḥ,” etān tān, śāriputra, deva492putrān samyagvadamānaḥ vadet.

Further, Śāriputra, these devaputras have no notion of applications of mindfulness with regard to dharmas internally, they have no notion of applications of mindfulness with regard to dharmas externally, 490 they have (no) notion of applications of mindfulness with regard to dharmas (internally) and externally. These devaputras are not endowed with an unestablished mindfulness with regard to dharmas. 491 If, Śāriputra, one speaking rightly could say [of anyone] “[he is] endowed with well established mindfulness with regard to dharmas,” it is of these devaputras, Śāriputra, 492 that one could rightly say this.

§ 173

tatr⟨i⟩d[a] idi vucadi ⊗

tatra idam iti ucyate:

In this context it is spoken [as follows]:

4.3 Verses (10): Repetition

§ 174

v. 4.1 ajatva saña ṇa uvaṭ́haveti ·
bhahidha dharmaṇi ṇa ugrahisu ·
ajatva 493 + + + + + + + + ◊
+ + [hi] dharm⟨e⟩hi uadivuta ◦ 1

v. 4.1adhyātmam saṃjñām na upasthapenti [Skt. upasthāpayanti], |
bahirdhā dharmāṇi na udgrahiṃsu ; ||
adhyātma- 493 − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − − |
(*? sarvebhyaḥ) dharmebhyaḥ upātivṛttāḥ || 1 ||

v. 4.1 They do not give rise to a notion internally, they do not grasp dharmas externally; 493 + + + + + internally + + + , they have passed beyond (? all) dharmas.

v. 4.2 ṇa citasañede samuṭ́haveti ◊
ṇo ya vikṣita sadadede cite ◊
494 + + + + + + + + + + + ◊
+ .. [bha cita] vi[rad](e)[ḏ](e) deva · 1 1

v. 4.2na cittasaṃjñām ete samutthapenti [Skt. samutthāpayanti], |
no ca vikṣiptāḥ satatam ete citte, ||
494 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
– – ⏑ cittāt viratāḥ ete devāḥ || 2 ||

v. 4.2 They do not give rise to a notion of mind, nor are they ever disturbed in [their] mind, 494 + + + + + + + + + + +, the gods refrain from a + + + mind.

v. 4.3 ṇa vedaṇa ede uaṭ́havisu ·
suha vi dukha vi adukhia vi y[a]
495 + + + + + + + + + + + (◊)
+ + + + d(e)[de u]aṭ́havisu 3 ◊

v. 4.3na vedanāḥ ete upasthapiṃsu , |
sukhāḥ pi , duḥkhāḥ pi , aduḥkhitāḥ pi ca, ||
495 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ – ⏑ – ete upasthapiṃsu || 3 ||

v. 4.3 They do not give rise to [a notion of] feelings, either pleasant or unpleasant or non-unpleasant, 495 + + + + + + + + + + +, they do (not) give rise to + + +.

v. 4.4 ṇa kayasañed[e] bhava[t]i deva ◦
divaṇi kayaṇi aso vi maṇuṣ̱a
496 [+ ] + + + + + + + + + + + (◊)
[+ ] + + + + + + + + + + .. 4 ·

v. 4.4na kāyasaṃjñām ete bhāvayanti devāḥ, |
divyāni kāyāni [Skt. divyāḥ kāyāḥ], atho pi mānuṣāni ||
496 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − || 4 ||

v. 4.4 The gods do not produce a notion of a body, either divine bodies or human ones, 496 [+] + + + + + + + + + + +, [+] + + + + + + + + + + +.

v. 4.5 praṇadivada viradede deva ‧
ṇa atvahedu ṇa paras̱a karaṇo
497 [+ ] + + + + + + + + + + +
[+ ] + + + + + + + .. .. .. .. (· 4) [1]

v. 4.5prāṇātipātāt viratāḥ ete devāḥ, |
na ātmahetoḥ, na parasya kāraṇam, ||
497 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − || 5 ||

v. 4.5 The gods refrain from killing, either for themselves or for another, 497 [+] + + + + + + + + + + +, [+] + + + + + + + + + + +.

v. 4.6 ka[me]hi [michiyari varjaïsu] ◊
juhosvia kamaguṇa viditva ·
498 [+ ] + + + + + + + + + + (◊)
+ + + + + + [yas]u sumesu 4 1 1 ◈

v. 4.6kāmaiḥ [G; Skt. kāmeṣu] mithyācaram [m.c., Skt. mithyācāram] varjayiṃsu , |
jugupsitān kāmaguṇān viditvā, ||
498 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − sumedhaḥ || 6 ||

v. 4.6 They avoid improper conduct with regard to sense pleasures, having understood the qualities of the sense objects as disgusting, 498 [+] + + + + + + + + + +, + + + + + + + + intelligent.

v. 4.7 499 [+ ] + + + + + + + + + + + (◊)
+ .. [ṇa] satvaṇa samagrag̱aṣ̱e ◊
samagrahodaṇa ṭ́havita tatra ·
as̱akhado dharma prag̱aśeati 4 1 1 1

v. 4.7499 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ sattvānām samagrakarṣi [m.c., Skt. samagrīkarṣi; sg. for pl.]; ||
samagrabhūtānām [m.c., Skt. samagrībhūtānām] sthapitvā [Skt. sthāpayitvā] tatra, |
asaṃskṛtam dharmam prakāśayanti || 7 ||

v. 4.7 499 [+] + + + + + + + + + + +, they assemble + + + of beings; having assembled [them] there, they reveal the unconditioned dharma.

v. 4.8 500 + + + + + + + + + + + (◊)
(e)[ṣ̱a] vaya śpaḍ̱ua bh⟨o⟩yaṇia ·
ṇa taṇavayaṇa samayarisu ◊
kalaṇavayede sad[a]da paḍida 4 4

v. 4.8500 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
eṣām vacaḥ svādukam bhojanīyam [Skt. bhojyam]; ||
na tānavācanam samācariṃsu , |
kalyāṇavācaḥ ete satatam paṇḍitāḥ || 8 ||

v. 4.8 500 + + + + + + + + + + +, their sweet voice is to be enjoyed (?) ; they do not habitually engage in a monotonous recitation; the wise ones always have an agreeable voice.

v. 4.9 501 + + .. .. .. .. .. d[a] d[e paḍida] ◊
kaleṇa bhaṣ̱ati svadima surada ·
aekṣea ṇico vi haṣ̱a paḍid[a]
jahi[tvaṇa sa]rvaṇi mamaïdaṇi 4 4 1

v. 4.9501 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ paṇḍitāḥ, |
kālena bhāṣante, smṛtimān [m.c., Skt. smṛtimantaḥ], sūratāḥ [m.c., Skt. suratāḥ]; ||
ācikṣayet nityam pi harṣaḥ (?) paṇḍitaḥ, |
jahitvāna [Skt. hitvā] sarvāṇi mamāyitāni || 9 ||

v. 4.9 501 + + + + + + + + + wise ones, they speak at the right time, mindful [and] mild; a wise one should always explain with joy (?), having given up everything that belongs to a self.

v. 4.10 502 + + + + + + .. bhoti paḍida · ·
vavadaṭ́haṇaṇi vivarjaïsu ◊
michae driṭhie vivarjaï[ta] ◊
sa[ma]ṇi driṭhi ṇibha[va vit]ula ◦ 10

v. 4.10502 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ bhonti [Skt. bhavanti] paṇḍitāḥ; |
vyāpādasthānāni vivarjayiṃsu ; ||
mithyādṛṣṭyāḥ vivarjayitvā [Skt. vivarjya], |
samānī dṛṣṭiḥ: nibhavam [m.c., Skt. nirbhavam] vaitulyam || 10 ||

v. 4.10 502 The wise ones are + + + + + + + , they got rid of malicious [thoughts] ; having got rid of wrong view[s], [their] common (?) view is [that everything is] without existence [and] vast (?).

5 Rebirth of the devaputras

§ 175

503 + + + + + + + (deva)putra ◊ yatra ya[tra] jadiṣu uavajati sarvatra mos⟨i⟩magra yeva uavajati

503 + + + + + + +, devaputrāḥ yatra yatra jātiṣu upapadyante, sarvatra bodhimārgam eva upapadyate.

503 + + + + + + + in whichever form of existence the devaputras are reborn, everywhere a path to awakening (bodhimārga) will appear.

5.1 Among the gods

§ 176

saye devehi uava504(jati) + + + + + + + + + + [sa ma ya bho]ti daś̄ahi ṭ́haṇehi ∙ kadarehi daś̄ahi diveṇa ayuṇa ∙ diveṇa vaṇeṇa 505 (diveṇa yaśeṇa ◊ diveṇa as̱ipatiye)[ṇa] ◊ diveṇa suheṇa ⊗ 1 ◊ divehi ruehi chade gadhe ras̱e proṭhave ◊ imehi daś̄ahi 506 (ṭ́haṇehi) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + [a]ṇoma(r)di[a] ya bho[di] ◊ [añehi d](e)[vap](u)[t](re)[hi] ‧ devi[d](r)[opu](rakhida) [+ + + ] 507 + + + + + + + + + [uava]jati bra[mi]dripura[khida] ya bhoti ∙

sacet devaiḥ [G; Skt. deveṣu] upapa504dyante + + + + + + + + + + + + + bhavanti daśabhiḥ sthānaiḥ. kataraiḥ daśabhiḥ. divyena āyuṣā, divyena varṇena, 505 divyena yaśasā, divyena ādhipatyena, divyena sukhena, divyaiḥ rūpaiḥ, śabdeG, gandheG, raseG, spraṣṭavye [G] [?, Skt. śabdaiḥ, gandhaiḥ, rasaiḥ, spraṣṭavyaiḥ]. ebhiḥ daśabhiḥ 506 sthānaiḥ (*? samanvāgatāḥ) + + + + + + + + + + + + + anavamardyāḥ ca bhavanti anyaiḥ devaputraiḥ. devendrapuraskṛtāḥ [+ + +] 507 + + + + + + + + + upapadyante, brahmendrapuraskṛtāḥ ca bhavanti.

If they are reborn among the gods 504 + + + + + + + + + + they are (? endowed) with ten attributes (sthāna). With which ten? With divine life span (āyus), divine beauty (varṇa), 505 divine bliss (sukha), (divine fame (yaśas), divine sovereignty (ādhipatya),) divine forms (rūpa), sounds (śabda), smells (gandha), tastes (rasa), [and] tactile objects (spraṣṭavya). (? Endowed) with these ten 506 (attributes) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + and they cannot be crushed by other devaputras. They are (honored) by the best of gods [+ + +] 507 they are reborn + + + + + + + + + and they are honored by the best of brāhmaṇas.

5.2 Among the humans

§ 177

sayi maṇuśeṣu uavajati maṇuś[i]drapu[ri]508(khida) + + + + + + .. bhoti kṣatriamahaś̄alakulehi uavajaṇa ◦ bramaṇamahaśalakuleṣu uavajaṇa ◦ grahava509(dimahaśalakuleṣu uavaja)ṇa ∙ aḍheṣu mahadhan⟨e⟩ṣu mahabhog̱⟨e⟩ṣu prahodabhog̱eṣu prahodaśpavadeeṣu 510 + + + .. .. .. .. .. [ḍ̱i]śakhaśilapavaḍ̱eṣu te ya bhoti avhirua pras̱adia darśaṇaa ∙ paramae vaṇaśu511(ṣkala)[dae] samuṇag̱ada ◊ [vakaraṇasapaṇa ya bhavati vaya]ṇi[r](u)[ti]padaveñaṇeṣu ◊ svadima ya bhavadi [ga]dima ∙ madi512(mata) [aṇi]mata ya bhavati ṇo ya añati[thi]a◊carag̱aṇiaṭ́haparivayeaṇa ◊ muholoyida bhavati ṇo ya 513 + + + + + + + (bha)[va]ti ◊ ṇo ya año śastaro ua[di]ś̄ati ◊ añat(r)a tasag̱adehi ara[hadasamasab](u)[dhehi] 514 (.. ṇo ya) + + + + + + + + + + + + .. p(r)añaveti ◊ ṇo ya pa .. + + ñada bhaviśati ◊ ṇo ya puruṣ̱adoṣ̱ehi samu515(ṇag̱ada bhaviśati)

sacet manuṣyeṣu upapadyante, manuṣyendrapura508skṛtāḥ + + + + + + + bhavanti, kṣatriyamahāśālakulaiḥ [G; Skt. kṣatriyamahāśālakuleṣu] upapadyamānāḥ, brāhmaṇamahāśālakuleṣu upapadyamānāḥ, gṛhapa509timahāśālakuleṣu upapadyamānāḥ, āḍhyeṣu, mahādhaneṣu, mahābhogeṣu, prabhūtabhogeṣu, prabhūtasvāpateyeṣu 510 + + + + + + + + + śaṅkhaśilāpravāḍeṣu. te ca bhavanti abhirūpāḥ, prāsādikāḥ, darśanīyāḥ, paramayā varṇapu511ṣkalatayā samanvāgatāḥ. vyākaraṇasaṃpannāḥ ca bhavanti vācāniruktipadavyañjaneṣu. smṛtimantaḥ ca bhavanti, gatimantaḥ, mati512mantaḥ. anunmattāḥ (?) ca bhavanti. no ca anyatīrthikacarakanirgranthaparivrājakānām *mukhollokitāḥ bhavanti. no ca 513 + + + + + + + bhavanti. no ca anye śāstāraḥ upadiśanti anyatra tathāgataiḥ arhatsamyaksambuddhaiḥ . 514 (*? no ca) + + + + + + + + + + + + + prajñāpayanti. no ca + + + + -jñātāḥ bhaviṣyanti. no ca puruṣadoṣaiḥ sama515nvāgatāḥ bhaviṣyanti.

If they are reborn among the humans, they are honored by the best of men 508 + + + + + + reborn in affluent kṣatriya families, affluent brāhmaṇa families, 509 affluent househoulder families that are rich, with great wealth, great possessions, abundant possessions, abundant riches, 510 + + + + + + + + + conch, quartz, coral. And they are handsome, graceful, good-looking, endowed with supreme 511 beauty of complexion. And they are well acquainted with elucidation in relation to speech, expressions, words, and letters. And they are mindful, clever, [and] intelligent. 512 And they are of sound mind (?). And they are not looking up to wandering [mendicants] belonging to other religious groups or to mendicants who are nirgranthas (anyatīrthikacarakanirgranthaparivrājaka). And they are not 513 + + + + + + + And no teachers other than the Tathāgatas, Arhats, Perfectly Awakened Ones instruct [them]. 514 (And) they (? do not) declare + + + + + + + + + + + + + And they will not be + + + + + +. And they 515 (will) not be endowed with the faults of men.

5.3 In Abhirati

§ 178

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + .. [ṇa] .. .. .. ◊ [ṇa v]. .. .. ◊ [ṇa mu c]. [ti] .. 516 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + bramaṇo .. + [ṇ]. [ha he a] .. .. c. .i ◊ .. .. .. .. + + + + + + + + + + 517 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (te)‍[ṣ̱a] devaputraṇa ∙ karaṇakaraṇaṇi ◦ ṇidiśaa ∙ yava ∙ cirayaṇasapa[st]ida 518 + + + + + + + + + + + .u .. kuśalamula ya ede ◦ devaputra ◊ yava kidapariama ya eḏe devaputra ◊

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 516 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + brāhmaṇa- + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 517 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + teṣām devaputrāṇām karaṇakāraṇāni nirdiśa/nirdiśata/nirdiśasi (?), yāvat cirayānasaṃprasthitāḥ 518 (*? ca ete devaputrāḥ, paripakva)kuśalamūlāḥ ca ete devaputrāḥ, yāvat kṛtaparikarmāḥ ca ete devaputrāḥ.

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 516 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + brāhmaṇa + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 517 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + explain (?) the reasons for the actions (? karaṇakāraṇa) of these devaputras [etc.] up to: (these devaputras have been) set out on the path for long (cirayānasaṃprasthita), 518 these devaputras have (well matured) wholesome roots (paripakvakuśalamūla) [etc.] up to: these devaputras have made the necessary preparations (kṛtaparikarma).

§ 179

ede śari519(p)[utra] sarva devaputra ◊ atra avhiradie log̱adhadue uavajiśati ◊ te atra uavaṇa samaṇa ∙ ṇa bhuya jado 520 + + v[a]hi uavajiśati ∙ ṇo ya akhaṇ⟨e⟩ṣu pracayaïśati ido pac̄i ∙ sarvatri ya {{ji}} jadihi avirahida budhehi 521 [bhag̱avat](e)[hi] bhaviśati ◊ sarvatri ya jadiṣu tasag̱ad[o] arag̱aïśati ◊

ete, śāri519putra, sarve devaputrāḥ atra abhiratyām lokadhātau upapatsyante. te atra upapannāḥ samānāḥ, na bhūyaḥ jātu 520 + + + + upapatsyante. no ca akṣaṇeṣu pratyājāyiṣyante [Skt. pratyājaniṣyante] itaḥ paścāt. sarvatra ca jātibhiḥ [G; Skt. jātiṣu] avirahitāḥ buddhaiḥ 521 bhagavadbhiḥ bhaviṣyanti. sarvatra ca jātiṣu tathāgatam ārāgayiṣyanti.

All these 519 devaputras, Śāriputra, will be born here in the world system Abhirati. Being born here, they will never again 520 be born + + + +. And they will not be reborn in inopportune births after this. And in all births they will not be deprived of blessed Buddhas. 521 And in all births they will please (ārāgayati) a Tathāgata.

§ 180

tatro ya keśamaṣu oroavata kaṣ̱a522[yaṇi va](straṇi) paruita ag̱aro ∙ aṇag̱arya parvayiśati ◊ yava[jiva] ya bramacarya caṣ̱ati avhirada ya 523 + + + + + + + + [va]dikrama ya bosisatva[śikṣae] + + + [ko]ma[ra]o c[a] bramacarya caṣ̱ati ṇo ya 524 + + + + + + + + + + + + + .. .. .. .. ṣ̱. ṣ̱. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 525 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + .. .. + .. .. 526 + + + + + + + + + + + (bha)g̱avata [vasati] brama[ca]rio caṣ̱ati ◊

tatra ca keśaśmaśru avaropayitvā [Skt. avaropya], kāṣā522yāṇi vastrāṇi prāvṛtya [cf. P pārupitvā], agārāt anagāriyam [Skt. anagārikām] pravrajiṣyanti. yāvajjīvam ca brahmacaryam cariṣyanti. abhirati- ca 523 + + + + + + + + vyatikramya (?) ca bodhisattvaśikṣāyām (?) + + + kaumārakam ca brahmacaryam cariṣyanti. no ca 524 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ṣ̱. ṣ̱. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 525 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 526 + + + + + + + + + + + bhagavantaḥ vasanti, brahmacaryam cariṣyanti.

And there, having cut off hair and beard, 522 and having put on the yellow clothes (kaṣāya), they will leave [their] home for the homeless state. And as long as they live, they will live the holy life. And after (?) Abhirati 523 + + + + And having passed beyond (?) + + + + (they will) + + + in (?) the training of a bodhisattva. And they will live the juvenile holy life. And (they will) not 524 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 525 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 526 + + + + + + + + + + + (? They will go where other) Exalted Ones live, [and there] they will live the holy life.

§ 181

yatra ya budhakṣetrami tasagada ◊ a527(rahadasamasabudha bhaviśati ta)[tra] yeva mahada irdhibhaleṇa gachiśati gatva ya dharma śruśati 528 + + + + + + + + [vi]stareṇa deśiśati saprag̱aśiśati ◊ ṣudasag̱ara ya bhaviśati sarvakoś̄a529 + .. ya tasag̱adaṇa arahadasamasabudhaṇa bhaviśati ◊

yatra ca buddhakṣetre tathāgatāḥ a527(*rhatsaṃyaksaṃbuddhāḥ bhaviṣyanti ta)tra (ca) eva mahatā ṛddhibalena gamiṣyanti, gatvā ca dharmam śroṣyanti 528 + + + + + + + + vistareṇa deśayiṣyanti, saṃprakāśayiṣyanti. śrutasāgarāḥ ca bhaviṣyanti, sarvakośa529 + + ca (?) tathāgatānām arhatsaṃyaksaṃbuddhānām bhaviṣyanti.

And in which buddha field (there will be) Tathāgatas, 527 Arhats, Perfectly Awakened Ones, there, by great supernatural power, they will go; and having gone [there], they will hear the dharma. 528 + + + + + + + + they will teach in detail; they will point out fully. And they will become oceans of learning (śrutasāgara), 529 and they will (? come into the possession of) all the treasures of the Tathāgatas, Arhats, Perfectly Awakened Ones.

§ 182

yatra ya budhakṣetrami ◊ tasag̱ada ṇa bhaviśati 530 (ta)[tra] yeva gatva teṣ̱a satvaṇa dharma deśiśa[ti ∙] budhaṇubhaveṇa ya teṣ̱a ◊ satvaṇa as̱imutikośa 531 [ñasati] ∙ idriapu[vata]ñado ñasati ◊ budhaṇ⟨u⟩bhaveṇa ya ◊ taṇa satva⟨ṇa⟩ ◈ adidaṇag̱ada{ṇa}pracupaṇa⟨ṇa⟩ 532 karmasamadaṇaṇa ṭ́haṇa[śo hed](u)śo karmavivao ◊ ñas̱ati ◊ purvaṇivaso ya ñas̱ati divae ca ∙ ca533◈khu[e] teṣ̱a satvaṇa cudovag̱adaña[ṇo ñasati] edehi ca añ⟨e⟩hi ca śariputra guṇe534(hi) + + + + + .. + + + [sa]muṇag̱ad[a] .. .. + +

yatra ca buddhakṣetre tathāgatāḥ na bhaviṣyanti, 530 tatra (ca) eva gatvā, teṣām sattvānām dharmam deśayiṣyanti. buddhānubhāvena ca teṣām sattvānām adhimuktikośam 531 jñāsyanti. *indriyapūrvatājñatām [Skt. indriyaparāparajñatām] jñāsyanti. buddhānubhāvena ca tānām [Skt. teṣām] sattvānām atītānāgatapratyutpannānām 532 karmasamādānānām sthānaśaḥ hetuśaḥ karmavipākam jñāsyanti. pūrvanivāsam ca jñāsyanti. divye ca cakṣuṣi [G] [or: divyayā cakṣuṣā; Skt. divyena ca cakṣuṣā] 533 teṣām sattvānām *cyutopāgatajñānam [Skt. cyutyupapādajñānam] jñāsyanti. etaiḥ ca anyaiḥ ca, śāriputra, guṇaiḥ 534 (*? ete devaputrāḥ jñāna)samanvāgatāḥ (*? bhaviṣyanti).

And in which buddha field there will be no Tathāgatas, 530 there they will go [themselves] and teach the dharma to the beings. And by the might of the Buddha, 531 they will know the treasury of convictions (adhimuktikośa) of these beings. [And] they will possess the knowledge of [their] previous [superior and inferior] sense faculties. And by the might of the Buddha, 532 they will know the ripening of karma (karmavipāka) of these beings’ past, future, and present acquirings of karma (karmasamādāna) in terms of conditions and causes. And they will know [their] former existences. And by means of divine 533 vision, they will possess the knowledge of the passing away and coming into being of these beings. With these and other qualities, Śāriputra, 534 (? the devaputras will be) endowed (? with knowledge) + + + +.

§ 183

[e]⟨da⟩[d o]ya utvari ∙ vayae śariputra ◊ ṇa sukaro 535 + + + + + + + + + + + + + samu(ṇagada) + + + + sarvatro jadiṣu sarvatr[o] uavata ida .. .. 536 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + [ed]‍(e)‍[hi gu]ṇ(e)hi aya budhakṣ[e]tra samuṇag̱ada bhaviśati 537 + + + + + + + + + + (e)[d](e)hi guṇehi samuṇag̱ada eṣ̱o akṣobhasa tasag̱adas̱a arahadas̱amas̱abu538(dhas̱a budhakṣetro bhavi)[śa](di)

etat uvāca uttari : vācayā, śāriputra, na sukaram 535 + + + + + + + + + + + + + samanvāgata- + + + + sarvatra jātiṣu, sarvatra upapattyām idam + + 536 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + etaiḥ guṇaiḥ ayam buddhakṣetraḥ samanvāgataḥ bhaviṣyati 537 + + + + + + + + + + etaiḥ guṇaiḥ samanvāgataḥ eṣaḥ akṣobhyasya tathāgatasya arhatsamyaksambu538ddhasya (*? buddhakṣetram bhaviṣyati).

Furthermore he said: With words, Śāriputra, it is not easy 535 + + + + + + + + + + + + + endowed with + + + + in every birth, in every reappearance this 536 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + With these qualities this buddha field will be endowed 537 + + + + + + + + + + Endowed with these qualities it 538 (? will be like the buddha field) of the Tathāgata, Arhat, Perfectly Awakened Akṣobhya.

5.4 Verses (34): Praise of the Tathāgata (stotra)

§ 184

[a]s̱a ho te [ca]duraśidi devaputras̱ahas̱a eg̱aśo civaro paruita ◊ daśiṇo yaṇama539(ḍa)[lo] (paḍ̱a)[vi]e pradiṭhavaïta yeṇa bhag̱ava teṇa ajili paraṇamaïta bhag̱avato samuho saru540(pehi) gas̱ehi avhistavisu ∙ ◯ ◊

atha khalu tāni caturaśītiḥ devaputrasahasrāṇi ekāṃsam cīvaram prāvṛtya [cf. P pārupitvā], dakṣinam jānuma539ṇḍalam pṛthivyām pratiṣṭhāpayitvā [Skt. pratiṣṭhāpya], yena bhavagān tena añjalim praṇāmayitvā [Skt. praṇamayya], bhagavataḥ saṃmukham sārū540pyābhiḥ gāthābhiḥ abhistaviṃsu :

Then the 84,000 devaputras put [their upper] robe over one shoulder, placed [their] right knee 539 on the ground, raised [their] hands in respectful salutation towards the Exalted One, and in the presence of the Exalted One 540 they praised [him] with the [following] suitable verses (sārūpyā gāthā):

§ 185

Devaputras

v. 5.1 541 + + me kirt[e]s̮i ṇaraṇa utama ·
devidra ṇag̱idra sur⟨i⟩dra utama ·
bramidra ṇag̱idra ṇaraṇa utama ·
tas̮a [bhavi](śa)‍542(ma jiṇa a)ṇutara · 1

v. 5.1541 ⏓ – ⏑ kīrtesi [Skt. kīrtayasi], narāṇām uttama, |
devendra, nāgendra, surendra, uttama [or: surendrottama], ||
brahmendra, nāgendra, narāṇām uttama; |
tathā bhaviṣyā‍542maḥ, jina anuttara || 1 ||

v. 5.1 Devaputras 541 You declare + + +, oh best of men; chief of the gods, chief of the nāgas, best/chief of the suras; chief of brahmā [gods], chief of the nāgas, best of men; we too will be like that, 542 oh conqueror unsurpassed.

v. 5.1 You are the conqueror in the world, the most excellent one, unsurpassed, with senses subdued, [restrained like] an elephant, concentrated at all times, 543 there is nothing like disturbance anywhere; we too will be like that, oh conqueror unsurpassed.

v. 5.1 Oh great sage, unsurpassed, who has crossed over to the other shore, 544 [+] + + + + + + + + + + +, insight + + + you are the caravan leader; we too will be like that, oh great sage in the world.

v. 5.1 545 [+] + + + + + + + + + + +, [+] + + + + + + + + + + +; who knows the [mental] faculties of [all] beings, supreme person; we too will be like that, oh great sage in the world.

v. 5.1 546 [+] + + + + + + + + + + +, you are (?) + + + + + + + + + +; [as] liberator (?) you always (?) + + + + +; we too will be like that, oh best of men.

v. 5.1 547 There is no obstruction + + + +, + + + + + + + + in every direction; similar to that there is no obstruction, the body is serene (praśrabdha), the mind well liberated.

v. 5.1 548 Your radiant mind + + + +, as the sun does the sky in every direction (?); there is no obstruction of your mind, oh god of gods (devātideva), best of bipeds.

v. 5.1 549 There is no (obstruction of your mind), concealed by which the mind would then not be knowing; you know the mind as well as what relates to the mind ; we too will be like that, oh best of men.

v. 5.1 550 There are five obstructions + + +, concealed by which (?) the sun does not shine; for you, however, there is no obstruction, whether in this world [or] the next.

v. 5.1 551 + + + excellent, highest protection (?) here; relying on which, beings leave behind bad birth; relying on which, beings leave behind good birth; relying on which, they reach extinction.

v. 5.1 552 + + + you understand the obstruction due to past actions; unconcealed by which, beings leave behind bad birth, [such as] hell, [the world of] animal[s], or Yama’s world; you understand the best, unsurpassed knowledge.

v. 5.1 553 + + + + + + leave behind bad birth; [with] purified minds [they] leave behind good birth; thus, before long they reached extinction; they possess unhindered knowledge, abundant and immeasurable.

v. 5.1 554 + + + + + + + + (not) stained, thus there is no [mental] grasping anywhere; there is no obstruction of your mind, just like in the air or sky.

v. 5.1 555 [+] + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +; similar to that your unclouded mind is 556 like the air (or) sky.

v. 5.1 [+] + + + + + + + + + + +, [+] + + + + + + + + + + +, + + + + knowledge + + + + +, without taints (?) 557 + + + + + + + [+].

v. 5.1 + + + + + + you predicted to us: in a future time, you will become conquerors, and likewise + + + + + + [+] the dharma; 558 + + + + marvellous, oh supreme person.

v. 5.1 Oh conqueror, you have thoroughly understood the dharma that cannot be grasped, which is without form, 559 + + + + + + + + [+], [verbally] unmanifested, calm, unstained; this, too, is marvellous, oh supreme person.

v. 5.1 From the very beginning without origination 560 + + [+] the dharma is ungraspable, this, oh conqueror, you explained; a measure of it can not be found anywhere; this, too, is marvellous, oh supreme person.

v. 5.1 561 Oh saint, you have thoroughly understood the dharma (that cannot be grasped); of which dharma there is no origin, this you know, and even more than that; this, too, is marvellous, oh supreme person.

v. 5.1 562 Through this dharma they leave behind bad birth; through this dharma they leave behind good birth; through this dharma they leave behind extinction; this, too, is marvellous, oh supreme person.

v. 5.1 563 Understanding (the mind), they leave behind bad birth, comprehending the mind, they leave behind good birth; knowing the inherent nature of the mind as [being] without origination they reach unsurpassed extinction.

v. 5.1 564 [+] + + + + + + + + + cause; due to a tamed mind they leave behind good birth; realizing the inherent nature of the mind as sameness they reach unsurpassed extinction.

v. 5.1 565 [+] + + + + + + + + + + +, (? a well-tamed) mind is indeed the reason for a heavenly [rebirth] (?); an unclouded mind, pure, unconditioned; this state (pada) is the reason for extinction.

v. 5.1 566 [+] + + + + + + + + + + +, + + + + + from (?) the three bad births; realizing the dharma as [being] without essence, beings leave this [i.e., the dharma] behind in good births (?).

v. 5.1 567 [+] + + + + + + + + + + +, [+] + + + + + + + + + + +, [+] + + + + + + + + + + +, due to a (? well-tamed) mind they leave behind extinction.

v. 5.1 568 [+] + + + + + + + + + + +, [+] + + + + + + + + + + +, [+] + + + + + + + + + + +, [+] + + + + + + + + + + +.

v. 5.1 569 [+] + + + + + + + + + + +, [+] + + + + + + + from (?) (? the three) bad births; thus realizing what a dharma really is, beings leave this [i.e., the dharma] behind in good births (?).

v. 5.1 570 (? Well-tamed), calm, pure, undisturbed {{this is also a reason}}; due to a calm mind they reach [extinction]; a mind well-tamed is indeed the reason for extinction; this, too, is marvellous, oh supreme person.

v. 5.1 571 Those (who) know [that] the mind is empty of inherent nature, they never misbehave, they have a tamed mind, well-composed senses [and] reach unsurpassed extinction.

v. 5.1 572 + + this [is] emptiness, calm [and] peaceful, undisturbed, conferring peace on men; those who quickly reach emptiness, they (? obtain) extinction conferring peace.

v. 5.1 573 (Those who) obtain (emptiness) that confers peace, they are supreme persons in the world with their taints exhausted; they are indeed the best, the highest, unsurpassed; by the power of the Buddha they are skilled in perfections.

v. 5.1 574 [+] + + + + + + + + + + +, [+] + + + + + + + + + + +, of which a measure can not be found anywhere, like space untroubled (? nirvyatha) on all sides.

v. 5.1 575 [+] + + + + + + + + + + +, [+] + + + + + + + + + + +, they liberate beings from the three bad births, + + + + + by/from false teachers (parapravādin).

v. 5.1 576 [+] + + + + + + + + + + +, [+] + + + + + + + + + + +, [+] + + + + + + + + + + +, [+] + + + + + + + + + + +

v. 5.2 jiṇo si log̱e paramo aṇutaro ·
jiḏidrio ṇag̱a samahida sada ·
vikṣevaturya ṇa ku543◈[hi]ci vijati (·)
ta[s̮]a bhaviśama jiṇa aṇutara · ◦ 1 1

v. 5.2jinaḥ asi loke, paramaḥ, anuttaraḥ, |
jitendriyaḥ, nāgaḥ, samāhitaḥ sadā, ||
vikṣepatulyam na ku543tracit [cf. P kuhiñci] vidyate; |
tathā bhaviṣyāmaḥ, jina anuttara || 2 ||

v. 5.3 aṇutara parag̱ada mahirṣa
544 [+ ] + + + + + + + + + + ..
[praña] + + + [as]i sarthavaü ·
tas̮a bhaviśama ‧ mahirṣi log̱e 3 ‧

v. 5.3anuttara, pāragata maharṣe, |
544 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − ||
prajñā- ⏑ − − asi sārthavāhaḥ; |
tathā bhaviṣyāmaḥ, maharṣe loke || 3 ||

v. 5.4 545 [+ ] + + + + + + + + + + +
[+ ] + + + + + + + + + [yi ṇa] ◊
[satvi]driakoia agrapugala ·
tas̮a bhaviśama · mahirṣi l[o]g̱e 4

v. 5.4545 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − ||
sattvendriyakovida, agrapudgala; |
tathā bhaviṣyāmaḥ, maharṣe loke || 4 ||

v. 5.5 546 [+ ] + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + + + + + .. .. .o [·] as̱[i]
[mo]to as̱a ho sa[da] .. .. [ya]ṇas̱i ‧
tas̮a bhaviśama ṇaraṇa u[tama] 4 1

v. 5.5546 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − asi/atho ; ||
moktā atha kho satatam (?) prajānasi (?) |
tathā bhaviṣyāmaḥ, narāṇām uttama || 5 ||

v. 5.6 547 + + + .. ṇavaraṇo ṇa vija(ti)
+ + + .. .. .. .. [ṇa samatado] ·
tas̮oamo avaraṇo ṇa vijati ·
praṣ̱adhakaya suvimutaceda[s̱a 4 1 1]

v. 5.6548 ⏓ − ⏑ − āvaraṇam na vidyate, |
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − samantataḥ; ||
tathopamam āvaraṇam na vidyate, |
praśrabdhakāyaḥ, suvimuktacetasaḥ || 6 ||

v. 5.7 548 + + + + [cito] tuhi pravhasvaro ·
yas̮atalikṣo surio tamatado
citas̱a de avaraṇo ṇa vijati ·
devaḏideva duadaṇa utama 4 1 1 1

v. 5.7548 ⏓ − ⏑ − cittam tubhyam [Skt. tava] prabhāsvaraḥ, |
yathā antarikṣam suriyaḥ [m.c.; Skt. sūryaḥ] samantataḥ (?); |
cittasya te āvaraṇam na vidyate, |
devātideva, dvipadānām uttama || 7 ||

v. 5.8 549 (citas̱a de) avaraṇo ṇa vijati ·
yeṇa vaḍ̱a ci[ṯa] tada ṇa jaṇae ·
cita c⟨i⟩me jaṇas̱i cedas̱a ya ◦
tas̮a bhav⟨i⟩śama ṇaraṇa utama 4 4

v. 5.8549 cittasya te āvaraṇam na vidyate, |
yena vṛtam, cittam tadā na jānakam; ||
cittam ca idam [cf. P imaṃ] jānasi [m.c., Skt. jānāsi] caitasam ca; |
tathā bhaviṣyāmaḥ, narāṇām uttama || 8 ||

v. 5.9 550 + + + pacavaraṇaṇi bhoti ·
ye[a] vaḍ̱o bhaṇuma ṇa prag̱aśati
tuhi puṇa avaraṇo ṇa vijati ·
imasvi log̱⟨e⟩ para{ma}svi (log̱e) 4 4 1

v. 5.9550 ⏓ − ⏑ pañcāvaraṇāni bhavanti, |
yaiḥ vṛtaḥ, bhānumān na prakāśate; ||
tubhyam punaḥ āvaraṇam na vidyate |
imasmin loke, para{ma}smin [m.c., Skt. parasmin] loke || 9 ||

v. 5.10 551 + + viśeṣ̱o parama[tr]a[ṇa atra] ◊
[yaṇiṣ̱i]da satva hayati dugadi ◊
yaṇiṣ̱ida satva hayati sugadi ·
yaṇiṣ̱ida ṇivudi praüṇati 10

v. 5.10551 ⏓ − viśeṣam paramatraṇam [m.c., Skt. paramatrāṇam] atra |
yanniśritāḥ, sattvāḥ jahanti [m.c., Skt. jahati] durgatim, ||
yanniśritāḥ, sattvāḥ jahanti [m.c., Skt. jahati] sūgatim [m.c., Skt. sugatim], |
yanniśritāḥ, nirvṛtim prāpuṇanti [Skt. prāpnuvanti] || 10 ||

v. 5.11 552 + + + [ka]mavara[ṇa p](ra)yaṇas̱i ·
yeṇavaḍ̱e satva hayati durgadi
ṇirea cirica as̱a [y]amalog̱o ·
prayaṇas̱i ñaṇa vara aṇutara 10 1

v. 5.11552 ⏓ − ⏑ karmāvaraṇam prajānasi, |
yena avṛtāḥ, sattvāḥ jahanti [m.c., Skt. jahati] durgatim, ||
nirāyam [m.c., Skt. nirayam], tiryañcam, atha yamalokam; |
prajānasi jñānam varam, anuttaram || 11 ||

v. 5.12 553 + + + + + [ṇi] (ha)‍[ya]ti durgati ◦
vo[d]adacitaṇi [ha]yati sugati ·
ac⟨i⟩[ra tas̱a] paḍ̱iviji ṇivudi ·
aṣ̱agañaṇi vihulapramea 10 1 1

v. 5.12553 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ jahanti [m.c., Skt. jahati] durgatim; |
vyavadātacittāni jahanti [m.c., Skt. jahati] sūgatim [m.c., Skt. sugatim]; ||
aciram tathā pratividhyi [sg. for pl.] nirvṛtim, |
asaṅgajñānī [m.c., Skt. asaṅgajñāninaḥ], vipulāprameyam [m.c.] || 12 ||

v. 5.13 554 + + + + + + + + + lipati
gre[ha pi tas̱a] ṇa kuhici vijati
citas̱a de avaraṇo ṇa vijati ·
yas̱atalikṣe grag̱aṇasvi va vuṇa 10 1 1 1

v. 5.13554 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ lipyate, |
grāhaḥ pi tathā na kutracit [cf. P kuhiñci] vidyate, ||
cittasya te āvaraṇam na vidyate, |
yathā antarikṣe gaganasmin [Skt. gagane] vā punaḥ || 13 ||

v. 5.14 555 [+ ] + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + + + + + + + [śa]ti
tas̮ovamo cito tuhi aṇavilo ·
yas̱atalikṣo grag̱aṇo 556 + + + [+ ] (10 4)

v. 5.14555 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − ||
tathopamam cittam tubhyam [Skt. tava] anāvilam, |
yathā antarikṣam gaganam 556 ⏑ − ⏑ − || 14 ||

v. 5.15 [+ ] + + + + + + + + + + +
[+ ] + + + + + + + + + + +
.. .. ṇa ma ñaṇa [ta ta kare]s̱i
aṇ[aśava] 557 + + + + + + + [+ ] (10 4 1)

v. 5.15⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − ||
⏓ − ⏑ − jñāna- ⏑ − ⏑ − − |
anāsrava- 557 − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − || 15 ||

v. 5.16 + + + + + + asvaho vyag̱ari ·
aṇag̱adadhvaṇe bhav[iśas̱a] jiṇa ‧
tas̱a vi dha[rma] 558 + + + + + + [+ ]
+ + + + abhudo agrapugalo 10 4 1 1 ·

v. 5.16⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ asmākam vyākari [3rd for 2nd sg.] |
anāgatādhvāne [Skt. anāgate adhvani] bhaviṣyata jināḥ, ||
tathā pi dharma- 558 ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ −; |
⏓ − ⏑ − adbhutam, agrapudgala || 16 ||

v. 5.17 agreśa dharma paḍ̱ivij̄as̱i jiṇa [·]
arui aṇi559 + + + + + + [+ ]
(a)v[i]ñatia śata ṇiroval[e]va ◊
ida pi de abhudo agrapuga[la] 10 4 3

v. 5.17agrāhyam dharmam pratividhyasi, jina, |
arūpim − − 559 ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ −, ||
avijñaptikam, śāntam, niropalepam [m.c., Skt. nirupalepam]; |
idam pi ti adbhutam, agrapudgala || 17 ||

v. 5.18 agreṇa agre aṇupati560 + + [+ ]
[agre]ś̄a dharma idi vyag̱ari jiṇa ◊
pramaṇo tas̮a ṇa kuhici labhati ·
ida pi di abhudo agrapugala ⟪ 10 4 ⟫ 4

v. 5.18agreṇa agre anutpatti560− ⏑ −, |
agrāhyaḥ dharmaḥ, iti vyākari [3rd for 2nd sg.] jina; ||
pramāṇam tasya na kutracit labhyate, |
idam pi ti adbhutam, agrapudgala || 18 ||

v. 5.19 561 (agreśa) dharma paḍ̱ivij̄as̱i muṇi ·
yas̱eva dharmas̮a ṇa jadi vijati ·
ta ceva jaṇas̱i todo vi utari ◦
ida pi di abhudo agrapugala 10 4 4 (1)

v. 5.19561 agrāhyam dharmam pratividhyasi, muni; |
yasya eva dharmasya na jātiḥ vidyate, ||
tat ca eva jānāsi, tataḥ pi uttari ; |
idam pi ti adbhutam, agrapudgala || 19 ||

v. 5.20 562 (te)[ṇ](e)[va dha]rmeṇa hayati durgadi ·
teṇeva dharmeṇa hayati sugadi ·
teṇeva dharmeṇa hayati ṇivu[d]i
ida pi di abhudo agrapugalo 20

v. 5.20562 tena eva dharmeṇa jahanti [m.c., Skt. jahati] durgatim, |
tena eva dharmeṇa jahanti [m.c., Skt. jahati] sūgatim [m.c., Skt. sugatim], ||
tena eva dharmeṇa jahanti [m.c., Skt. jahati] nirvṛtim; |
idam pi ti adbhutam, agrapudgala || 20 ||

v. 5.21 563 (cito) [a]jaṇata hayati dugati ◊
cito prayaṇata hayati sugati ◊
citosvabhavo aṇupado jaṇado ·
aṇutaro ṇivudi praüṇati [20 1]

v. 5.21563 cittam ājānantaḥ, jahanti [m.c., Skt. jahati] durgatim, |
cittam prajānantaḥ jahanti [m.c., Skt. jahati] sūgatim [m.c., Skt. sugatim], ||
cittasvabhāvam anutpādam jānataḥ [m.c., Skt. jānantaḥ], |
anuttarām nirvṛtim prāpuṇanti [Skt. prāpnuvanti] || 21 ||

v. 5.22 564 [+ ] + + + + .. .. .. .. .. [hedu] ◊
c[it](e)[ṇa da]teṇa hayati sughati ◦
citosvabhavo samado {samado} prayaṇado
aṇutara ṇivudi praüṇati 20 1 1

v. 5.22564 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ hetu-; |
cittena dāntena jahanti [m.c., Skt. jahati] sūgatim [m.c., Skt. sugatim], ||
cittasvabhāvam samatām prajānataḥ [m.c., prajānantaḥ] |
anuttarām nirvṛtim prāpuṇanti [Skt. prāpnuvanti] || 22 ||

v. 5.23 565 [+ ] + + + + + + + + + + ..
.. .. da cito idi divahedu ◊
[aṇa]vilo cito suyi as̱akhado ·
ida pado ṇivudihedu bhodi 20 3

v. 5.23565 ⏓ − ⏑ − − | ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
(*? sudāntam) cittam iti divyahetuḥ; ||
anāvilam cittam, śuci, asaṃskṛtam, |
idam padam nirvṛtihetuḥ bhavati || 23 ||

v. 5.24 566 [+ ] + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + + + trihi durgadiṣ[u] ◊
a[s̱]are[a dha]ma p[r]ayaṇamaṇa ∙
hayati satva ida suga[di]ṣu 20 4

v. 5.24566 ⏓ − ⏑ − − | ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ − − | tisṛbhyaḥ durgatiṣu [G; Skt. durgatibhyaḥ]; ||
asārakam dharmam prajānamānāḥ [Skt. prajānantaḥ], |
jahanti [m.c., jahati] sattvāḥ idam sūgatīṣu [m.c., Skt. sugatiṣu] || 24 ||

v. 5.25 567 [+ ] + + + + + + + + + + +
[+ ] + + + + + + + + + + +
[+ ] + + + + + .. + .. .. [va vi]
.. + + citeṇa [ha]yati ṇi[vudi 20] 4 1

v. 5.25567 ⏓ − ⏑ − − | ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ − − | ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − ||
⏓ − ⏑ − − | ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ cittena jahanti [m.c., Skt. jahati] nirvṛtim || 25 ||

v. 5.26 568 [+ ] + + + + + + + + + + +
[+ ] + + + + + + + + + + +
[+ ] + + + + + + + + + + +
[+ ] + + + + + + + + + + + ( 20 4 1 1)

v. 5.26568 ⏓ − ⏑ − − | ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ − − | ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − ||
⏓ − ⏑ − − | ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ − − | ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − || 26 ||

v. 5.27 569 [+ ] + + + + + + + + + + +
[+ ] + + + + + .. .. [dro]gadiṣu ◊
idi ko dharma ti prayaṇamaṇa ·
{{.. }} hayati satva idi sugadiṣu 20 4 1 1 1

v. 5.27569 ⏓ − ⏑ − − | ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ − − | ⏑ ⏑ durgatiṣu [G; Skt. durgatibhyaḥ?]; ||
iti kaḥ dharmaḥ ti prajānamānāḥ [Skt. prajānantaḥ], |
jahanti [m.c., Skt. jahati] sattvāḥ idam sūgatīṣu [m.c., Skt. sugatiṣu] || 27 ||

v. 5.28 570 + + .o śato suyi aṇuadrodo · {{aya pi hedu}} ◊
c[it](e)[ṇa śat](e)ṇaṇupraüṇati ◊
cita sudato idi hedu ṇivuti ◊
[ida] pi di abhudo agrapugala 20 4 4

v. 5.28570 (*? sudāntam), śāntam, śuci, anupadrutam, {{ayam api hetuḥ}}
cittena śāntena anuprāpuṇanti [Skt. anuprāpnuvanti]; ||
cittam sudāntam iti hetuḥ nirvṛteḥ; |
idam pi ti adbhutam, agrapudgala || 28 ||

v. 5.29 571 (ye ci)[to] jaṇati · svabhavośuño ·
ṇa te kadayi viṣ̱amayarati ◊
te datacita sus̱amaïdidria ·
aṇutara ṇivudi praüṇati 20 4 4 1

v. 5.29571 ye cittam jānanti svabhāvaśūnyam, |
na te kadācit viṣamam ācaranti; ||
te dāntacittāḥ, susamāhitendriyāḥ, |
anuttarām nirvṛtim prāpuṇanti [Skt. prāpnuvanti] || 29 ||

v. 5.30 572 + [.]o aya śuñada śata kṣema ·
aṇuadroda kṣemag̱ari ṇaraṇa ·
ye śuñade kṣipaṇupraüṇati ·
te ṇivudi kṣemag̱ari la .. + (20 10)

v. 5.30572 ⏓ − iyam śūnyatā, śāntā, kṣemā, |
anupadrutā, kṣemakarā narāṇām; ||
ye śūnyatām kṣipram anuprāpuṇanti [Skt. anuprāpnuvanti], |
te nirvṛtim kṣemakarām [m.c., Skt. kṣemakariṇam?] ⏑ − − || 30 ||

v. 5.31 573 + + + + [kṣemag̱ara] labhati ·
te log̱e kṣiṇas̱ava agrapugala ··
agra hi ede parama aṇutara ·
budhavaśa paramidaṣu [ko]vida 20 10 1

v. 5.31573 (*? ye śūnyatām) kṣemakarām labhante, |
te loke kṣīṇāsravāḥ agrapudgalāḥ; ||
agrāḥ hi ete, paramāḥ, anuttarāḥ, |
buddhāvaśāt [m.c., Skt. buddhavaśāt] pāramitāsu kovidāḥ || 31 ||

v. 5.32 574 [+ ] + + + + + + + + + + +
.. .i [vi śu] .. .. .. + + .. .. ra ·
yas̱a pramaṇo ṇa kuhici labhati ·
ag̱aśa pa ṇiviyas̱a samatado 20 10 1 (1)

v. 5.32574 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − viśuddh- ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − ||
yasya pramāṇam na kutracit labhyate, |
ākāśaḥ va [Skt. iva] nirviyathaḥ (?) [m.c., Skt. nirvyathaḥ] samantataḥ || 32 ||

v. 5.33 575 [+ ] + + + + + + + + + + +
[+ ] + + + + + + + + + + +
moyati satva trihi drogadiṣu ∙
a .. [ṇe] .. .. .. parapravad[ihi] (20 10 1 1 1)

v. 5.33575 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − ||
mocayati sattvān tisṛbhyaḥ durgatiṣu [G; Skt. durgatibhyaḥ], |
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ parapravādibhiḥ || 33 ||

v. 5.34 576 [+ ] + + + + + + + + + + +
[+ ] + + + + + + + + + + +
[+ ] + + + + + + + + + + +
[+ ] + + + + + + + + + + + (20 10 4)

v. 5.34576 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − ||
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − || 34 ||

6 Awakening

6.1 Not understanding the features of a Tathāgata

§ 186

Devaputras (?) 577 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 578 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 579 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 580 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 581 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 582 + + + + + + + + .. + + + + + + .. .. + .. + .. .. .. + .. .. .. [aṇ]u(ta)[rasa](ma)[sabosi avisab]u[jiśat](i)

Devaputras 577 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 578 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 579 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 580 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 581 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 582 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + anuttarasamyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhyiṣyanti [Skt. abhisaṃbhotsyanti].

Devaputras (?) 577 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 578 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 579 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 580 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 581 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 582 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + they will become fully awakened to the highest perfect awakening.

§ 187

Devaputras 583 .. [va]e bhate bhag̱ava ta dharma ṇa samaṇupaśama ya bosi yas̮a vi bos̱i yo vi bosi avisabujiśati ∙ ajadi584(e)[hi] bhate bhag̱ava ◊ sarvadharmehi ◊ aṭ́hidiehi aṇuvati{di}ehi ∙ ki vatra bos̱i ∙ kas̱a vatra bosi ki vatra avi585(sabuji)[śati] ◊

583 + vayam, bhadanta bhagavan, tam dharmam na samanupaśyāmaḥ, yā bodhiḥ, yasya api bodhiḥ, yaḥ api bodhim abhisaṃbudhyiṣyanti [Skt. abhisaṃbhotsyanti]. ajāti584kaiḥ [G; Skt. ajātikeṣu], bhadanta bhagavan, sarvadharmaiḥ [G; Skt. sarvadharmeṣu], asthitikaiḥ [G; Skt. asthitikeṣu], anutpattikaiḥ [Skt. anutpattikeṣu, ?], kim vā atra bodhiḥ, kasya vā atra bodhiḥ, kim vā atra abhi585saṃbudhyiṣyati [Skt. abhisaṃbhotsyati].

Devaputras 583 Honourable Exalted One, we do not perceive a dharma which is awakening, nor of whom there is awakening, nor who will be fully awakened to awakening. 584 Honourable Exalted One, among all unborn, unstable, unoriginated (?) dharmas, which one here is awakening, of whom here is awakening, which here 585 will be fully awakened?

§ 188

[a]learamaṇa bhate bhag̱ava ale⟨a⟩radaṇa ◊ aleasamuhidaṇa ∙ aleaviṇivadhaṇa aleara586+ + + + + + + + + [pra]g̱idi aṇalea vuaśamo dhamo {{.. }} aprayaṇataṇa ◊ eva bhodi ◊ tasag̱adeṇa a ṇ. 587 + + + + + + + p. [tr]. .. .. .. + .. .. + .. do s[arva] dharma vayavadi ◈ tasag̱adas̱a ◊ a + + + 588 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 589 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (sarva kayiamo) [ñaṇaṇ]u[varivato] ñaṇa[purva]gamo sa[rva va]590(yiamo ñaṇaṇuvarivato ña)[ṇa]purvagamo ∙ sarva maṇoamo ñaṇaṇuvarivato ñaṇapurvagamo

ālayārāmānām, bhadanta bhagavan, ālayaratānām, ālayasamuditānām, ālayavinibaddhānām, ālaya- 586+ + + + + + + + + prakṛtyā anālayam vyupaśamam dharmam aprajānantānām [Skt. aprajānatām] evam bhavati: tathāgatena + + 587 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + sarvān (?) dharmān (?) vācayati (?) + + + + tathāgatasya + + + + 588 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 589 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + sarvam *kāyīkarma [Skt. kāyakarma] jñānānuparivartam, jñānapūrvaṃgamam; sarvam vā590cīkarma [Skt. vākkarma] jñānānuparivartam, jñānapūrvaṃgamam; sarvam manokarma [Skt. manaskarma] jñānānuparivartam, jñānapūrvaṃgamam.

Honourable Exalted One, to those who take pleasure in attachment, who enjoy attachment, who delight in attachment, who are bound to attachment, who […] attachment, 586 + + + + + + + + +, who do not understand [that this] dharma is [by] nature without a base, [that it is] the tranquillity [of mind], [to those] it occurs thus: By the Tathāgata 587 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + he pronounces(?) all dharmas; of the Tathāgata + + + + 588 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 589 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (every bodily action) is accompanied by knowledge and preceded by knowledge; every vocal 590 (action) is (accompanied by knowledge) and preceded by knowledge; every mental action is accompanied by knowledge and preceded by knowledge.

§ 189

591 + + + + + + + ta bha[te] bhag̱ava tasag̱ado aprayaṇata ∙ tasag̱adadharma aprayaṇata tasag̱adaprag̱i592(di) + + + + + .. .. di aprayaṇata ∙ tasag̱adasvabhava aprayaṇata ◊ adidoadhvo aprayaṇata ∙ adido593(adhva)[dharma] aprayaṇata ∙ adidoadhvadharmavis̱amao aprayaṇata ◊ aṇag̱adoadhvadharmavisamao aprayaṇata 594 pracupaṇo◊adhvadharmavis̮amao aprayaṇa(ta ∙)‍ [ta]sag̱adakayo aprayaṇata ∙ tasag̱adakay[iamo apraya]595[ṇa]ta ∙ tasag̱adañaṇo aprayaṇata ∙ tasag̱adañaṇaṇuparivataṇo aprayaṇata ∙ yava tasag̱adamaṇoamo 596 (a)prayaṇata ◊ tasag̱ado ◊ adido◊adhvo prañaviśati ◊ adid⟨o⟩adhva‧tasag̱adas̱a ◊ adidoadhve svabhave 597 + + .. [śa]ti ◊ eva ∙ aṇag̱ada eva pracupaṇe adhv[e]

591 + + + + + + + + bhadanta bhagavan, tathāgatam aprajānantaḥ, tathāgatadharmān aprajānantaḥ, tathāgataprakṛ592tiprabhām + + + + + + aprajānantaḥ, tathāgatasvabhāvam aprajānantaḥ, atītādhvānam aprajānantaḥ, atītā593dhvadharmam aprajānantaḥ, atītādhvadharmābhisamayam aprajānantaḥ, anāgatādhvadharmābhisamayam aprajānantaḥ, 594 pratyutpannādhvadharmābhisamayam aprajānantaḥ, tathāgatakāyam aprajānantaḥ, tathāgatakāyīkarma [Skt. tathāgatakāyakarma] aprajā595nantaḥ, tathāgatajñānam aprajānantaḥ, tathāgatajñānānuparivartanam aprajānantaḥ, yāvat tathāgatamanokarma [Skt. tathāgatamanaskarma] 596 aprajānantaḥ, tathāgatam atītādhvānam prajñāpayiṣyanti, atītādhvānatathāgatasya atītādhvānam svabhāvam 597 (*? prajñāpayi)ṣyanti. evam anāgate, evam pratyutpanne adhvani.

591 + + + + + + + +, honourable Exalted One, not understanding the Tathāgata, not understanding the dharmas of the Tathāgata (tathāgatadharma), not understanding the natural (? light) of the Tathāgata 592 + + + + + + (tathāgataprakṛ(tiprabhā)-), not understanding the inherent nature of the Tathāgata (tathāgatasvabhāva), not understanding the past time (atītādhva), 593 not understanding the dharma in the past time (atītādhvadharma), not understanding the realization of the dharma in the past time (atītādhvadharmābhisamaya), not understanding the realization of the dharma in the future time (anāgatādhvadharmābhisamaya), 594 not understanding the realization of the dharma in the present time (pratyutpannādhvadharmābhisamaya), not understanding the body of the Tathāgata (tathāgatakāya), not understanding the bodily action of the Tathāgata (tathāgatakāyakarman), 595 not understanding the knowledge of the Tathāgata (tathāgatajñāna), not understanding that [the bodily action of] the Tathāgata is accompanied by knowledge (tathāgatajñānānuparivartana), [etc.] up to: 596 not understanding the mental action of the Tathāgata (tathāgatamanaskarma), they will declare the Tathāgata to be of the past time, [and] they will 597 + + + + + the inherent nature of a Tathāgata of the past time to be of the past time. Likewise, with regard to the future and present time.

§ 190

tasag̱adasvabhavañaṇo ṇa ñas̱ati eva yava 598 ◈ kayiam⟨o⟩ vayiamo maṇoamo ◊

tathāgatasvabhāvajñānam na jñāsyanti. evam yāvat 598 kāyīkarma [Skt. kāyakarma], vācīkarma [Skt. vākkarma], manokarma [Skt. manaskarma].

They will not know the knowledge of the [true] inherent nature of the Tathāgata. Likewise, up to: 598 bodily action, vocal action, mental action.

6.2 Seeing a Tathāgata in a dream

§ 191

599 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (tasa)‍[g̱a]da paśea ∙ aṇa[g̱aśada](parivara) .. + + + 600 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 601 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + .. .. .. .. .. tatra ya aṣ̱ag̱añaṇo prañavea ◦ .. + + + 602 + + + + + + + + + + (p)[u](r)uṣ̱o eva śruṇ(e)a ∙ aya tasag̱ado e[va dha]rma deśati ◊ sarva me kayiamo ñaṇaṇuvari603(vato ña)[ṇaprovagamo] ◊ sarva vayig̱amo ◊ sarva maṇoamo ñaṇaṇuvarivato ñaṇaprovagamo

599 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + tathāgatam paśyet anekaśataparivāram + + + + 600 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 601 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + tatra ca asaṅgajñānam prajñāpayet + + + + 602 + + + + + + + + + + puruṣaḥ evam śṛṇuyāt: ayam tathāgataḥ evam dharmam deśayati: sarvam me kāyīkarma [Skt. kāyakarma] jñānānupari603vartam, jñānapūrvaṃgamam; sarvam vācīkarma [Skt. vākkarma], sarvam manokarma [Skt. manaskarma] jñānānuparivartam, jñānapūrvaṃgamam.

599 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + [Suppose a man in a dream] were to see the Tathāgata (with a following of) many hundreds + + + 600 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 601 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + And there [the Tathāgata] would declare [his] unattached knowledge (asaṅgajñāna) + + + + 602 + + + + + + + + + + + The man would hear thus: This Tathāgata thus teaches the dharma [as follows]: All my bodily actions are accompanied by knowledge 603 and preceded by knowledge, all vocal actions, all mental actions are accompanied by knowledge and preceded by knowledge.

Four types of dharmas and three vehicles

§ 192

so ya prag̱aśe604(a ṣ̱ava)‍[g̱a]dharma ∙ praceabudhadharma ∙ bosisatvadharma ◊ tasag̱adadharma ∙ so ya prag̱aśea ṣ̱avag̱ayaṇo praceabudha605(yaṇo) samasabudhayaṇo ◊ so ya ṣ̱avag̱ayaṇio ṣ̱avag̱aya⟨ṇe⟩ṇa ovadea viṇea pradiṭhavea ∙ praceabudhayaṇi[o] 606 (pracea)budhayaṇeṇa ovadea viṇea pradiṭhavea ‧ samasabudhayaṇio samasabudhayaṇeṇa [ovadea] 607 (viṇe)[a] pradiṭhavea ◊

saḥ ca prakāśe604t śrāvakadharmān, pratyekabuddhadharmān, bodhisattvadharmān, tathāgatadharmān. saḥ ca prakāśet śrāvakayānam, pratyekabuddha605yānam, samyaksaṃbuddhayānam. saḥ ca śrāvakayānikam śrāvakayānena avavadet, vinayet, pratiṣṭhāpayet. pratyekabuddhayānikam 606 pratyekabuddhayānena avavadet, vinayet pratiṣṭhāpayet. samyaksaṃbuddhayānikam samyaksaṃbuddhayānena avavadet, 607 vinayet, pratiṣṭhāpayet.

And he would expound 604 the dharmas of a śrāvaka, the dharmas of a Pratyekabuddha, the dharmas of a bodhisattva, the dharmas of a Tathāgata. And he would expound the śrāvaka path, the Pratyekabuddha path, 605 the Samyaksaṃbuddha path. And he would instruct, train, and establish the one on the śrāvaka path according to the śrāvaka path. 606 He would instruct, discipline, and establish the one on the Pratyekabuddha path according to the Pratyekabuddha path. He would instruct, 607 discipline, and establish the one on the Samyaksaṃbuddha path according to the Samyaksaṃbuddha path.

Results of the teaching

Srotāpanna

§ 193

tasa ya dharmadeśaṇae so puruṣ̱o śruṇea ime satva ◊ iś̄a dharmadeśaṇae ◊ triṇa sajoyaṇaṇa 608 (palikṣea) ◊ sodavaṇa ∙ aviṇavadadhama ṇig̱ada sabosiparayaṇa ∙ ime sodavaṇa kulakalu ◈ 609 + + + + (ku)l[o] sadha[v]ita aṇuasae paraṇivaïśati ◊ ime satva sodavaṇa [e]g̱aviea ◈ 610 + + + + + + .. .. ṇivataïta aṇuadae pariṇivaïśati ◊ ime satva sodavaṇa avaṇe[a] ◈ 611 + + + + + + + .. [ṇa] kuhic[i paḍ̱i]sa{dhi}dasati ∙ • ime satva sodavaṇa satakuṭ́horama ◈ 612 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

tasya ca dharmadeśanāyām saḥ puruṣaḥ śṛṇuyāt: ime sattvāḥ iha dharmadeśanāyām trayāṇām saṃyojanānām 608 parikṣayāt srotāpannāḥ, avinipātadharmāḥ, niyatāḥ, saṃbodhiparāyaṇāḥ. ime srotāpannāḥ kulaṃkulāḥ 609 + + + + kulam saṃdhāvitvā [Skt. saṃdhāvya], anupādāya parinirvāsyanti. ime sattvāḥ srotāpannāḥ ekavīcikāḥ 610 + + + + + + + + nivartayitvā (?) [Skt. nivṛtya], anupādāya parinirvāsyanti. ime sattvāḥ srotāpannāḥ āpannakāḥ [=? pratipannakāḥ] 611 + + + + + + + + na kutracit pratisandadhante. ime sattvāḥ srotāpannāḥ saptakṛtvaḥparamāḥ 612 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

And in his dharma teaching (dharmadeśanā) the man would hear: On occasion of his dharma teaching, (due to the complete exhaustion) of the three fetters, these beings 608 [become] stream-enterers, no longer liable to falling [to lower rebirths], fixed in destiny, heading toward awakening. These stream-enterers [take rebirth] from family to family (kulaṃkula): 609 having passed through (? two or three) families, no longer clinging, they will attain final extinction. These beings [become] stream-enterers, who have only one more rebirth: 610 having been reborn (? only one more time), no longer clinging, they will attain final extinction. These beings [become] stream-enterers, who have entered [the path]: 611 + + + + + + + + they do not take on another rebirth anywhere. These beings [become] stream-enterers, who have seven [rebirths] at the most (saptakṛtvaḥparama): 612 (? having passed through [rebirths among] humans or gods seven times at most, no longer clinging, they will attain final extinction).

Sakṛdāgāmin

§ 194

(triṇa) [sajoyaṇaṇa] ◈ 613 (palikṣea) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

trayāṇām saṃyojanānām 613 parikṣayāt (*? rāgadveṣamohānām tanutvāt sakṛdāgāmiṇaḥ, sakṛt eva imam lokam āgamya).

613 (Due to the complete exhaustion) of the (three) fetters (? and the diminishing of desire, aversion, and delusion, [these beings become] once-returners: having come to this world only one more time).

Anāgāmin

§ 195

(pacaṇa) [ya ora]614(bhaïaṇa palikṣea) + + + + + + .. .. .. + + .. .. .. .. .. + .. + .. .. .. + + + .. [i](me sa)[t](v)[e sasakha]rapari[ṇi]615◈(vae ime) satva as̱a(kha)rapariṇiva[e] ◊ ime satva ataropariṇivae ∙ ime satva uhecapa[riṇivae] (∙) [i]616◈(me satva) ubrasoda {{avhaṇi}} ag̱iṇiṭhag̱ami

pañcānām ca avara614bhāgīyānām parikṣayāt (*? anāgāminaḥ, aupapādukāḥ, tatra parinirvāyiṇaḥ, anāvartikadharmāḥ tasmāt lokāt). ime sattvāḥ sasaṃskāraparini615rvāyāḥ [G; Skt. -parinirvāyiṇaḥ in all cases]. ime sattvāḥ asaṃskāraparinirvāyāḥ. ime sattvāḥ antarāparinirvāyāḥ. ime sattvāḥ upahatyaparinirvāyāḥ [cf. BHS upapadyaparinirvāyiṇaḥ]. i616me sattvāḥ ūrdhvasrotāḥ [Skt. ūrdhvasrotasaḥ] akaniṣṭhagāminaḥ.

And 614 (due to the complete exhaustion of the five) [fetters] (leading to the) lower [states of existence], (? [these beings become] non-returners, arising spontaneously, attaining final extinction there without returning from that world). These beings attain final extinction with exertion (sasaṃskāraparinirvāyin). 615 These beings attain final extinction without exertion (asaṃskāraparinirvāyin). These beings attain final extinction during [their sojourn in a higher heaven] (antarāparinirvāyin). These beings attain final extinction upon reaching [a higher heaven] (upahatyaparinirvāyin). 616 These beings are heading upstream toward Akaniṣṭha [heaven] (akaniṣṭhagāmin).

Arhat

§ 196

so ya pu[ru]ṣ̱o sudiṇatarag̱ada ◊ eva śruṇea ◊ iś̄a dharma617◈deśaṇae ime satva ◊ pacaṇa ya orabhaïaṇa palikṣea ◊ pacaṇa ya 618 ◈ ubravhaïaṇa palikṣea ◦ arahata kṣiṇasava kidakica kidakaraṇia 619 ◈ [o]hiḍ̱abhava aṇupratasvadata par⟨i⟩kṣiṇabhavasajoyaṇa samaḏañavimuta

saḥ ca puruṣaḥ svapnāntaragataḥ evam śṛṇuyāt: iha dharma617deśanāyām ime sattvāḥ pañcānām ca avarabhāgīyānām parikṣayāt, pañcānām ca 618 ūrdhvabhāgīyānām parikṣayāt arhantaḥ, kṣīṇāsravāḥ, kṛtakṛtyāḥ, kṛtakaraṇīyāḥ, 619 apahṛtabhārāḥ, anuprāptasvakārthāḥ [cf. P anuppattasadattha], parikṣīṇabhavasaṃyojanāḥ, samyagājñāvimuktāḥ.

And the man in a dream (svapnāntaragata) would hear thus: On occasion of this dharma 617 teaching, due to the complete exhaustion of the five [fetters] leading to the lower [states of existence] and 618 the complete exhaustion of the five [fetters] leading to the higher [states of existence], these beings become Arhats, whose taints are exhausted, who have done their duty, who have done their task, 619 who have laid down the burden, who have reached their own goal, whose fetters to existence are completely exhausted, who are liberated through right understanding.

Tathāgata

§ 197

620 ◈ ya kimeo kayo ṣ̱aṭ́has̱adi ∙ ta kimeo drekṣati devamaṇuśa • bhedo kayo 621 ◈ ṇa drekṣati devamaṇuśa

620 yaḥ kiṃmayaḥ kāyaḥ saṃsthāsyate, tam kiṃmayam drakṣyanti devamanuṣyāḥ. bhedam kāyam 621 na drakṣyanti devamanuṣyāḥ.

620 Whatever kind of body is manifested, that is the kind of body which gods and men will see. After [its] breaking up, 621 gods and men will no longer see a body.

§ 198

eva so puruṣ̱o sudiṇatarag̱ada ta tasag̱ado paśea 622 + + + + + + .. [ya] añaya ṇaṇaprag̱araṇi dharmaṇideśa[d]aṇasa ∙

evam saḥ puruṣaḥ svapnāntaragataḥ tam tathāgatam paśyet 622 + + + + + + + + ājñāya nānāprakārāṇi dharmanirdeśadānasya.

This is how a man in a dream would see the Tathāgata. 622 + + + + + + + + + + having understood the various kinds of gift [in the form] of a dharma explanation (dharmanirdeśadāna).

Astonishment

§ 199

as̱a so puruṣ̱a ◊ acariaprato bhav⟨e⟩a 623 sarva su[diṇatarag̱ada śruṇata] ‍◊ acario ∙ yava tikṣidia y⟨e⟩ ime satva yatra hi ṇama ∙ iśaṃ yeva 624 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (a)[s̱av]opalikṣiṇa ∙ ṇa puṇa kadhadhaduaïdaṇo avhiṇivatiśati 625 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + .. ∙ katavo ◊

atha saḥ puruṣaḥ āścaryaprāptaḥ bhavet 623 sarvam svapnāntaragataḥ śṛṇvantaḥ [Skt. śṛṇvan]. āścaryam yāvat tīkṣṇendriyāḥ ye ime sattvāḥ, yatra hi nāma iha (ca) eva 624 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + parikṣīṇāḥ na punaḥ skandhadhātvāyatanam abhinirvartsyanti. 625 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + kartavyam.

Then, the man would be awestruck: 623 all [of this] I am hearing while being asleep. It is wondrous how sharp-sensed these beings are, that here 624 (? on this occasion of the dharma teaching) […], (with taints) completely exhausted, they will never again take on [any] aggregate, element, or sensory basis. 625 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + is to be done.

§ 200

626 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + .. ◊ [so ya puruṣ̱](o) [sudiṇatara]g̱ad[o] ∙ [e](va śr)[u]627(ṇea) + + + + + + + + + + .[i o] + + .. + .. [sa] .. .. [ṇa] satvaṇa ∙ idriap[aravara]ña[da] .. p. .. + + 628 + + + + i[me] (sa)tva (tasa)[g̱](adeṇa) [vya]g̱ar⟨i⟩a[ti] ◊ ime satva ṣ̱avag̱ayaṇia driśati praceabudhayaṇia 629 (vag̱aria)[maṇa dri]śati ◈ samasabudhayaṇia vyag̱ariamaṇa ∙

626 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + saḥ ca puruṣaḥ svapnāntaragataḥ evam śṛṇu627yāt: + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + sattvānām indriyaparāparajñatā- + + + + + 628 + + + + ime sattvāḥ tathāgatena vyākriyante: ime sattvāḥ śrāvakayānikāḥ dṛśyante, pratyekabuddhayānikāḥ 629 vyākriyamānāḥ dṛśyante, samyaksaṃbuddhayānikāḥ vyākriyamānāḥ.

626 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + And the man in a dream would hear thus: 627 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + knowledge of the superior and inferior (?) sense faculties of beings + + + + + 628 + + + + These beings are predicted by the Tathāgata (?): These beings are seen on the śrāvaka path (śrāvakayānika), [these beings] are seen on the Pratyekabuddha path (pratyekabuddhayānika) as they are being predicted, 629 [these beings are seen] on the Samyaksaṃbuddha path (samyaksaṃbuddhayāna) as they are being predicted.

§ 201

as̱a teṇa yeva pridi 630 + + .. [re ṇa ∙]

atha tena eva prītiḥ (?) 630 + + + + +

Then, due to that, joy 630 + + + + +

6.3 Waking up and seeing no Tathāgata, dharma, or saṃgha

§ 202

so puruṣ̱o pradibujea ◊ so pradi[prabu](dha) sama[ṇa ∙ sa] puṇar iva ac̄ar[ia]prato bhave631(a a)‍[c̄a]rio ṇama ṇa yatra ko[yi] tasag̱ada ∙ mamo ya tasag̱adasaña pracuvastida ◊ kudo dharmo 632 [+ + + ] [vudo] ta dharmo śrutva ṣ̱avag̱ayaṇeṇa ṇiryaïśati kudo praceabudha[ya]ṇe[ṇa] ṇi[r]yaïśati ∙ 633 (kudo sa)masab(u)dhayaṇeṇa ṇiryaïśati [ku]do vi vag̱ariśati ime ṣ̱avag̱ayaṇia i[me praceabudhayaṇi]634(a ime) samasabudhayaṇia

saḥ puruṣaḥ pratibudhyet. saḥ pratibuddhaḥ/prabuddhaḥ samānaḥ, saḥ punaḥ eva āścaryaprāptaḥ bhave631t: āścaryam nāma na yatra kaścit tathāgataḥ, mama ca tathāgatasaṃjñā pratyupasthitā. kutaḥ dharmaḥ 632 [+ + +] uktaḥ, tam dharmam śrutvā, śrāvakayānena niryāsyanti. kutaḥ pratyekabuddhayānena niryāsyanti. 633 kutaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhayānena niryāsyanti. kutaḥ api vyākariṣyante ime śrāvakayānikāḥ, ime pratyekabuddhayāni634kāḥ, ime samyaksaṃbuddhayānikāḥ.

The man would wake up. Being awake, he would be awestruck again, [thinking]: 631 It is wondrous indeed that I had set up the notion of a Tathāgata, where there is [in fact] no Tathāgata! From whom is the dharma 632 [+ + +] given, having heard which [beings] will go forth (niryāsyanti) by means of the śrāvaka path? From whom [is the dharma given, having heard which beings] will go forth by means of the Pratyekabuddha path? 633 From whom [is the dharma given, having heard which beings] will go forth by means of the Samyaksaṃbuddha path? Also, by whom will [they] be predicted, those on the śrāvaka path, those on the Pratyekabuddha path, 634 those on the Samyaksaṃbuddha path?

§ 203

tas̱a pradipravudhasa samaṇa⟨sa⟩ eva bhave[a] ◊ asvadasvi tasa[g̱a]d(e tasag̱ada)635(saña ahoṣ̱i) [asvada]svi dharmeṣ̱u dharmasaña ah⟨o⟩ṣ̱i ◊ asvadasvi saghe saghasaña ahoṣ̱i

tasya pratiprabuddhasya samānasya evam bhavet: asmṛte, tathāgate tathāgata635saṃjñā abhūṣi . asmṛte, dharmeṣu dharmasaṃjñā abhūṣi . asmṛte, saṃghe saṃghasaṃjñā abhūṣi .

To the man, being awake, it would occur thus: While not mindful (asmṛta), 635 (there was a notion of a Tathāgata) for the Tathāgata; while not mindful, there was a notion of dharmas for the dharmas; while not mindful, there was a notion of an assembly for the assembly.

§ 204

eva sarva 636 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + [b](u)⟪[dha]⟫s̱a pu[ru]ṣ̱a[s̱a] saña ahoṣ̱i so sarva asodag̱a[teṇa] katavo

evam sarva- 636 + + + + + + + + + + (*? apratipra/pratipra)buddhasya puruṣasya saṃjñā abhūṣi . tat sarvam asvapnagatena (?) kartavyam.

Thus, all 636 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + was the notion of the man (not?) being awake. This all is to be done by someone who is not in a dream (? asvapnagata).

6.4 No perception, no thinking

§ 205

637 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 638 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 639 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 640 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 641 + + + + + + + + + + +

§ 206

+ + + + bhat(e) bha(g̱a)[va] + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 642 + + + + + + + [ṇa sa](ma)[ṇupaśama] ima ca ∙ catvari pariṣ̱a ∙ ṇa s. [m]. + [ṇa sa]maṇupaśama yava de 643 + + + + .. .. + [ta pi] ṇa samaṇupaśama yaṇi va as̱a ṇiva[daṇ]. [ṇ]. .. taṇi va ṇa samaṇupaśama 644 (ṇa) dharma[deśaṇa] kudo vyag̱araṇo

+ + + + bhadanta bhagavan + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 642 + + + + + + + na samanupaśyāmaḥ. imāḥ ca catasraḥ pariṣāḥ [Skt. pariṣadaḥ] + + + + na samanupaśyāmaḥ, yāvat + 643 + + + + + + + + + na samanupaśyāmaḥ, yāni (?) vā (?) atha (?) + + + + + + tāni (?) vā na samanupaśyāmaḥ. 644 na dharmadeśanā, kutaḥ vyākaraṇam.

+ + + + + honourable Exalted One + + + + + + + + + + + 642 + + + + + + + We do not perceive + + + + + + + And we do not perceive these four assemblies (pariṣad) + + + + [etc.] up to: We do not perceive 643 + + + + + + + + + + We do not perceive + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 644 [There is no] dharma teaching, how much less a prophecy.

§ 207

kud⟨o⟩ vaṇa bhate bhag̱ava ∙ asvaho eva bhaviśati vae tasag̱ada 645 (bha)v(i)śama ∙ vae evam eva a{ṃ}ṇag̱aśadaparivara aṇag̱as̱ahas̱aparivara aṇag̱eśadas̱aha[s̱apa](rivara) 646 (aṇeg̱a)koḍ̱iśadas̱ahas̱aparivara ∙ eva ag̱ado odhvaṇa dharmo deśiśama ◊

kutaḥ punaḥ, bhadanta bhagavan, asmākam evam bhaviṣyati: vayam tathāgatāḥ 645 bhaviṣyāmaḥ. vayam evam eva anekaśataparivārāḥ, anekasahasraparivārāḥ, anekaśatasahasraparivārāḥ, 646 anekakoṭiśatasahasraparivārāḥ. evam āgatam adhvānam dharmam deśayiṣyāmaḥ.

How much less, honourable Exalted One, will it occur to us: “We 645 will become Tathāgatas. Thus, we will have a following of many hundreds, a following of many thousands, a following of many hundreds of thousands, 646 a following of many crores of hundreds of thousands. Thus, in future time we will expound the dharma.”

§ 208

eva [sa]r(va) .. .. [ṣ̱]. [e] .. [bh]. .. .. 647 + + padae bhate bhag̱ava sarvadharmaṇa śasto ṇa ualabhati ◊ tasag̱adaṣ̱avag̱asagho [ṇa ualabha]648(ti) dharmadeśaṇa⟨e⟩ kud⟨o⟩ vaṇa asvaho eva bhaviśati vae tasag̱ada arahadasamasabudha bhaviśama ∙

evam sarva- + + + + + + + + 647 + + + + +, bhadanta bhagavan, sarvadharmāṇām śāstā na upalabhyate. tathāgataśrāvakasaṃghaḥ na upalabhya648te dharmadeśanāyām. kutaḥ punaḥ asmākam evam bhaviṣyati: vayam tathāgatāḥ arhatsamyaksaṃbuddhāḥ bhaviṣyāmaḥ.

Likewise, all + + + + + + + + + + + 647 + +, honourable Exalted One, a teacher of all dharmas is not apprehended, an assembly of disciples of the Tathāgata is not apprehended 648 during a dharma teaching. How much less will it occur to us: “We will become Tathāgatas, Arhats, Perfectly Awakened Ones?”

§ 209

ṇa ya 649 (vae bha)[t](e) bhag̱ava ◊ [vivaṭiśama aṇutaras̱ama]s̱abosie ∙ yado yeva ∙ vae bhate bhag̱ava sarva dha(r)ma [ṇa] 650 + + + + (a)ṇir⟨o⟩s̱a ◊ apradibhava ◊ akṣea ∙ aṇavisakhara sarva ṇa mañama sarva dharma ṇa mañama 651 (sarvasa ṇa mañama ◊) [sa](r)[veṇa ṇa] mañama ◊ sa(r)vado ṇa mañama [sa](r)[vasvi da ṇa ma](ñama)

na ca 649 vayam, bhadanta bhagavan, vivartsyāmaḥ anuttarasamyaksaṃbodheḥ. yataḥ (ca) eva vayam, bhadanta bhagavan, sarvam dharmam na 650 (*? manyāmahe), anirodham, apratibhavam, akṣayam, anabhisaṃskāram. sarvam na manyāmahe. sarvam dharmam na manyāmahe, 651 sarvasya na manyāmahe, sarveṇa na manyāmahe, sarvataḥ na manyāmahe, sarve iti (?) na manyāmahe …

And 649 (we) will not turn away from the highest perfect awakening, (honourable) Exalted One. Because of that, honourable Exalted One, we 650 (? do) not (? think of) any dharma [that in truth is] (without) cessation, without future birth, undecaying, without [mental] construction. We do not think of any such thing. We do not think of any dharma. 651 (We do not think of “of anything” (gen.)). We do not think of “by anything” (instr.). We do not think of “from anything” (abl.). We do not think of “in anything” (loc.).

§ 210

+ + + + + + + .. 652 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 653 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 654 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 655 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + .. .. .. [ṇ]. [s̱]. ṇu .. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 656 + + .. + .. .. .. +

+ + + + + + + + 652 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 653 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 654 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 655 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 656 + + + + + + + +

§ 211

[tatr](i)[da idi v]ucati ◊

tatra idam iti ucyate:

In this context it is spoken [as follows]:

6.5 Verses (34): Liberation

§ 212

v. 6.1 657 ya ṇiṣ̱ido kamo karea pavao ◊
kaeṇa vayae as̱a maṇeṇa
sa[ma]prahiṇa u[a]labhadriṭhi [◦]
ṇ. + .. + 658 [ṭa] ma [s̱]i śatabosie ◦ 1

v. 6.1657 yaḥ niśritaḥ karma kuryāt pāpakam |
kāyena, vācāya [m.c., cf. P vācāya, Skt. vācayā], atha manena [Skt. manasā]; ||
samyakprahīṇā upalambhadṛṣṭiḥ, |
⏓ − ⏑ − 658 − ⏑ ⏑ śānta(?)bodhaye || 1 ||

v. 6.1 657 Someone who is dependent [on anything] would do an evil deed by body, speech, or mind; [but] having completely relinquished view based on apprehension, + + + + 658 + + + for the sake of peaceful (?) awakening.

v. 6.2 pradiṭhid[a]s̱atra vis̱i aṇas̱ie ◊
kaeṇa vayae as̱o maṇeṇa ‧
apradiṭhido sarvada vipra659muto ‧
gratha pi tas̱a ṇa kuhici bhoti ◦ 2

v. 6.2pratiṣṭhitasya atra vidhiḥ anarthikaḥ |
kayena, vācāya [m.c., cf. P vācāya, Skt. vācayā], atho manena [Skt. manasā]; ||
apratiṣṭhitaḥ sarvataḥ vipra659muktaḥ, |
granthaḥ pi tasya na kutracit bhavati || 2 ||

v. 6.2 For someone who has a firm basis [in anything] (pratiṣṭhita) [any] act is improfitable, [be it] by body, speech, or mind; who has no firm basis [in anything] is completely free, 659 there is for him no binding knot anywhere.

v. 6.3 aj̄atvasañis̱a siea [r]ag̱o ◊
aj̄atvasañis̱a siea doṣ̱o ‧
aj̄atvasañi660[s̱a] siea moho ◦
pravaco tas̱a vi bhav{o}s̱a karaṇo ◦ 111 ‧

v. 6.3adhyātmasaṃjñinaḥ syāt rāgaḥ, |
adhyātmasaṃjñinaḥ syāt dveṣaḥ, ||
adhyātmasaṃjñi660naḥ syāt mohaḥ, |
prapañcaḥ tasya pi bhavasya kāraṇam || 3 ||

v. 6.3 For one with a notion of [something] internal there would be desire; for one with a notion of [something] internal there would be aversion; for one with a notion of [something] internal 660 there would be delusion; also, his [mental] elaboration would be the reason for [another] existence.

v. 6.4 ajatvam eva uvaś̄amaïta ‧
[r]ag̱a [ca] {doṣ̱a ◊ 661 ṣ̱a ca} driṭhi ca ◊ as̱o vi maṇa ◦
ajatvam eva {{a ṇu .. de hi}} uaś̄amaïta
ṇa tasa adaṇa kuhic⟨i⟩ bho⟨di⟩ ◦ 4

v. 6.4adhyātmam eva upaśāmayitvā |
rāgam ca 661 dṛṣṭim ca, atho pi mānaḥ, ||
adhyātmam eva upaśāmayitvā , |
na tasya ādānam kutracit bhavati || 4 ||

v. 6.4 Having internally calmed desire, 661 view, as well as conceit, having calmed down internally there is for him no seizing [on worldly objects] anywhere.

v. 6.5 ada[ṇasañ](i)[s̱a] 662 siea rag̱o ◊
adaṇasañis̱a siea doṣ̱o ◊
adaṇasañis̱a siea moho ◊
puṇabhavo vaḍheati tasiva ◦ 4 1

v. 6.5ādānasaṃjñinaḥ 662 syāt rāgaḥ, |
ādānasaṃjñinaḥ syāt dveṣaḥ, ||
ādānasaṃjñinaḥ syāt mohaḥ, |
punarbhavam vardhayeyuḥ tathā eva || 5 ||

v. 6.5 For one having a notion of seizing 662 there would be desire, for one having a notion of seizing there would be aversion, for one having a notion of seizing there would be delusion; these [three] would let grow [his] rebirth.

v. 6.6 663 + ṇo vu {–} driṭhi ca amañamaṇa ·
driṭhi ca bhaṭh⟨i⟩ ca as̱o vi ṣ̱ago ·
amañamaṇa ṇa bhavea bhaṭhi 6644
+ + + + + + .. [go a]rag̱o 4 2 ◊

v. 6.6663 ⏓ − ⏑ dṛṣṭim ca amanyamānaḥ, |
dṛṣṭiḥ ca *bhāṣṭiḥ ca atho pi saṅgaḥ, ||
amanyamānaḥ, na bhavet *bhāṣṭiḥ, | 664
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − arāgaḥ (?) || 6 ||

v. 6.6 663 Not thinking [about] + + + and view; [if there are] view and speech, there is also attachment; not thinking, there would be no speech; 664 + + + + + + + + without desire.

v. 6.7 665 + + + + + + + + + [log̱]o ∙
[driṭh]i ṣ(u)de śila[vr]ade mude va ∙
ṇa [t]. s. + + + + + + + [+ ]
+ + + + + + + + + + [+ ] (4 3)

v. 6.7665 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ loka-,|
dṛṣṭi-, śruta-, śīlavrata-, mata- vā;
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − ||

v. 6.7 665 + + + + + + + + world (?), view, [anything] heard, precepts and practices, or [anything] sensed, + + + + + + + + + + [+], + + + + + + + + + + [+]

v. 6.8 666 + + + + + + + + + + [+ ]
+ + + + + + + + + + [+ ]
+ + + + + + + + + + [+ ]
+ + + + + + + + + + [+ ] (4 4)

v. 6.8666 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − ||
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − ||

v. 6.8 666 + + + + + + + + + + [+], + + + + + + + + + + [+], + + + + + + + + + + [+], + + + + + + + + + + [+].

v. 6.9 667 + + + + + + + + + + [+ ]
+ + + + + + + + + + [+ ]
+ + + + + + + + + + [+ ]
+ + + + + + + + + + [+ ] (4 4 1)

v. 6.9667 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − ||
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − ||

v. 6.9 667 + + + + + + + + + + [+], + + + + + + + + + + [+], + + + + + + + + + + [+], + + + + + + + + + + [+].

v. 6.10 668 + + + + + + + + + + [+ ]
+ + + + + + + + + + [+ ]
+ + + + + + + + + + [+ ]
+ + + + + + + + + + [+ ] (10)

v. 6.10668 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − ||
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − ||

v. 6.10 668 + + + + + + + + + + [+], + + + + + + + + + + [+], + + + + + + + + + + [+], + + + + + + + + + + [+].

v. 6.11 669 + + + + + + + + + + [+ ]
+ + + + + + + + + + [+ ]
+ + + + + + + + + + [+ ]
+ + + + + + + + + + [+ ] (10 1)

v. 6.11669 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − ||
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − ||

v. 6.11 669 + + + + + + + + + + [+], + + + + + + + + + + [+], + + + + + + + + + + [+], + + + + + + + + + + [+].

v. 6.12 670 + + + + + + + + + + [+ ]
+ + + + + + + + + .. ..
[chada] ca rag̱a ca prayaṇamaṇa ·
ṇa ṣ̱a jadi ku[a]yi ṇa[ma] .. .. (10 1 1)

v. 6.12670 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − ||
chandam ca rāgam ca prajānamānāḥ |
na eṣām jātiḥ kutracit nāma (?) − − || 12 ||

v. 6.12 670 + + + + + + + + + + [+], + + + + + + + + + + +, comprehending lust and desire, (there is) for them indeed(?) no birth anywhere.

v. 6.13 671 + + + + + + + + + + [+ ]
+ + + + + + + + + + [+ ] ◊
puṇabhavo sarva aṇadi[ata] ◊
driṭhi pi tas̱a ṇa ku[hi]ci vijadi (10 1 1 1)

v. 6.13671 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − ||
punarbhavam sarvam anādiyantaḥ |
dṛṣṭiḥ pi tasya na kutracit vidyate || 13 ||

v. 6.13 671 + + + + + + + + + + [+], + + + + + + + + + + [+], without taking up any other rebirth, there is for him no view anywhere.

v. 6.14 672 + + + + + + + + + + [+ ]
[ṇo saye] śila p[i] uadiea ◊
driṭhi dharmaṇa ca uadiea · ◊
ṇ⟨i⟩vaṇa[sañis̱a siea] rag̱o ◊ 10 4

v. 6.14672 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
no sacet śīlam pi upādiyet [Skt. upādadyāt], ||
dṛṣṭim dharmāṇām ca upādiyet [Skt. upādadyāt], |
nirvāṇasaṃjñinaḥ syāt rāgaḥ || 14 ||

v. 6.14 672 + + + + + + + + + + [+], even if he would not cling to morality and [not] to a view of dharmas, someone who [still] has a notion of extinction would have desire.

v. 6.15 673 + + + + + + + + + + + [+ ] ◊
ṇa tatra ṣ̱ag[o] vi [kudayi] bhodi ‧
aṣ̱ago [sa]rva [dharma] d[i] viditva ◊
ṇivaṇo kṣemo aṇu[adro]d[o] śivo ◊ 10 4 1

v. 6.15673 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
na atra saṅgaḥ pi kadācit [cf. P kudācanaṃ] bhavati; ||
asaṅgaḥ sarvaḥ dharmaḥ, ti viditvā, |
nirvāṇam, kṣemam, anupadrutam, śivam || 15 ||

v. 6.15 673 + + + + + + + + + + + [+], then there is also no attachment at any time; having understood that every dharma is without attachment, [there is for him] extinction, calm, undisturbed, blissful.

v. 6.16 674 [a]gapo kape asia mañaṇa ‧
puṇabhava{s̱a}hedu s̱iea tatra ·
puṇabhavo sarva amañamaṇa ·
driṭhi pi tas̱a ṇa kuhic⟨i⟩ bhodi ◊ 10 4 1 1

v. 6.16674 ākalpam kalpam adhikā [m.c.: ⟨*⏑⟩] manyanā |
punarbhavahetuḥ syāt tatra; ||
punarbhavam sarvam amanyamānaḥ |
dṛṣṭiḥ pi tasya na kutracit bhavati ||16 ||

v. 6.16 674 Excessive thinking, aeon after aeon, would be the reason for rebirth; not thinking about any rebirth, there is for him also no view anywhere.

v. 6.17 675 + [ṇi] + [sa]rva aṇuvadiata ◊
ṇama ca rua [ca] aṇuvadiata ◊
virag̱o śata ti [aṇuvadiata] ◊
.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. (10 4 1 1 1)

v. 6.17675 ⏓ – ⏓ sarvam anupādiyantaḥ , |
nāma ca rūpam ca anupādiyantaḥ , ||
virāgaḥ śāntaḥ ti anupādiyantaḥ , |
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − || 17 ||

v. 6.17 675 Not clinging to any + + + +, not clinging to name and form, not clinging to [the thought:] “[I am] dispassionate” [or] “[I am] calm”, + + + + + + + + + + +.

v. 6.18 676 + + ca traṇa ca parayaṇa ca · ‧
aṇuadroda kṣemag̱a(r)[i] .. [e] .[o] ◊
[śiva śa]ta bos̱[i] aṇuadr[o]da acala ∙
sarv[e]ṣ̱a dharmaṇa .. + + + + [+ ] [10] (4 4)

v. 6.18676 ⏓ − ca trāṇam ca parāyaṇam ca, |
anupadrutā, kṣemakarī ⏑ − ⏓ |
śivā, śāntā bodhiḥ, anupadrutā, acalā, |
sarveṣām dharmāṇām ⏑ – ⏑ – ⏑ ⏓ || 18 ||

v. 6.18 676 + + and protection and last resort; undisturbed, peace-conferring, + + +, blissful, [and] calm awakening, undisturbed [and] immovable, (? non-origination) of all dharmas.

v. 6.19 677 + + + [s]. [o] s. + + + chado ·
bahidha·dharme praṇis̱aṇo ṇasti ◊
ta śati log̱as̱a amañamaṇa ·
driṭhi p⟨i⟩ tas̱a ◊ ṇa ku[a]⟨ci⟩ vijati ◊ [10] 4 4 1

v. 6.19677 ⏓ – ⏑ – – ⏑⏑ – ⏑ chandaḥ; |
bahirdhādharme praṇidhānam na asti; ||
tat śāntim lokasya amanyamānaḥ |
dṛṣtiḥ pi tasya na kutracit vidyate || 19 ||

v. 6.19 677 + + + + + + + + + zeal [for …]; there is no aspiration with regard to an external dharma; thus, not thinking about the calmness (śānti) of the world, there is for him also no view anywhere.

v. 6.20 678 + + (ajaṇata jaṇedi rag̱o ◊)
+ + (a)[ja]ṇata jaṇedi doṣ̱o ◊
cakhu ajaṇata jaṇ⟨e⟩di moho ◊
bhava ca maṇa ca jaṇedi [balo] ◊ · 20 ·

v. 6.20678 ⏓ – ajānantaḥ [Skt. ajānan] janayati rāgam, |
⏓ – ajānantaḥ [Skt. ajānan] janayati dveṣam, ||
cakṣu ajānantaḥ [Skt. ajānan] janayati moham, |
bhavam ca mānam ca janayati bālaḥ || 20 ||

v. 6.20 678 (Not understanding + +, one brings about desire); not understanding + +, one brings about aversion; not understanding vision, one brings about delusion, [thus,] a fool brings about existence and conceit.

v. 6.21 679 + + + + + + + + + + + [+ ]
[ca]khu viditva ṇa jaṇedi doṣ̱o ◊
[cakhu] (viditva) + + + + + + [+ ]
+ + + + + + + + bhaveṣu [20 1]

v. 6.21679 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
cakṣu viditvā na janayati dveṣam, ||
cakṣu viditvā ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − bhaveṣu || 21 ||

v. 6.21 679 + + + + + + + + + + + [+], having understood vision, one does not bring about aversion, (having understood) vision + + + + + + [+], + + + + + + + + in [all] existences.

v. 6.22 680 + + + + + + + + + + + [+ ]
+ + + + + + + + + + + [+ ]
+ + + + .. .u .. .. sumes̱a ◊
aṇutara bos̱i phuṣ̱ati kṣipo [20] (1 1)

v. 6.22680 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − ||
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − sumedhāḥ (?) |
anuttarām bodhim spṛśanti kṣipram || 22 ||

v. 6.22 680 + + + + + + + + + + + [+], + + + + + + + + + + + [+], + + + + + + + + intelligent, quickly they touch the highest awakening.

v. 6.23 681 + + + + + + + + + + + [+ ]
+ + + + + + + + + + + [+ ]
+ + + + + + + + [+ ] .. .. ..
[ekas̱a bhag̱avad](o) bha[ṣ̱i] .. + [+ ] ( 20 1 1 1)

v. 6.23681 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − ||
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
ekasya (?) bhagavataḥ (?) bhāṣita- (?) ⏑ − || 23 ||

v. 6.23 681 + + + + + + + + + + + [+], + + + + + + + + + + + [+], + + + + + + + + + + + [+], spoken (?) by one single Exalted One (?).

v. 6.24 682 + + + + + + + + + + + [+ ]
+ + + + + + + + + + + [+ ]
+ + + + + + + + + + + [+ ]
+ + + + + + + + + + + [+ ] ( 20 4)

v. 6.24682 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − ||
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − || 24 ||

v. 6.24 682 + + + + + + + + + + + [+], + + + + + + + + + + + [+], + + + + + + + + + + + [+], + + + + + + + + + + + [+].

v. 6.25 683 + + + + + + + + + + + [+ ]
+ + + + + + + + + + + [+ ]
+ + + + + + + + + + + [+ ]
+ + + + + + + + + + + [+ ] ( 20 4 1)

v. 6.25683 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − ||
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − || 25 ||

v. 6.25 683 + + + + + + + + + + + [+], + + + + + + + + + + + [+], + + + + + + + + + + + [+], + + + + + + + + + + + [+].

v. 6.26 684 + + + + + + + + + + + [+ ]
+ + + + + + + + + + + [+ ]
+ + + + + + + + + + + [+ ]
+ + + + + + + + + + + [+ ] ( 20 4 1 1)

v. 6.26684 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − ||
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − || 26 ||

v. 6.26 684 + + + + + + + + + + + [+], + + + + + + + + + + + [+], + + + + + + + + + + + [+], + + + + + + + + + + + [+].

v. 6.27 685 + + + + + + + + + + + [+ ]
+ + + + + + + + + + + [+ ]
+ + + + + + + + + + [ma]ṣ̱o
[puño] .. .. .. .. + + + + + [+ ] ( 20 4 1 1 1)

v. 6.27685 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − ||
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
puṇya- ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − || 27 ||

v. 6.27 685 + + + + + + + + + + + [+], + + + + + + + + + + + [+], + + + + + + + + + + + [+], merit + + + + + + + + + [+].

v. 6.28 686 + + + + + + + + + + + [+ ]
+ + + + + + + + + + + [+ ]
[te ta]tra vidha ṇa karoti kalo ◊
bah[o]s̱a [dukhas̱a bhaveti] + + ( 20 4 4)

v. 6.28686 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − ||
te tatra viddhāḥ na kurvanti kālam |
bahoḥ duḥkhasya − ⏑ − ⏑ − || 28 ||

v. 6.28 686 + + + + + + + + + + + [+], + + + + + + + + + + + [+], [even when] hurt, they do not die, they develop + + of much suffering.

v. 6.29 687 + + + + + + + + + + + [+ ]
+ + + + + + + + .. p. [vo] ∙
rua pi ◊ mañata as̱o vi atva ◊
[karit]. .. + + + + + + + [+ ] ( 20 4 4 1)

v. 6.29687 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − ||
rūpam pi manyantaḥ atho pi ātmānam |
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − || 29 ||

v. 6.29 687 + + + + + + + + + + + [+], and also thinking of form, as well as of a self, + + + + + + + + + + + [+], + + + + + + + + + + + [+].

v. 6.30 688 + + + + + + + + + + + [+ ]
+ + + + + + + + + [maṇa] ·
[ṇa] + + [log̱ami] kuday[i] ñaṇa ·
sarva [ca log̱o ṇa] uad[iat]i · 20 [10]

v. 6.30688 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − ⏑ − |
⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ ⏑ − ⏑ − − ||
na (*?sarva)loke kudācit jñānam, |
sarvam ca lokam na upādiyanti [Skt. upādadati] || 30 ||

v. 6.30 688 + + + + + + + + + + + [+], + + + + + + + + + + +, [there is] no knowledge in the (? whole) world at any time; and they do not cling to the whole world.

v. 6.31 689 + + + + + ṇa svabhava [k]u[i]⟨yi⟩
[ṇa driṭhi]ṭ́haṇo [ṣu kuhic]⟨i⟩ [bhodi ◊]
[driṭhi ca sarva] vidas̱a viditva ◊
ṇivaṇ[o] śato śivo aṇubhujiṣu 20 10 1

v. 6.31689 (*? na sarvadharmānām) svabhāvaḥ kutracit, |
na dṛṣṭisthānam eṣu kutracit bhavati; ||
dṛṣṭim ca sarvām vitathām viditvā, |
nirvāṇam śāntam, śivam, ānubudhyiṣu [m.c., anubudhyiṣu ] || 31 ||

v. 6.31 689 (? There is no) inherent nature of (? any dharma) anywhere; there is in them no state of [holding a] view anywhere; and having understood that every view is unreal (vitatha), they awakened to extinction, calm [and] blissful.

v. 6.32 690 + .. + + + + [ku]hici ṭ́haṇo ◊
.. .. [vi]ditva ṇa [kuhici rog̱a ◊ ]
[sarvede dharma vidas̱a viditva] ◊
ṇa [vaṇa omu]śati ṇamaruo ◊ 20 10 1 1

v. 6.32690 ⏓ − ⏑ − − ⏑ kutracit sthānam, |
⏓ − viditvā, na kutracit rogam (?), ||
sarvān etān dharmān vitathān viditvā, |
na punaḥ avamarṣanti nāmarūpam || 32 ||

v. 6.32 690 + + + + + there is (no) standpoint anywhere; having understood + +, there is no disease (?) anywhere; having understood that all these dharmas are unreal (vitatha), they no longer reflect upon name and form.

v. 6.33 (?) 691 + + .. + .. .. + .. .. .. vo ∙
te gadhe rata pravatava ya ∙
te tatra ṣ̱aṃta trihi durgadiṣu ∙
bahos̱a dukhas̱a bhavati 692 [ña]ṇo

v. 6.33 (?) 691 + + + + + + + + + + +, + smell + + + + + +; (thus?) they are appeased from (?) the three bad births, [because] they develop 692 the knowledge of much suffering.

v. 6.34 (?) sarva grag̱a(ṇasa)[m]o prayaṇiṣ̱(u)
ac(u)ta śuṇo [vayia aṇatva] ◊
[te sa](r)[vadharmaṇi amaṇa] .. + [+ ]
+ + + + + + + + + + + [+ ]

v. 6.34 (?) They have understood that everything is like the sky, unchangeable, empty, void, without a self, all dharmas + + + + + + [+], + + + + + + + + + + + [+]

7 Extinction without rebirth

§ 213

693 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 694 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 695 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 696 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 697 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 698 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 699 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 700 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 701 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 702 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + .. citi + + 703 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ta maṇaso eva va .. .. + + ida bho pur(uṣ̱a) 704 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + [y]. [ṇa] mi bho puruṣ̱a kim ed[o] + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

693 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 694 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 695 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 696 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 697 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 698 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 699 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 700 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 701 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 702 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 703 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + mānasam. evam + + + + + idam, bho puruṣa, 704 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +, bho puruṣa, kim etat + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

693 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 694 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 695 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 696 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 697 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 698 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 699 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 700 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 701 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 702 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 703 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + mind. Thus + + + + + this, good man, 704 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +, good man, how […] this + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

§ 214

705 + + + + + + + + + .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. + .. .. + + + + + .. .. .. [di do] as̱a [me] .. .. [agh]i 706 + + + + .. [.]o [ru a hi do] ◊ [ta]s̱a [me] .. [ahoṣ̱i] (puru)[ṣ̱o] vadeo so sar[va tava] jadie[ṇa] agiṇa dadho ∙ tam eṇa so paḍi 707 + + + + puruṣ̱o eva ∙ vadea ◊ idi tva bho puruṣ̱a svame yeva ∙ aghi jeṇes̱i svamo yeṇa ∙ ṇivaves̱i so tua 708 (svamo pra)[di]ṭ́hideṇa agiṇa gehi dahas̱i ◊ so tua tadoṇidaṇo pariḍ̱aj̄as̱i [kaeṇa ca ∙] citeṇa ca ki puṇa 709 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. + + + + + + + + 710 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 711 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 712 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 713 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 714 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 715 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 716 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 717 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 718 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

705 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + atha + + + agni- 706 + + + + + + + + + + tathā me + abhūṣi [BHS aorist]: puruṣaḥ vadet: tat sarvam tava (?) jātikena agninā dagdham. tam enam saḥ prati- 707 (*? vadet), puruṣam evam vadet: ititvād, bho puruṣa, svāmam/sāmam eva agnim jināsi [Skt. jayasi], svāmam/sāmam eva (?) nirvāpayasi. saḥ tvam 708 svāmam/sāmam pratiṣṭhitena agninā geham dahasi. saḥ tvam tatonidānam paridahyase kāyena ca cittena ca. kim punaḥ 709 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 710 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 711 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 712 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 713 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 714 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 715 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 716 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 717 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 718 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

705 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + then + + + fire 706 + + + + + + + + + + Thus it occurred to me (?): The man would say: This all is burnt by the fire related to your birth (?). To that one he 707 (? would answer), [and] he would say to the man: Because this is so, good man, you yourself conquer the fire [and] you yourself bring [it] to extinction. You burn 708 the house of your body with a fire you have established (yourself). Because of this, you are burnt bodily and mentally. How much more/less 709 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 710 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 711 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 712 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 713 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 714 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 715 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 716 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 717 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 718 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Emptiness

§ 215

719 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 720 .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 721 [pha]ṃṣ̱o vihariśas̱i ◊

719 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 720 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + (*? sukha/sukhasaṃ)721sparśam vihariṣyasi.

719 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 720 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 721 you will abide in a (? happy) condition.

§ 216

evam eva bhate bhag̱ava ◊ ya paramarthaśuñada ṇa ta [s]ukaro ◈ vayaṇirutipada[veñaṇeṇa] + + + (a)722ṇupado agoṣ̱o [ta]s̱avaro ‧ idi hi bhate bhag̱ava ‧ ya abhaśo ◊ aghoṣ̱o aṇupado ‧ [ṇa as̱a praña](ti) u[padae ya aṇ](upa)723(dae ya) .. + + [ṇa ◊ as̱a a]p(r)añati ∙ upadae ya ∙ aṇupadae ya ∙ ta ṇavisakharo ‧ ya ṇavisakharo ta vucati śuño [aṇupa]724(do) + + + + + + + + + + + + .. + .. + + .. .. .. .. [◊ ṇa ] .. [a d]. + .. p[ara]ma(r)thaś(u)ña

evam eva, bhadanta bhagavan, yā paramārthaśūnyatā, na tat sukaram vācāniruktipadavyañjanena (*? bhāṣitum); a722nutpādam, aghoṣam, tathāparam (?).

In the same way, honourable Exalted One, what is emptiness according to the ultimate truth (paramārthaśūnyatā) is not easily (described) by speech (vācā), expressions (nirukti), words (pada), and letters (vyañjana), [since it is] 722 beyond origination (anutpāda), beyond sound (aghoṣa), and so on (? tathāparaṃ). Thus indeed, honourable Exalted One, what is beyond speech (abhāṣya), beyond sound (aghoṣa), beyond origination (anutpāda), 723 of that there is no designation (prajñapti) [which is the reason] for origination (as well as) non-origination. + + +, of that there is no non-designation (? aprajñapti) [which is the reason] for origination as well as non-origination. There is no [mental] construction (abhisaṃskāra). When there is no [mental] construction, then it is called empty (śūnya), without origination (?) 724 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + empty according to the ultimate truth (paramārthaśūnya).

§ 217

[te v](u)cati kis̱a hedu jadi 725 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 726 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 727 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 728 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 729 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 730 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 731 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 732 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 733 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 734 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 735 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 736 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 737 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 738 + (aṇ)[u]padasamu[ṭ́hi]da sarva dha[rma] añada .. .. .. + + + + + .. + [ṇa] (avi)[sakhara bho]ti ‧ ṇa a[ṇavi]sakhara [· upadae va] (aṇupadae va) 739 ṇa ayao bhodi ṇa avayao ‧ upadae va aṇupadae va ‧ ṇa sakileśo bhodi ṇa [vo]daṇa ∙ dae hedu upadae va ◊ aṇupadae (va)

iti hi, bhadanta bhagavan, yat abhāṣyam, aghoṣam, anutpādam, na asya prajñaptiḥ, utpādāya ca anutpā723dāya ca. + + + na asya aprajñaptiḥ, utpādāya ca anutpādāya ca. tat na abhisaṃskāraḥ. yat na abhisaṃskāraḥ, tat ucyate śūnyam, anutpā724dam (?) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + paramārthaśūnyam.

It is said: Why [is there any] birth? 725 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 726 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 727 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 728 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 729 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 730 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 731 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 732 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 733 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 734 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 735 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 736 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 737 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 738 + all dharmas are understood as having arisen from (non-)origination + + + + + + + + + + There is no [mental] construction (abhisaṃskāra) nor the absence of a [mental] construction, [which is the reason] for origination or non-origination. 739 There is no growth [and] no decline, [which is the reason] for origination or non-origination. There is no defilement [and] no purification, [which is] thus the reason for origination or non-origination.

§ 218

740 tas̱a satiri[da]tva bhate driṭhi s̱a [ṇa bho]ti yam ida uvala[bha]driṭhi ‧ yahedu paḍ̱isadhi ◊ tasa satiridatva mañaṇa sa ṇa [bh](odi) 741 [yah](e)[d](u) [paḍ̱isadhi] ◊ mañaṇa sa ṇa bhodi yah(e)du paḍ̱is̱adhi phadaṇa sa ṇa bhod[i] yahedu paḍ̱is̱adhi {{he}} ◊ pravacaṇa s̱a [ṇa bhodi] 742 (yahedu paḍ̱is̱adhi) + + + (sa ṇa) [bh](o)[di] yahedu paḍ̱isadhi ◊ .. .. do .. [ṇa sa ṇa bh](o)[di yahed](u) paḍ̱isadhi aliaṇa sa [ṇa bhodi] (ya)[h](edu) 743 (paḍ̱isadhi)

tat ucyate: kasya hetoḥ [cf. P kissa hetu] jātiḥ. 725 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 726 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 727 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 728 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 729 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 730 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 731 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 732 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 733 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 734 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 735 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 736 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 737 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 738 + anutpādasamutthitāḥ sarve dharmāḥ ājñātāḥ + + + + + + + + + + na abhisaṃskāraḥ bhavati, na anabhisaṃskāraḥ, utpādāya vā anutpādāya vā 739 na ācayaḥ bhavati, na apacayaḥ, utpādāya vā anutpādāya vā. na saṃkleśaḥ bhavati, na vyavadānam, tam ca (?) hetuḥ utpādāya vā anutpādāya vā. 740

740 Honourable, due to (t)his overcoming (? saṃtāritatvāt) there is for him no view, namely the view based on apprehension (upalambha), because of which there is rebirth. Due to (t)his overcoming there is for him no thinking (manyanā), 741 because of which there is rebirth. There is for him no thinking (manyanā), because of which there is rebirth. There is for him no [mental] agitation (spandana), because of which there is rebirth. There is for him no [mental] elaboration (prapañcana), 742 (because of which there is rebirth). There is for him no (? [verbal] manifestation (vijñapti)), because of which there is rebirth. There is for him no + + + + +, (because of which there is rebirth). There is for him no attachment (allīyana), (because of which) 743 (there is rebirth).

§ 219

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 744 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 745 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 746 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 747 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 748 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 749 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

tasya saṃtāritatvāt, bhadanta, dṛṣṭiḥ asya na bhavati, yat idam upalambhadṛṣṭiḥ, yaddhetuḥ pratisandhiḥ. tasya saṃtāritatvāt, manyanā asya na bhavati, 741 yaddhetuḥ pratisandhiḥ. manyanā asya na bhavati yaddhetuḥ pratisandhiḥ. spandanaḥ asya na bhavati yaddhetuḥ pratisandhiḥ. prapañcanaḥ asya na bhavati 742 yaddhetuḥ pratisandhiḥ. (*? vijñaptiḥ asya) na bhavati yaddhetuḥ pratisandhiḥ. + + + + + asya na bhavati yaddhetuḥ pratisandhiḥ. allīyanam [cf. P allīyanam] asya na bhavati yaddhetuḥ 743 pratisandhiḥ. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 744 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 745 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 746 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 747 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 748 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 749 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +